department of the environment and water resources annual report 2005 - 2006, part 1
TRANSCRIPT
i
Department of the Environment and Heritage
Volume 1
ANNUAL REPORT 2005–06
How to contact the department
Main offi ce: John Gorton Building,
King Edward Terrace, Parkes ACT 2600
Post: GPO Box 787, Canberra ACT 2601
Phone: 02 6274 1111
Facsimile: 02 6274 1666
Internet: www.deh.gov.au
ii
Senator the Hon Ian Campbell
Minister for the Environment and Heritage
Parliament House
CANBERRA ACT 2600
Dear Minister
I present the annual reports of the Department of the Environment and Heritage
for the fi nancial year ended 30 June 2006. This set of reports comprises two
volumes.
The fi rst volume contains the annual report of the department. The report details
the department’s performance for the year and contributions to the achievement
of outcomes. The report was prepared in accordance with the requirements set
out in section 63 of the Public Service Act 1999 and other legislation applicable to
the preparation of annual reports.
Subsection 63(1) of the Public Service Act 1999 requires you to lay a copy of this
annual report before each House of the Parliament on or before 31 October 2006.
The second volume contains the legislation annual reports. This volume details
the operation of the seven Acts the department administers that we do not report
on separately to Parliament. This volume must be tabled in each House of the
Parliament within 15 sitting days after the day on which you receive it.
In accordance with the Commonwealth Fraud Control Guidelines, I am satisfi ed
that the department has prepared fraud risk assessments and fraud control plans,
and has in place appropriate fraud prevention, detection, investigation, reporting
and data collection procedures and processes that meet the specifi c needs of the
department and comply with those guidelines.
Yours sincerely
David Borthwick
Secretary
3 October 2006
iii
Contents
Letter of transmittal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ii
Executive summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Secretary’s review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Summary of main results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Organisation overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Outcomes and outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Outcome 1 – Environment
Climate change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Land and inland waters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Coasts and oceans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Heritage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Human settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Outcome 2 – Antarctica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Cross-cutting activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Managing the department . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Corporate governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Stakeholder relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
External scrutiny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Environmental sustainability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Human resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Finances.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Financial statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Indexes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Compliance index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Alphabetical index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Executive sum
mary
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 2
Secretary’s review
The Department of the Environment and Heritage has
broad and diverse responsibilities, evident in the range of
our achievements over the last year. We deal with a broad
spectrum of issues, deliver many different programmes
and operate in a number of different and sometimes
diffi cult locations.
Some parts of the department focus on conserving a
single species while others deal with problems on a
continental or global scale—such as climate change.
Our people work in locations from the Antarctic to
Kakadu, from remote areas to the national capital —all
show a commitment to improve the management of Australia’s natural resources
and thereby contribute to the sustainable growth and prosperity of our nation.
At the same time, we are working to lessen the impact of urbanisation through
better management of water consumption and waste production.
The scale, diversity and signifi cance of our work make the department an
interesting, exciting and challenging place to work.
I am pleased to acknowledge the efforts that our people have made and invite
readers to delve into this report and learn more about the activities and
achievements in the past year, and our priorities for the year ahead.
Progress report
In 2005–06 the department administered a budget of $906 million to support the
Australian Government in delivering its environment and heritage objectives. The
priority this year has been to implement the most recent of the government’s
commitments, particularly in relation to saving water, developing marine protected
areas, responding to climate change, conserving Tasmania’s forests, protecting
cultural heritage, and supporting environmental research including in Antarctica
through the construction of an ice runway.
There was an enthusiastic response to the fi rst round of Community Water
Grants, the community action element of the $2 billion Australian Government
Water Fund. Over $55 million was provided for 1 750 community-based projects,
to rehabilitate about 15 000 hectares of land and save approximately 18.5 billion
litres of water each year. An important component is the contribution made by
communities themselves—they will contribute more than $60 million to these
projects, including 345 000 hours of volunteer time. I am heartened to see the
high levels of cooperation between government and the community to save water
in this country.
David Borthwick
Exe
cutiv
e su
mm
ary
3
Australia’s reputation as the world leader in marine environment conservation
was reinforced with agreement to a network of 13 marine protected areas off the
south-east of the continent in May 2006. The network will protect an area of ocean
almost the size of Victoria. Australia now has about one-third of the world’s marine
protected areas.
This year the department continued its efforts to develop practical, long-term
solutions to climate change. On the domestic front we began investing in the next
generation of cleaner technologies to reduce Australia’s greenhouse emissions,
such as carbon dioxide capture and storage and renewable energy technologies.
Internationally, the department has been instrumental in the formation of the
Asia–Pacifi c Partnership on Clean Development and Climate whose member
countries account for roughly half of the world’s greenhouse gas emissions.
This partnership is a new way forward for countries to work together to reduce
greenhouse emissions.
I particularly welcome the appointment of my deputy secretary, Howard Bamsey,
to co-chair future international talks to be held under the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change. This appointment recognises
Australia’s expertise and constructive approach to addressing climate change.
The Australian and Tasmanian governments are investing $250 million over six
years (2004–2010) through the Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement to
enhance the protection of Tasmania’s forest environment and to promote growth
in the Tasmanian forest industry. This year the department began implementing
the environmental aspects of this agreement through the Forest Conservation
Fund, Tarkine Bushwalk Programme, Tasmanian Forest Tourism Development
Programme, Tasmanian Devil Facial Tumour Programme, and River Catchment
Water Quality Initiative.
This year has seen a renewed interest in the protection of Australia’s cultural
heritage, particularly in relation to the early maritime exploration, with 2006
marking the 400th anniversary of the fi rst documented European contact with
Australia. Two places associated with early European maritime exploration—Cape
Inscription in Western Australia where Captain Dirk Hartog landed in October
1616, and the site of the 1629 shipwreck and survivor camps of the Dutch ship
Batavia—have been included in Australia’s National Heritage List. A number
of Australia’s iconic sites have also been nominated or added to heritage lists,
including the Sydney Opera House (nominated for the World Heritage List), the
Melbourne Cricket Ground, and the Australian War Memorial and Memorial Parade
(added to the National Heritage List).
Scientifi c research is essential for the development of sound environmental policy.
There is a surprising array of research funded by the department into specifi c
environmental issues. However more research is needed to address critical gaps in
our understanding of the pressures facing Australia’s unique environment.
Executive sum
mary
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 4
The $100 million Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities programme is
a key platform to progress environmental research in Australia. In July 2006 the
fi rst grant recipients were announced for the fi rst four research hubs. These will
support world-class research and assist collaborative environmental research in
Australia. These grants complement the $40 million Marine and Tropical Sciences
Research Facility being established in far north Queensland.
Antarctic research is very important to our understanding of the Southern Ocean
ecosystem and the effects of a changing climate upon it. The Australian Antarctic
Division’s scientifi c contributions to developing non-lethal research methods have
also highlighted the fl aws in so called ‘scientifi c’ whaling and helped Australia to
counter pro-whaling countries’ proposals at the 58th annual International Whaling
Commission meeting.
The challenging job of constructing Australia’s new Antarctic ice runway is
progressing well with the fi rst regular intercontinental fl ights expected in 2007.
The air link between Hobart and Antarctica will open up new opportunities for
the conduct of research in Antarctica, allowing scientists and support personnel to
spend less time travelling by ship and more time on their projects.
I am keen to provide educational material to Australians to promote an awareness
of environmental issues and provide information for people of all ages and walks
of life to become involved in protecting their local environment.
Managing the department
A number of changes have been made to the department over the year to improve
the way we go about our business.
This is the fi rst full year of operation of the department’s Marine Division created
in early 2005 and the announcement of the network of marine protected areas was
the division’s fi rst major achievement. The creation of this division has brought
together regional marine planning and marine protected area development into
a single process. It has improved coordination between sustainable fi sheries,
migratory and marine species, and marine protected area management, and
established closer links between domestic and international marine policy.
This year I formed a new Environment Quality Division to give additional emphasis
and a higher priority to the department’s work to minimise the impacts of human
settlements and human activities on the environment. Our work on managing
waste and improving air quality through national standards for clean petrol and
diesel is having a positive and real impact on urban environments.
I have rebalanced the responsibilities across the department and its senior
executives to ensure we make better connections between common work themes
where they are shared across divisions. I have also reprioritised departmental
funding this year to further build our capacity to administer the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Exe
cutiv
e su
mm
ary
5
An increased emphasis has been placed on investing in our staff and recruiting
new staff with the necessary skills, a challenging task in an increasingly competitive
labour market. Last year the department recruited a record number of graduates
and we are intending to increase the intake again in 2007. We also have a
dedicated offi cer working to attract and retain Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
employees in the department.
The department has been working on a new collective agreement for 2006–2009
and Australian Workplace Agreements that provide an attractive and competitive
package of employment conditions and remuneration for all staff. The new
agreements began in August this year.
Ensuring the health and well-being of our staff is extremely important. The
department takes its obligations in this regard very seriously. We have also been
committed to reducing our own impact on the environment such as through
systems to minimise our water consumption. It was particularly galling and
disturbing to staff to discover that water provided by the department to offi cers of
the Australian Greenhouse Offi ce through a roof catchment and tank system did
not meet potable water standards. Our immediate concern and priority has been
to understand whether there are particular health and well-being issues for the
staff affected. Fortunately, the testing undertaken has revealed no adverse health
consequences. Our objective has been to keep staff informed throughout this
episode. Clearly there are lessons to be drawn and in that regard, the report under
the Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) Act 1991 by
Comcare has been helpful.
The department is committed to developing and training its staff and allocates
funding to each staff member for learning and development. We also provide
corporate, department-wide information and training opportunities. This year
we provided an online occupational health and safety programme, records
management training, cultural diversity development programmes and a series
of executive seminars for senior managers of the department to share their
knowledge and experience with staff. We are also developing a number of training
programmes to ensure our staff are aware of current issues and trends in public
sector performance including an in-house executive leadership programme
to improve leadership skills in the department, an environmental economics
programme targeted at non-economists, and a workplace diversity programme.
Looking ahead
The department moves into 2006–07 with clear objectives.
The fi rst is the further development of the government’s fl agship environment
initiatives, the Natural Heritage Trust and the National Action Plan for Salinity and
Water Quality. Continued on-ground activities applying established and emerging
Executive sum
mary
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 6
science, monitoring changes to the condition of natural resources and adapting
our management practices will be critical to long-term success.
We will also continue the roll-out of the major environment protection
programmes mentioned previously as well as others including Solar Cities, the Low
Emissions Technology Demonstration Fund and Biodiversity Hotspots.
A key focus of the Marine Division over the next four years will be to drive the
development of marine bioregional plans around the continent. The development
of these plans under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999 will reinforce Australia’s reputation as the global pioneer in the
sustainable development of ocean resources.
The minister is currently reviewing experience with the Environment Protection
and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 after six years of operation and is
considering measures of a legislative and administrative nature to improve its
effi ciency and effectiveness. We expect an amending Bill to be introduced into
the parliament in the coming year that will streamline the Act and provide more
strategic approaches to securing better environmental outcomes.
The third State of the Environment Report will be released later this year. The
report will provide a crucial guide to current and emerging environment and
heritage issues and will help shape the agenda for future policy development.
While I am sure the State of the Environment Report will fi nd we have made
gains in many areas in the last fi ve to 10 years, it is also likely to highlight the
challenges still to be addressed, and in some cases, show that we still lack quality
baseline information against which we can assess change over time. One of the
challenges in the coming years will be to improve this information base to enable
better measurement of progress towards our outcomes. The Commonwealth
Environment Research Facilities programme will be an important element in this.
The performance of Australia on managing the environment sustainably will be
benchmarked against other OECD nations in 2006–07, with publication of the
OECD Environment Performance Review in 2007. The report will provide an
analysis of our performance over the decade since the last review in 1997.
There are a number of emerging policy debates that are central to the
department’s work, which we can contribute to, such as the use of nuclear
energy and the future efforts to address climate change. It is important that the
department participates in and informs these debates.
Through the professionalism, dedication and quality of its workforce I consider the
Department of the Environment and Heritage is well placed to respond to future
challenges.
David Borthwick
Exe
cutiv
e su
mm
ary
7
Progress toward outcome 1: protecting the environment
Climate change
• At the inaugural meeting in Sydney in January 2006 the six founding members
of the Asia–Pacifi c Partnership on Clean Development and Climate—Australia,
China, India, Japan, the Republic of Korea and the United States—agreed on a
new model for international climate change and energy collaboration to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions.
• Australia’s National Greenhouse Accounts show that Australia is on track to
meet its internationally agreed target of 108 per cent of 1990 greenhouse gas
emissions despite strong growth in energy consumption.
Land and inland waters
• Following Natural Heritage Trust funding, environmental fl ows to the River
Murray system allowed Nankeen night herons to breed in the Barmah Forest
for the fi rst time in 40 years, and silver perch to successfully spawn. Vegetation
communities, including river red gums, also responded well to the additional
water. The department is helping to fund infrastructure to deliver water for
wetlands and fl oodplains in Victoria and South Australia.
• Investments under the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality and
the Natural Heritage Trust are now driven by single regional plans managed by
the 56 established regional bodies. The plans identify resource management
and sustainable agriculture priorities in each region, covering close to the
whole continent.
• A total of 1 750 community groups will share in over $55 million to undertake
water saving projects under the Community Water Grants, part of the $2 billion
Australian Government Water Fund. The projects are expected to save
18.5 billion litres of water annually across Australia.
Coasts and oceans
• The regional marine planning process was given a statutory base under section
176 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
• The fi rst integrated network of marine parks in Australia’s south-east was agreed
when 13 new marine protected areas were announced for the south-east
Summary of main results
Executive sum
mary
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 8
Marine Region. The network covers a total of 226 000 square kilometres. It will
conserve representative marine ecosystems and biodiversity. Australia now has
about one-third of the world’s marine protected areas, and is a world leader in
marine environment conservation.
Heritage
• The Minister for the Environment and Heritage, Senator the Hon. Ian Campbell,
agreed to new strategic directions for heritage, with three elements—enhancing
the telling of stories about heritage, helping Australia’s heritage become more
sustainable and amending the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 to focus more on outcomes and less on details of process.
• Twenty-one places were added to the National Heritage List. As at 30 June 2006,
the list contained 31 places. Three places were added to the Commonwealth
Heritage List, bringing the total to 339 places. The Australian Government
nominated the Sydney Opera House to be inscribed on the World Heritage List.
Human settlements
• The minister announced the fi rst four research hubs to receive funding under
the $100 million Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities programme.
• The department registered 4 000 products under the new labelling scheme for
water effi cient products (Water Effi ciency Labelling and Standards Scheme).
The scheme will enable consumers to choose the most water effi cient
appliances and will encourage innovation by industry, leading to less wastage of
precious water supplies.
• The department’s fuel quality sampling capability was increased enabling a
record number of samples to be tested. Increased fuel sampling will lead to
cleaner fuels and lower pollution emissions.
• Since the implementation of the Product Stewardship for Oil Programme
four years ago, used oil recycling in Australia has increased by about 40 per
cent. These efforts signifi cantly reduce the amount of oil being dumped and
polluting the environment.
• Plastic bag consumption in Australia has fallen by 34.2 per cent or over two
billion bags over the last three years. This means fewer plastic bags are entering
the waste stream and polluting the environment.
• The department continued to monitor the environmental impact of uranium
mining in the Alligator River Region. No environmental impact as a result of
mining has been detected in Kakadu National Park.
Summary of main results
Exe
cutiv
e su
mm
ary
9
Progress toward outcome 2: advancing Australia’s Antarctic interests
• At the 58th annual International Whaling Commission meeting, Australia helped
to defeat pro-whaling countries’ proposals to remove consideration of small
cetaceans from the agenda, to introduce a mechanism for secret ballots, to
increase commercial coastal whaling, and to abolish the Southern Ocean Whale
Sanctuary.
• At the same meeting the Australian delegation successfully defended
Australia’s resolution, put at last year’s meeting, to condemn so-called
‘scientifi c whaling’. Australia’s defence was supported by the Australian
Antarctic Division’s scientifi c contributions to developing non-lethal whale
research methods.
Managing the department
• A new comprehensive three-year collective agreement was negotiated with
staff and unions, and new comprehensive Australian Workplace Agreements
were developed for non-senior executive service staff. Both came into effect in
August 2006.
• The department completed assessments of the Bureau of Meteorology,
National Environment Protection Council Service Corporation, and the Director
of National Parks against recommendations of the government’s Review of
Corporate Governance of Statutory Authorities and Offi ce Holders (the Uhrig
Report). The governance arrangements for all of these entities were found to
be generally consistent with the Uhrig Report.
• The department undertook a rigorous review of its formal outputs structure,
reducing the number of outputs from 18 to seven to refl ect the department’s
services and broad environment management themes. The current outputs
are climate change, land and inland water, coasts and oceans, heritage,
human settlements, Antarctic policy and Antarctic science. The department
reprioritised 2006–07 funding to ensure priority functions are properly
resourced and to allow the department to respond to emerging issues.
• The department satisfactorily resolved all major fi ndings arising from the
2004–05 and 2005–06 audits of fi nancial statements by the Australian National
Audit Offi ce.
Executive sum
mary
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 10
Organisation overview
Portfolio overview
The Department of the Environment and Heritage is the lead agency delivering the
Australian Government’s national environment and heritage legislation, policies
and programmes.
The Australian Government’s environment and heritage portfolio includes the
department and three statutory authorities (Director of National Parks, Great
Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority and Sydney Harbour Federation Trust), one
statutory agency (Offi ce of the Renewable Energy Regulator) and one executive
agency (Bureau of Meteorology) that report separately on their performance.
Departmental overview
As at 30 June 2006 the Department of the Environment and Heritage was made up
of 13 divisions (see fi gure on page 11).
In 2005–06 the Policy Coordination and Environment Protection Division was split
into two divisions: the Policy Coordination Division and the Environment Quality
Division. There were no other changes to the structure of the department in 2005–06.
Roles and functions
The department focuses on matters of national environmental signifi cance by:
• advising the Australian Government on its policies for protecting the
environment and heritage
• administering environment and heritage laws, including the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
• managing the Australian Government’s main environment and heritage
programmes including the $3 billion Natural Heritage Trust
• implementing an effective response to climate change
• representing the Australian Government in international agreements related to
the environment and heritage and to Antarctica.
Approach
In its work the department looks for solutions that are effi cient, equitable and
feasible based on:
• understanding environmental problems using science
• adopting economic, regulatory or administrative instruments that can target
environmental problems
• carrying out the Australian Government’s environmental and heritage policies and
programmes in a way that supports the nation’s social and economic interests
• cooperating across all levels of government, with industry, with international
partners, and with the community.
Exe
cutiv
e su
mm
ary
11
Environment and heritage portfolio
Senator the Hon Ian CampbellMinister for the Environment and Heritage
The Hon Greg Hunt MPParliamentary Secretary
Department of the Environment and Heritage
David BorthwickSecretary
Conall O’ConnellDeputy Secretary
Land, Water and Coasts DivisionTony SlatyerFirst Assistant Secretary
Marine DivisionDonna PetrachenkoFirst Assistant Secretary
Natural Resource Management Programmes DivisionMalcolm ForbesFirst Assistant Secretary
Parks Australia DivisionPeter CochraneDirector of National Parks
Bruce LeaverFirst Assistant Secretary
Howard BamseyDeputy Secretary
Australian Antarctic DivisionTony PressFirst Assistant Secretary
Industry, Communities and Energy DivisionBarry SterlandFirst Assistant Secretary
International, Land and Analysis DivisionIan CarruthersFirst Assistant Secretary
Executive Policy AdviserDiana Wright
First Assistant Secretary
Bureau of MeteorologyGeoff LoveDirector
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park AuthorityThe Hon Virginia ChadwickChairman
Offi ce of the Renewable Energy RegulatorDavid RossiterRenewable Energy Regulator
Sydney Harbour Federation TrustGeoff BaileyExecutive Director
Director of National ParksPeter Cochrane
Authorities and agencies
Anthea TinneyDeputy Secretary
Approvals and Wildlife DivisionGerard EarlyFirst Assistant Secretary
Corporate Strategies DivisionDavid AndersonFirst Assistant Secretary
Heritage DivisionPeter BurnettFirst Assistant Secretary
Environment Quality DivisionMary HarwoodFirst Assistant Secretary
Policy Coordination DivisionMark TuckerFirst Assistant Secretary
Supervising Scientist DivisionAlan HughesFirst Assistant Secretary
Executive sum
mary
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 12
Outcomes and outputs
This volume of the annual report provides details of the department’s
performance for the year and its contributions to the outcomes and outputs set
out in the Portfolio Budget Statements 2005–06. The work of the department
focuses on two major outcomes:
• Outcome 1: the environment, especially those aspects that are matters of
national environmental signifi cance, is protected and conserved
• Outcome 2: Australia’s interests in Antarctica are advanced
Changes to outputs since the last Budget
Following the incorporation of the Australian Greenhouse Offi ce and the National
Oceans Offi ce into the Department of the Environment and Heritage in 2004–05,
the department reviewed its outputs structure in consultation with the minister
and the Department of Finance and Administration.
This year the number of outputs has been reduced from 18 to seven to refl ect
the department’s services and broad environment management themes—climate
change, land and inland water, coasts and oceans, heritage, human settlements,
Antarctic policy and Antarctic science.
In 2005–06 the department received funding for the following outcomes and outputs:
Outcomes Description Outputs
Outcome 1
The environment, especially those aspects that are matters of national environmental signifi cance, is protected and conserved
Protection and conservation of environment and heritage matters that are nationally important or under direct Commonwealth jurisdiction
1.1: Response to climate change
1.2: Conservation of the land and inland waters
1.3: Conservation of the coasts and oceans
1.4: Conservation of natural, Indigenous and historic heritage
1.5: Response to the impacts of human settlements
Outcome 2
Australia’s interests in Antarctica are advanced
Advancement of Australia’s Antarctic and Southern Ocean interests
2.1: Antarctic policy
2.2: Antarctic science
Note:
• Volume 2 of the annual report details the operation of the seven Acts that the department administers that do not report separately to Parliament, including how the statutory requirements were met and how the laws were administered.
• A full list of legislation administered by the Australian Government’s environment and heritage portfolio is available at www.deh.gov.au/about/legislation.html.
Exe
cutiv
e su
mm
ary
13
Resources
The data do not include Antarctic policy administered expenses.
See page 240 for a detailed breakdown.
Outcome 1 administered 55.3%
Outcome 2 departmental 13.7%
Outcome 1 departmental 31%
Resources
Total fi nancial resources 2005–06 = $906 million
Northern Territory 10%
Tasmania 16%
Australian Capital Territory 67%
Other locations 4%
Antarctica 3%
Workforce
Total workforce 2005–06 = 2 062
OUTCOME 1—ENVIRONMENT CLIMATE CHANGE
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 16
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
Climate change
The Department of the Environment and Heritage, through its Australian
Greenhouse Offi ce, leads the development and implementation of the
government’s major climate change strategies. The Australian Greenhouse Offi ce
comprises the Industry, Communities and Energy Division, and the International,
Land and Analysis Division in the department.
The department works closely with other departments, including the Department
of Foreign Affairs and Trade, and the Department of Industry, Tourism and
Resources, to progress this work.
Main responsibilities for this output
• International engagement
• Emissions management
• Climate change science
International, Land and
Analysis Division
Industry, Communities
and Energy Division
Objectives
International engagement
• Engage with other countries to help build an effective global response to
climate change
Emissions management
• Work with industry, business and the community across Australia to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions and improve energy effi ciency
• Limit Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions to 108 per cent of 1990 levels by
2008–2012
Climate change science
• Extend Australia’s world-class scientifi c expertise in climate change, and build
the capacity of regions, industries and community to adapt to climate change
• Deliver robust projections of Australia’s progress in meeting its greenhouse gas
emissions target
17
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Results 2005–06
• The department played a key role in international efforts to address
climate change including in United Nations climate change negotiations.
The head of the Australian Greenhouse Offi ce was selected to co-lead
discussions on future directions of international climate change response.
• The department was active in establishing the new Asia–Pacifi c
Partnership on Clean Development and Climate. The Australian
Government hosted in January 2006, in Sydney, the inaugural ministerial
meeting of the partnership. These collaborative efforts will help to
develop and deploy cleaner and more effi cient technologies to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions.
• Australia is on track to meet its Kyoto target of limiting greenhouse gas
emissions to 108 per cent of 1990 emissions by 2008–2012. The latest
emissions trends show that Australia’s emissions have increased by only
2.3 per cent between 1990 and 2004 despite strong growth in gross
domestic product (GDP) and energy consumption. Over this period,
Australia has reduced its greenhouse gas emissions intensity (or emissions
per dollar of GDP) by 35 per cent and also reduced its emissions per
capita by more than 11 per cent. A reduction in land clearing has been an
integral factor in emissions abatement.
• Progress was made in implementing major programmes to reduce
Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions, including investing $500 million
to develop the next generation of large-scale greenhouse gas abatement
technologies, $100 million in grants to develop Australia’s renewable
energy technologies, and $75 million for the Solar Cities initiative.
The fi rst $23 million of funding for 10 renewable energy projects was
announced in 2006. This work is jointly managed with the Department of
Industry, Tourism and Resources.
• The Council of Australian Governments initiated in February 2006
development of a national framework on adaptation to the impacts of
climate change. The department is leading the work, with a product due
to be delivered for consideration by the council at the end of 2006.
• The department played a leading role in developing options to streamline
and strengthen greenhouse emissions and energy reporting, culminating
in a decision by the Council of Australian Governments to develop
national legislation for cost-effective mandatory reporting by large
emitters and energy users.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 18
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
Australia’s climate change strategy
The concentration of heat-trapping gases in the atmosphere is rising, changing
the earth’s climate. Over the past century the world has warmed by an average
0.6 degrees Celsius, with the most rapid increase occurring over the last 30 years.
Much of this change is linked to human activity.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, a body established by the World
Meteorological Organization and the United Nations Environment Programme,
has predicted that without intervention average global surface temperatures could
increase by 1.4 to 5.8 degrees Celsius by the end of this century. Temperature
changes of this magnitude are likely to have major effects on the environment,
human health and economies.
Stabilising the concentration of carbon dioxide (and the other greenhouse gases)
in the atmosphere to prevent the worst of these impacts will require a strong
and effective global response. All nations will need to commit to reducing their
greenhouse gas emissions.
In 2004 the Australian Government announced a new climate change strategy to:
• enhance international engagement to work towards an effective global
response to climate change
• focus domestic action to meet Australia’s internationally agreed greenhouse
emissions target in the short term, and in the longer term deliver a lower
emissions signature while maintaining a strong economy
• prepare Australia for the unavoidable consequences of climate change.
The strategy incorporates business and community partnerships, strategic
investment, government regulation and market measures. It includes measures
announced in the May 2004 federal Budget and the June 2004 energy white paper,
Securing Australia’s Energy Future, and brings the total Australian Government
investment in climate change response to almost $2 billion.
International engagement on climate change
During 2005–06 Australia continued to work towards the development of
an international climate change response that is environmentally effective,
economically effi cient and includes all major emitters. The need for a response
‘beyond Kyoto’ is being increasingly recognised worldwide. Australia’s international
climate change strategy includes both multilateral and bilateral activities.
United Nations climate change negotiations
Australia is a party to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate
Change, which lays the basis for global action ‘to protect the climate system for
present and future generations’.
19
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Australia played an important role at the United Nations Climate Change
Conference in Montreal in December 2005, where 189 countries unanimously
agreed on the Montreal Climate Action Plan. The action plan is a means to create
an effective international response in the post-Kyoto period.
In recognition of Australia’s expertise and constructive approach, the head of
the Australian Greenhouse Offi ce, Mr Howard Bamsey, was chosen to co-chair
talks on future international cooperation on climate change. These talks—which
commenced at the United Nations Climate Change Convention meeting in
Bonn in May 2006—will address issues such as how to realise the full potential
of technology to address climate change, adapting to the unavoidable impacts
of climate change, and the link between sustainable development and climate
change. These themes are central to the work of the Asia–Pacifi c Partnership
on Clean Development and Climate, and the Group of Eight (G8) Dialogue on
Climate Change, Clean Energy and Sustainable Development in which Australia is
also playing an active and constructive role.
Asia–Pacifi c Partnership on Clean Development and Climate
Australia is a founding member of the Asia–Pacifi c Partnership on Clean
Development and Climate, a regional initiative (with the United States, China,
Japan, India and the Republic of Korea) to develop, deploy and transfer
technologies to address climate change (see website at www.asiapacifi cpartnership.
org). The department played a leading role in the establishment of the
partnership, which was launched on 28 July 2005 by the Foreign Minister, with
ministers and senior offi cials from partner countries at the ASEAN (Association of
Southeast Asian Nations) Regional Forum in Vientiane.
The government hosted the
inaugural ministerial meeting
of the partnership in Sydney
from 11–13 January 2006. At
the meeting, the Prime Minister
announced an additional
investment of $100 million
over fi ve years to support
Asia–Pacifi c partnership projects
and activities, with 25 per cent
of funding earmarked for
renewable energy.
Ministers and business
representatives from the six
partner countries agreed to
establish eight task forces to focus on key industry sectors including cleaner fossil
energy, renewable energy and distributed generation, power generation and
Ministers Campbell and Macfarlane join environment and industry ministers from China, India, Japan, Republic of Korea, and the United States at the fi rst ministerial meeting of the new partnership.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 20
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
transmission, steel, aluminium, cement, coal mining, and buildings and appliances.
The department led the Australian Government involvement in the buildings
and appliances taskforce and the renewable energy and distributed generation
taskforce, which it co-chairs with the Republic of Korea. The task forces met in
Berkeley, California from 18–21 April 2006 to commence development of initial
action plans. The task forces aim to agree to their action plans during the third
quarter of 2006. Ministers agreed to meet again in 2007 to review progress under
the partnership.
G8 Dialogue on Climate Change, Clean Energy and Sustainable Development
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage joined ministers from 20 other
countries in the fi rst ministerial meeting of the Group of Eight (G8) Dialogue on
Climate Change, Clean Energy and Sustainable Development held in
November 2005. The aim of the dialogue is to ‘address the strategic challenge of
transforming our energy systems to create a more secure and sustainable future’.
The meeting agreed to work together on deployment of clean technologies,
incentives for large-scale private sector investment in low carbon technologies, a
new model for cooperation between developed and developing countries, and
reinforcing action on adapting to the impacts of climate change.
The next meeting will take place in Mexico in October 2006. In preparation for this
meeting, senior offi cials from all participating countries met in Mexico City from
7–9 June to identify key issues for discussion. The department played a leading role in
this preparatory meeting, including chairing one of the theme topics.
Other multilateral partnerships
Australia participates in four partnerships that focus on technology: the Renewable
Energy and Energy Effi ciency Partnership, the Methane to Markets Partnership,
the International Partnership on the Hydrogen Economy and the Carbon
Sequestration Leadership Forum.
As a result of funding by the Australian Government of $381 000, the Renewable
Energy and Energy Effi ciency Partnership formally established its South East Asia
and the Pacifi c Regional Secretariat on 2 May 2006. Australia has also been active in
the Methane to Markets Partnership, including co-hosting a regional workshop to
identify and assist projects that capture and reuse dangerous waste methane gas
from coal mines in China.
In addition, the department, assisted by leading Australian experts, contributed to
the completion in September 2005 of a Special Report of the Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change about the state of knowledge on capture of carbon
dioxide from fossil fuel combustion and geological storage of this carbon dioxide.
21
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Bilateral partnerships
Australia continued to work with its fi ve bilateral climate change partners—China,
the United States, New Zealand, Japan and the European Union—on practical
cooperative projects responding to global climate change. More than 50 projects
are now under way through these partnerships. The partnerships provide a
positive framework for high-level engagement on policy issues.
China: The Australia–China Climate Change Partnership continued to strengthen
and expand, with further practical actions agreed to address climate change.
In January 2006 the success of this partnership was formally recognised by the
Australian Minister for the Environment and Heritage and the Vice-Chairman of
China’s National Development and Reform Commission with endorsement of
the Australia–China Climate Change Cooperation Progress and Achievements
2003–2005 report. Senior Australian and Chinese offi cials also agreed at this time
to future project priorities for the partnership including renewable energy, coal
mine methane and energy effi ciency. Several new cooperative projects were
commenced including a project led by CSIRO (the Commonwealth Scientifi c and
Industrial Research Organisation) to develop and apply innovative new technology
to capture and use coal mine methane in China.
United States: As part of the Australia–United States Climate Action Partnership,
Australia is working with Pacifi c neighbours on climate change science, research
and monitoring; is expanding cooperative activity to measure and reduce
emissions from the agriculture and forestry sectors; and is collaborating through
the Carbon Sequestration Leadership Forum, the International Partnership on the
Hydrogen Economy and the Methane to Markets Partnership.
New Zealand: Australia is funding two new projects in the Pacifi c region,
in partnership with New Zealand and the United States, to assist local and
regional climate change observation and modelling. These projects will improve
understanding of the climate of the southern hemisphere, and provide the basis
for further studies on impacts and possible adaptation strategies in the South
Pacifi c and Indian oceans.
Japan: Australia and Japan co-hosted the Asia–Pacifi c Seminar on Climate Change
held in Yokohama, Japan from 11–15 September 2005. Experts from 28 countries
and representatives from 10 United Nations agencies and other international
agencies participated. The seminar included updates on efforts to address climate
change in the Asia–Pacifi c region, capacity building, adaptation, science and
technology, and lessons learned for future action.
European Union: In July 2005 the department signed a memorandum of
understanding on end use energy effi ciency programmes in the built environment
with the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre. This agreement will
promote energy effi ciency in Australia through technical exchanges including
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 22
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
developing methodologies to assess the impact of energy effi ciency policies on
buildings, mapping the potential to reduce the power consumption of electronic
appliances when on standby, and benchmarking the performance of residential air
conditioners.
South Africa: On 11 May 2006 Australia announced a new bilateral climate change
partnership with South Africa. The partnership will focus on collaboration on
climate change adaptation, particularly in the areas of biodiversity and broad acre
agriculture. The partners will also exchange experience and lessons learned in
implementing climate change policies and programmes. Planning is under way and
the fi rst projects are expected to start in August 2006.
Greenhouse gas emissions management
The department continued work to reduce Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions.
The main focus of these efforts is to build partnerships with industry, develop
energy technologies that have low emissions, and invest in local and regional
actions that reduce overall emissions.
Current measures undertaken across all levels of government are projected to
reduce Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions by 85 million tonnes of carbon
dioxide equivalent by 2010—more than equivalent to eliminating all emissions
from the transport sector. These measures have Australia on track to meet its
Kyoto Protocol target. Without these measures, emissions growth would have
reached 123 per cent of the 1990 level by 2010 (see chart below).
Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions (1990–2020)
The dashed horizontal line shows Australia’s Kyoto Protocol target
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
1990 1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
Meg
ato
nnes
CO
2-e
business as usual with emissions reduction measures
23
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Kyoto Protocol target
The Kyoto Protocol is an international treaty under the United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change designed to limit global greenhouse gas emissions.
The protocol only sets emissions targets for developed countries.
The Australian Government has decided not to ratify the Kyoto Protocol because
it does not provide a comprehensive or environmentally effective long-term
response to climate change. In particular, there is no clear pathway for action by
developing countries. Without commitments by all major emitters, the protocol
will be largely ineffective in reducing the growth of global greenhouse gas
emissions.
Even though it has decided not to ratify the protocol, the Australian Government
is delivering on its commitment to reduce Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions to
the levels agreed during the 1997 Kyoto negotiations (108 per cent of the level of
1990 emissions by 2008–2012).
Building industry partnerships
The Greenhouse Challenge Plus programme helps industry integrate greenhouse
issues into business decisions, reduce greenhouse gas emissions and increase energy
effi ciency. Greenhouse Challenge Plus has more than 740 participants, representing
key industry sectors including agriculture, electricity supply, oil and gas, aluminium,
cement, mining and manufacturing. These industries account for almost 50 per cent
of Australia’s industrial greenhouse gas emissions.
Case study: Australian rice growers reducing greenhouse emissions
Australian rice growers are at the forefront of efforts to reduce greenhouse
gas emissions in the agriculture sector. About 240 rice businesses have
started to take practical actions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in seven
key areas —fl ood irrigation, nitrogen management, soil management, stubble
management, greenhouse sinks, energy effi ciency, and waste management.
By taking action in these areas, Australian rice growers will be minimising
their greenhouse gas emissions.
The Greenhouse Challenge Plus programme was revamped during the year and
now includes Greenhouse Friendly, the Generator Effi ciency Standards initiative
and independent reporting and verifi cation arrangements. The Greenhouse
Friendly guidelines were revised and new administrative arrangements were put
in place. The programme now includes certifi ed products from the non-energy
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 24
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
sector and a larger variety of approved abatement projects generating an increased
level of abatement. The new Greenhouse Challenge Plus programme has
$31.3 million in funding over 2004–2008.
Member companies participate in the programme voluntarily. However, from July 2006
companies that receive more than $3 million per year of business Fuel Tax Credits will
be required to join the programme in order to continue receiving these credits.
The department led Australian
Government work with
the states and territories to
develop a nationally consistent
framework for greenhouse and
energy reporting by business
to government. Streamlined
reporting arrangements will
reduce the burden placed
on businesses participating
in greenhouse and energy
programmes and improve the
quality of the data reported
(see also National Pollutant Inventory). This work culminated in a decision by the
Council of Australian Governments (COAG) to develop an approach based on
national purpose-built legislation to provide for cost-effective mandatory reporting
by large emitters and energy users. This approach will be further considered by
COAG later in 2006.
Building industry partnerships—ongoing programmes
The Greenhouse Gas Abatement Programme provides funding for mainly
large-scale projects that use low emissions technologies and practices. Twelve
projects are on track to deliver emissions reductions from 2008–2012. The
estimated reduction in greenhouse gas for this period is 23.4 megatonnes of
carbon dioxide equivalent (at the time of project approvals). This does not include
a new round of projects under negotiation.
The department is working with major transport fl eet operators to assess the
environmental and economic case for using natural gas and liquefi ed petroleum
gas (LPG) in heavy vehicle fl eet operations under the Alternative Fuels
Conversion Programme. This programme has shown that alternative fuels make
economic and environmental sense for some transport tasks, but do not guarantee
improved environmental outcomes. The department will continue to work with
transport operators, engine manufacturers and fuel producers to explore practical
options to improve the effi ciency of transport and fuel usage.
Industry delegates attend the inaugural Greenhouse Challenge Plus conference held in Canberra.
25
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Action on energy effi ciency
The department continued to support the implementation of the National
Framework for Energy Effi ciency, which was adopted by the Ministerial Council on
Energy in 2004. The framework aims to improve the energy effi ciency of residential
and commercial buildings, appliances and equipment, as well as energy use in the
industrial and commercial sectors. It also covers training and accreditation, the
fi nance sector, and increasing consumer awareness.
In 2005–06 minimum energy performance standards were introduced or made
more stringent for electric water heaters, three-phase electric motors, refrigerators
and freezers and single-phase air conditioners. The standards now cover
13 product groups.
The Australian Building Codes Board adopted energy performance standards
for commercial buildings and increased the standards for residential buildings
during 2005–06. This means that from May 2006 the Building Code of Australia will
contain minimum energy performance requirements for all new building types.
Renewable and low emissions energy—new programmes
The Solar Cities programme will provide $75 million over nine years
(2004–2013) to demonstrate the costs and benefi ts of solar power, energy
effi ciency, cost-refl ective pricing and smart metering technologies on a large scale.
Eleven consortia from across Australia have been short-listed for assessment.
Detailed business cases are now being assessed with announcements of successful
Solar Cities sites expected later in the year.
New programmes for low emission technologies announced in the 2004 energy
white paper Securing Australia’s Energy Future were implemented. The Australian
Government’s $500 million Low Emissions Technology Demonstration Fund
will operate from 2005–2020 to support the demonstration of new low emission
technologies with signifi cant long-term greenhouse abatement potential. The
fund, which is managed jointly by the department and the Department of Industry,
Tourism and Resources, aims to leverage at least $1 billion in contributions from
the corporate sector. The policy framework for the fund was publicly released on
10 October 2005.
Thirty applications were received from electricity generators, oil and gas
producers, iron and steel producers, the oil and gas services sector, and the
transport sector for low emissions technologies covering brown and black coal,
natural gas, transport and renewable energy. The department established a panel
of experts to assess the merits of each application. This process is managed by
AusIndustry.
The $26.8 million Low Emissions Technology and Abatement programme
commenced with an agreed policy framework and a range of initial projects to
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 26
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
support a geosequestration trial, and several grants and consultancies to support
the renewable energy industry and action by local communities.
The department completed planning the Wind Energy Forecasting Capability
initiative, which will help increase the value of wind energy in electricity markets
by more accurately predicting wind energy generation. The department signed a
funding agreement with the National Electricity Market Management Company to
implement the wind energy forecasting system. An international tender process to
select a system provider and research to support system development are also well
under way.
The department participates in the selection of projects for funding under
the Renewable Energy Development Initiative, which is administered by
AusIndustry, and supports innovative renewable energy technologies. The initiative
will provide $100 million in funding to industry over seven years (2004–2011).
So far 10 grants totalling $23.3 million have been approved. More grants will be
approved in mid-2006.
The department received 25 expressions of interest outlining 32 potential
projects for funding under the $20.5 million Advanced Electricity Storage
Technologies Programme. The projects will develop and demonstrate advanced
technologies for storing electricity generated through intermittent renewable
sources, such as wind and solar. Applications are being assessed and grants will be
approved later in the year.
Renewable energy—ongoing programmes
A further $11.2 million was committed under the Renewable Remote Power
Generation Programme for 466 grants to increase the use of renewable energy
generation in remote parts of Australia and to reduce the amount of diesel
used to generate electricity in areas not connected to the main electricity grid.
These grants brought the total number of projects funded to 3 726 and the total
committed funding to $132 million, which includes 12 major projects totalling
$22.8 million and 21 support projects totalling $6.8 million. Projects cover solar,
wind and small hydro and hydrogen technologies.
The $55.6 million Renewable Energy Commercialisation Programme is
fully committed. Of the 53 projects funded under the programme, 26 have been
completed. One promising new technology to come out of the programme is
the integrated wood processing plant at Narrogin, Western Australia. Recently
commissioned, the plant processes mallee trees to produce renewable energy,
activated carbon and eucalyptus oil. The project also provides other environmental
benefi ts including sequestering carbon in the mallee roots and lowering the water
table to reduce salinity.
27
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
The Renewable Energy Equity Fund continued to provide venture capital
to small, innovative renewable energy companies to help commercialise their
technologies. The government invested an additional $2 million during 2005–06,
leveraging an additional $1 million in private sector investment. These investments
involve fi ve companies working in the areas of battery technology, biofuels and
biomass energy.
The Photovoltaic Rebate Programme provides cash rebates for consumers
who install grid-connected or stand-alone photovoltaic systems. In 2005–06 the
programme provided 946 rebates, representing more than $3.8 million invested
by the government in photovoltaic infrastructure. This brings the total number of
photovoltaic systems installed over the life of the programme to 7 150.
The Mandatory Renewable Energy Target scheme sets up a national
renewable energy market based on a system of tradeable certifi cates. The Offi ce
of the Renewable Energy Regulator administers the scheme, although policy
responsibility remains with the department.
Following the 2003 review of the Mandatory Renewable Energy Target, the
government confi rmed its commitment to the current renewable energy target
of 9 500 gigawatt hours by 2010 in the energy white paper Securing Australia’s
Energy Future. The government also agreed to a number of legislative and
Aerial view of the integrated wood processing demonstration plant at Narrogin, Western Australia. Photo: Verve Energy
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 28
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
regulatory amendments to improve the administrative effi ciency and operational
effectiveness of the Renewable Energy (Electricity) Act 2000. An amendment Bill
to enact necessary legislative changes to the agreed improvement was passed by
parliament on 22 June 2006.
Local and regional action
The Australian Government helps local governments to reduce their greenhouse
gas emissions through the Local Greenhouse Action programme. This
programme includes Cities for Climate Protection™ Australia, under which
Australia has the largest and most advanced programme of greenhouse reduction
activities in the world, involving 214 local governments and representing
82 per cent of the Australian population.
Case study: Newcastle’s greenhouse cuts recognised
Newcastle City Council, a founding member of the Cities for Climate
Protection Australia programme, won two prestigious awards at the National
Awards for Local Government recognising more than 10 years of action to
reduce greenhouse gas emissions.
The Greenhouse Action in Newcastle Plan forms part of council’s
commitment to Cities for Climate Protection and was developed to address
the growing need for local government and the community to manage their
impact on the environment, particularly climate change.
Newcastle City Council has initiated many pioneering projects, including
Australia’s fi rst biodiesel fl eet, an award-winning cleaner production
programme (aimed at the business community), community REFIT (energy
and water saving kits for households), and a green energy project (energy
and water saving throughout council’s facilities).
The latest results show that councils reduced their emissions by more than
1.5 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalents in 2004–05, up from one million
tonnes in 2003–04, and 767 000 tonnes in 2002–03. Since 1999 local governments
have reported cumulative abatement of over fi ve million tonnes and invested
more than $100 million in local greenhouse measures. The 2005–06 fi gures will be
available in November 2006.
A total of $400 000 was paid in 2005–06 for grants supporting activities to reduce
greenhouse gas emissions. Councils worked with local households, businesses, and
29
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
schools to undertake energy audits and retrofi ts, train tradespeople about energy
effi cient appliances, and trial new and innovative technologies for sewage treatment.
The department is also helping to fund various projects to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions from passenger transport, particularly in urban centres in participating
states and territories. For example, the National Travel Behaviour Change
Project aims to facilitate a voluntary change in behaviour towards more
sustainable modes of travel such as walking, cycling, public transport and ride-
sharing. The project will see 186 000 households reduce distances travelled in
Australia by over three billion car kilometres. One million tonnes of greenhouse
gas emissions will be saved, which is equivalent to reducing emissions from over
250 000 cars in one year.
Greenhouse Action to Enhance Sustainability in Regional Australia
addresses knowledge gaps about climate change in regional Australia. Thirty-six
research projects are currently being funded to address emissions management in
agriculture, forest sink management, and adaptation to climate change in the land
management sector. These projects are providing important information for the
development of policies on greenhouse gas emissions reduction and climate change
adaptation in regional Australia. The department spent $3.1 million on these projects
in 2005–06, with partner organisations spending more than twice this amount.
A key initiative in 2005–06 was the establishment of the fi rst fi eld-based research
programme to investigate the interactive effects of elevated carbon dioxide in
air on agricultural production. Four states, industry, CSIRO, and universities are
involved and have already contributed over $10 million to this national effort.
Understanding climate change
The Australian Government’s response to climate change depends on having
high quality scientifi c knowledge of the contributing infl uences and mechanisms.
For example research is revealing more about the infl uence ocean circulation has
on regional and global climate and on transporting heat and absorbing carbon.
The government’s response also depends on the capacity to accurately measure
greenhouse gas emissions at a national and sectoral level, and the ability to identify
and respond to emerging issues.
Australian Climate Change Science Programme
The $30.7 million Australian Climate Change Science Programme is
supporting research over four years (2004–2008) into the nature, causes, timing
and implications of climate change for Australia. The programme helps to
maintain Australia’s world-class climate modelling capacity. Partly as a result of the
programme’s investments, Australia is recognised internationally for the quality of
its climate change science.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 30
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
Key areas of research include improving climate change projection based on
probabilities; detecting climate change in Australia, for example, from shifts
in mean maximum air or sea surface temperature, or increased frequency and
intensity of extreme events such as drought and tropical cyclones; and attributing
changes in climate to specifi c factors such as greenhouse gas emissions, changes in
land use, or to natural variability.
The CSIRO, the Bureau of Meteorology and Australian universities will collaborate
to develop the Australian Community Climate and Earth System Simulator with
support from the Australian Climate Change Science Programme. This simulator
is a major step forward in climate modelling in Australia. It will integrate and
improve fragmented modelling products into a national system that will simulate
climate change in the Australian region, rather than rely on models designed for
the northern hemisphere, where the drivers for climate differ from the southern
hemisphere.
National Climate Change Adaptation Programme
Some degree of climate change is inevitable due to the level of greenhouse
gases already in the atmosphere. The National Climate Change Adaptation
Programme, announced in the May 2004 Budget, will help Australians manage
the consequences of climate change. The $14.2 million programme will operate
over four years (2004–2008).
In February 2006 the Council of Australian Governments announced its intention
to develop a national adaptation framework as part of its plan for collaborative
action on climate change. Work to develop this framework was a major focus of the
National Climate Change Adaptation Programme in the latter part of 2005–06.
Other key areas of work during 2005–06 included:
• continuation of a four-year, $2 million partnership with the Great Barrier Reef
Marine Park Authority to develop a climate change action plan for the reef
• launch of the South-east Australian Climate Project to examine climate change,
and particularly its impact on water resources, in the Murray–Darling Basin and
south-east Australia. The project was set up under an agreement with the Murray–
Darling Basin Commission, Land and Water Australia, the Victorian Department of
Sustainability and the Environment, CSIRO and the Bureau of Meteorology
• release of a guide to using the Australian risk management standard to address
climate change impacts
• assessment of the impact of climate change on human settlements.
National Greenhouse Gas Inventory
In 2005–06 a new set of Australia’s National Greenhouse Accounts was released.
The accounts were prepared in accordance with international guidelines under
31
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
the guidance of a national committee made up of federal, state and territory
government representatives. The accounts comprise:
• the National Greenhouse Gas Inventory 2004, which is estimated on a Kyoto
reporting basis and is relevant for measuring progress towards the 108 per cent
target
• the State and Territory Greenhouse Gas Inventories 2004, which are also
estimated on a Kyoto reporting basis
• the National Inventory by Economic Sector 2004, which introduces estimates
of emissions by economic sector (e.g. residential)
• the National Inventory Report 2004, which is Australia’s offi cial submission to
the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and is prepared
according to the reporting provisions applicable to the convention.
The National Greenhouse Gas Inventory 2004 was released in May 2006. The
inventory shows that national greenhouse gas emissions in 2004 were only 2.3 per cent
higher than the 1990 levels. This small increase in emissions is consistent with the
updated projections released in December 2005. The methods used to estimate
emissions and the emission estimates are available through the Australian Greenhouse
Emissions Information System at www.greenhouse.gov.au/inventory.
The National Inventory Report is subject to annual international expert review.
The report on the review of the 2003 inventory which was published in March
2006 recognised the completeness and quality of Australia’s inventory. It welcomed
the introduction of the Australian Greenhouse Emissions Information System as
a substantial advance in inventory practice and noted the technical quality of the
National Carbon Accounting System for monitoring of land systems.
The department, assisted by several leading inventory experts around Australia,
made a major contribution to the new edition of the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change guidelines on international inventory practices. These guidelines
were approved by the panel in April 2006. A senior member of the department
participates in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Bureau which
steers the inventory programme.
Greenhouse gas projections
The department prepares projections of Australia’s future greenhouse gas
emissions. The projections help the government to determine the extent to which
its policies and programmes have Australia on track to meet its international
emissions target. Updated projections, which follow accounting rules developed
under the Kyoto Protocol, were released in November 2005 in a report called
Tracking to the Kyoto Target 2005. More information is available at
www.greenhouse.gov.au/projections.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 32
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
National Carbon Accounting System
Australia’s capability to account for greenhouse gas emissions from our land
systems is provided through the world-leading National Carbon Accounting
System, which uses computer-based land systems modelling and observations to
provide a national map of emissions at a sub-hectare scale.
This year many of the fundamental datasets, such as climate and remotely
sensed vegetation cover change, were updated to current time. Research and
development activities, largely jointly conducted with various state and territory
agencies, CSIRO, universities and private sector interests, also helped to improve
the system and expand its capability.
A National Carbon Accounting Toolbox was released in March 2005 to enable
landholders to examine the history of their properties through a time-series
archive of remotely sensed images, and to model the greenhouse gas implications
of agricultural and forestry activities. To date, almost 7 000 copies of the toolbox
have been requested.
Sources of Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions in 2004 by sector
3%6%
16%
5%5%
13%
50%
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Stationaryenergy
Transport Fugitiveemissions
Industrialprocesses
Agriculture Land use, land use change
and forestry
Waste
Meg
ato
nnes
of
emis
sio
ns (C
O2-
e)
33
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Australia’s Fourth National Communication on Climate Change
Parties to the United Nations Convention on Climate Change are required to
report their progress to the convention’s secretariat every three to four years
through what is referred to as a national communication. The secretariat then
carries out an in-depth review of each national communication. The review of
Australia’s Third National Communication was released in August 2005.
Australia’s Fourth National Communication was prepared in 2005 and released by
the Minister for the Environment and Heritage in November 2005. The document
provides detailed information about the implementation of all aspects of Australia’s
climate change strategy and can be found at www.greenhouse.gov.au/international/
publications/fourth-comm.html.
The secretariat is scheduled to commence its review of Australia’s Fourth National
Communication in late 2006.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 34
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Effectiveness in reducing greenhouse gas emissions
Percentage of total emissions in Australia by sector: (i) stationary energy, (ii) transport, (iii) fugitive emissions, (iv) industrial processes, (v) agriculture, (vi) land use change and forestry, and (vii) waste
2004 (latest available fi gures, published May 2006): (i) stationary energy 49.6% (ii) transport 13.5% (iii) fugitive emissions 5.5% (iv) industrial processes 5.3% (v) agriculture 16.5% (vi) land use change and forestry 6.3% (vii) waste 3.4%
Actual and projected greenhouse emissions in Australia (megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent (Mt CO2-e)) from 1990 base compared with business as usual
Australia’s net greenhouse gas emissions across all sectors totalled 564.7 Mt CO2-e in 2004 under the accounting provisions applying to Australia’s 108% emissions target. This represents a 2.3% increase over 1990 levels
Australia’s greenhouse gas emissions are projected to reach 108% of 1990 levels by 2010 or 585 Mt CO2-e, or 2 Mt CO2-e below the Kyoto target
In the absence of greenhouse measures, emissions would have reached 123% of 1990 levels by 2010
International engagement—Infl uencing International Climate Change Policy (administered item)
Extent of infl uence in key international, regional and bilateral climate change processes on issues for which the department has lead responsibility
Played a key role in the development of the Asia-Pacifi c Partnership on Clean Development and Climate, hosting of the inaugural ministerial meeting of the partnership, and established 8 industry-government task forces to develop practical projects under the key work areas of the partnership, including renewables, clean fossil energy, and buildings and appliances
Worked effectively through the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change to achieve key outcomes, including agreement to a dialogue on long-term cooperative action on climate change, and appointment of the head of Australian Greenhouse Offi ce as co-chair of the dialogue
Played a key role in several other international forums on post-2012 action on climate change
Further developed both bilateral and plurilateral climate change partnerships
Number of initiatives delivered through key international, regional and bilateral processes
More than 60, including the establishment of the Asia-Pacifi c Partnership on Clean Development and Climate; agreement to a new bilateral partnership with South Africa; and 58 practical bilateral climate change activities with the United States, China, Japan, the European Union and New Zealand
35
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Emissions management
Effectiveness of support for greenhouse response within sectors
Series of greenhouse gas emissions management measures continues to provide high level of engagement with sectors, for example more than 740 participants in Greenhouse Challenge Plus, representing electricity supply, oil and gas, aluminium, cement, mining and manufacturing sectors, with additional members in 2005–06 leading to a signifi cant increase in the coverage of greenhouse gas emissions reported under the programme; signifi cant response to the Greenhouse Gas Abatement Programme from 6 sectors covering mining, power generation, industrial processing, forestry, government and community sectors to reduce emissions from industry; extensive engagement with key stakeholders in agriculture, forestry and natural resource management sectors through Greenhouse Action to Enhance Sustainability in Regional Australia activities; and signifi cant support from local councils and the community for Cities for Climate Protection, with membership growing to 216 local councils in 2006, representing 82% of Australia’s population
Reported abatement activity including emissions reductions and energy savings
Reported in Tracking to the Kyoto Target 2005, released 30 November 2005
The combined effect of greenhouse gas abatement measures is expected to cut annual emissions by 85 megatonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent by 2010. As a result of these measures, Australia is on track to meet its target under the Kyoto Protocol
Extent of engagement of key stakeholders Series of greenhouse gas emissions management measures continues to provide high level of engagement with sectors (see examples provided for ‘effectiveness of support for greenhouse response within sectors’)
Extent of support for long-term low emission technology uptake
The Low Emissions Technology Demonstration Fund attracted expressions of interest from 30 long-term low emissions technology projects with private investment projected at over $6.5 billion
State governments offered $383 million to support the fund
Estimated cost (Government funds) of greenhouse abatement ($ per tonne)
Based on 2005 projections of abatement from 2008 to 2012, and actual and projected Australian Government funding for programmes, the cost of abatement to the Australian Government in this period averages $4.00 per tonne
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 36
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Emissions management (continued)
Reporting systems are appropriately targeted National Greenhouse Gas Inventory reviewed independently for United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change and found to comply with requirements
Joint Ministerial Council on Energy and Environment Protection and Heritage Council, in consultation with stakeholder groups, fast-tracked the development of options for streamlined greenhouse gas emissions and energy reporting by business and forwarded recommendations to the Council of Australian Government’s (COAG) within the timeframe requested. COAG agreed in June 2006 to develop an approach based on national purpose-built legislation to provide for cost-effective mandatory reporting by large emitters and energy users
Under Greenhouse Challenge Plus, around 740 participants report annually to the government and also make a public statement about their progress towards reducing greenhouse gas emissions. An online reporting tool, OSCAR (Online System for Challenge Plus Activity Reporting) has been developed. In 2005–06 members commenced direct online emissions reporting to government
The International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives reports annually to the department on progress of the Cities for Climate Protection Australia programme, including greenhouse gas abatement achieved
Reporting systems for Renewable Remote Power Generation programmes have been established under head partnership agreements between the Australian Government and participating states and territories
Risks to programme delivery identifi ed and managed
Comprehensive risk management plans are in place for each programme
Investment dollars (or contributory funding) leveraged by projects and programmes from other parties
Government expenditure on greenhouse gas emissions management programmes rose from $58.5 million in 2004–05 to $64.4 million in 2005–06. While programme guidelines typically specify that other parties provide contributory funding at a ratio of at least 1:1 for every dollar received, higher rates of investment are usually leveraged. Major measures announced in the energy white paper have attracted signifi cant interest, for example, the Low Emissions Technology Demonstration Fund attracted 30 long-term low emissions technology projects with private investment projected at over $6.5 billion, while state governments offered $383 million to support the fund; 11 Solar Cities proposals were short-listed by ministers, attracting up to $284.3 million of cash and in-kind investment from consortia
37
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Understanding climate change
Investment dollars (or in-kind contribution) leveraged from other parties for climate change science priorities
Over $6.3 million leveraged from other parties in 2005–06
Extent to which climate change policy is integrated in national policies and programmes and interjurisdictional processes
Continued implementation of energy white paper initiatives which integrate climate change policy into national energy policy
Adoption and implementation of COAG Plan for Collaborative Action on Climate Change to coordinate national climate change policy
Interjurisdictional development of a national framework for greenhouse and energy reporting to improve information available to governments for climate change policy and programme development
Climate change included in the Environment Protection and Heritage Council’s Strategic Plan 2006–2008
Trends in community responses to key policy issues
Tracking research into community awareness and perceptions of climate change, completed during the year, found signifi cantly increased community awareness of climate change policy issues
Climate change publications that meet targeted stakeholder needs
Prepared more than 30 publications (reports, guidelines etc) to meet the needs of industry, government and non-government stakeholders and the public and received strong positive response from stakeholders
A range of regular newsletters, fact sheets and similar materials was published, providing up-to-date information about climate change activities to stakeholder groups
A climate change communications strategy was developed with implementation to commence in 2006–07
Comprehensiveness and timeliness of monitoring and public reporting on the implementation of programmes
Milestones in programme development and implementation have been announced publicly and in a timely fashion
An in-depth review by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change of Australia’s Third National Communication on Climate Change strongly endorsed the approach used
Australia’s Fourth National Communication on Climate Change provides a comprehensive overview of Australian and state and territory government responses to climate change
Development of consistent measurement of abatement across programmes
Ongoing programme of continuous improvement in place as part of projections process, to measure abatement across sectors and programmes and in generating overall abatement estimates
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 38
Outco
me 1—
Enviro
nment
Clim
ate change
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Understanding climate change (continued)
Number of reports and submissions made in accordance with national and international commitments and level of user interest
Published the National Greenhouse Account reports, methodology papers and 23 related products
Published updated projections in the sub-sectors of transport, waste, agriculture and land use, land use change and forestry. An update of Australia’s projected emissions was released on 30 November 2005 in the report Tracking to the Kyoto Target 2005, showing Australia is still on track to meet its Kyoto targets
Prepared Australia’s Fourth National Communication on Climate Change; 12 submissions on issues are being considered by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change
Sub-output 1.1.1—International engagement
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
Sub-output 1.1.2—Emissions management
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
Sub-output 1.1.3—Understanding climate change
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
(a) Applies to provision of grants programmes funded entirely from the Department of the Environment and Heritage appropriations for the output (i.e. not those marked administered items).
39
Out
com
e 1—
Env
ironm
ent
Clim
ate
chan
ge
Resources
Departmental outputs Budget prices$’000
Actual expenses$’000
Sub-output: 1.1.1 International engagement
Sub-output: 1.1.2 Emissions management
Sub-output: 1.1.3 Understanding climate change
14 473
34 074
16 482
13 904
33 775
16 350
Total (Output 1.1: Climate change) 65 029 64 029
Administered items
Infl uencing International Climate Change Policy
Solar Cities
Action on Energy Effi ciency
Local Greenhouse Action
Low Emissions Technology and Abatement
Greenhouse Gas Abatement Programme
Alternative Fuels Conversion Programme
Renewable Remote Power Generation Programme
Renewable Energy Commercialisation Programme
Renewable Energy Equity Fund —writedown of receivable
Photovoltaic Rebate Programme
Renewable Energy Equity Fund
Greenhouse Action to Enhance Sustainability in Regional Australia
Climate Change Science Programme
1 450
550
800
400
2 235
13 339
862
28 758
1 954
0
5 357
1 338
3 400
6 000
1 390
550
800
404
1 950
13 318
223
28 746
1 694
2 840
4 622
1 338
3 400
6 000
Total (Administered) 66 443 67 275
OUTCOME 1—ENVIRONMENT LAND AND INLAND WATERS
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 42
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Land and inland waters
The Department of the Environment and Heritage develops Australian
Government initiatives to protect and conserve Australia’s land and inland waters,
including biodiversity, and to ensure their management is ecologically sustainable.
Main responsibilities for this output
Wildlife protection
• Threatened species recovery
• Threatened species protection
• Wildlife industries regulation
Approvals and Wildlife
Division
Land and water strategies
• Invasive species threat abatement plans
• Biodiversity conservation
• Native vegetation management
• Environmental aspects of forest agreements
• Water quality management
• Urban water reform
• Protected wetlands
Land, Water and Coasts
Division
Land and water investments
• Administration of the Natural Heritage Trust
• Support for the National Action Plan for
Salinity and Water Quality
• Community Water Grants
Natural Resource
Management
Programmes Division
Terrestrial parks and reserves
• National Reserve System
• Genetic resource management
• Australian Biological Resources Study
Parks Australia Division
Tropical wetlands research
• Research and ecological inventory
• Risk assessment of tropical rivers
Supervising Scientist
Division
43
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Objectives
Wildlife protection
• Protect biodiversity, including wildlife and their habitats, and work to ensure
that Australia’s use of biological resources is ecologically sustainable
Land and water strategies
• Ensure the management of Australia’s terrestrial natural resources is
ecologically sustainable
• Ensure the management of inland rivers, groundwater and inland wetlands is
ecologically sustainable and that water resources are conserved and the quality
is maintained
• Address land and water issues impacting biodiversity, including pests, weeds
and disease
Land and water investments
• Deliver land and water conservation investments to communities
Terrestrial parks and reserves
• Protect and conserve biodiversity by establishing a comprehensive and
representative system of protected areas
• Conduct taxonomic and geographic research to increase understanding of
biodiversity
Tropical wetlands research
• Enhance the protection of tropical rivers and associated wetlands in northern
Australia
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 44
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Results 2005–06
• Under Community Water Grants, part of the $2 billion Australian
Government Water Fund, 1 750 projects worth over $55 million were
approved to save water across Australia. These projects are expected to
save approximately 18.5 billion litres of water each year, enough to fi ll
about 1 800 Olympic swimming pools, as well as rehabilitating about
15 000 hectares of land.
• 31 new recovery plans for threatened species and ecological communities
were approved. These plans will maximise the chances of long-term
survival in the wild of threatened species including Gilbert’s potoroo
in Western Australia, the northern hairy-nosed wombat in Queensland,
Slater’s skink in the Northern Territory, and one endangered ecological
community—the natural temperate grasslands of the Southern Tablelands
of NSW and the Australian Capital Territory.
• The Australian Government invested $37.2 million towards the
$93 million Goulburn–Murray Water Recovery Package, which will recover
145 gigalitres of additional water for the environment.
• Nankeen night herons bred in the Barmah Forest for the fi rst time in
40 years, and the threatened silver perch spawned successfully following
allocation of environmental fl ows to 36 000 hectares of the River Murray
system. Vegetation communities, including river red gum, also responded
well to the additional water. The department helped fund infrastructure
to deliver water for wetlands and fl oodplains in Victoria and South
Australia.
• The Natural Heritage Trust is now delivering on-ground projects in
56 regions across Australia against 54 accredited natural resource
management plans. The plans are tailor made for each region and address
a range of environmental issues including salinity, soil condition, water
quality, native vegetation, rivers and wetlands, and biodiversity.
• Stringent fox control measures in Booderee National Park are producing
a recovery in native animal populations, with long-nosed bandicoot and
eastern bristlebird numbers increasing strongly. Particularly pleasing is the
re-discovery this year of the rare white-footed dunnart, a small marsupial
not found in Booderee for over 40 years.
45
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Wildlife protection and biodiversity conservation
The department administers the wildlife protection provisions of the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. The Act is the Australian
Government’s main tool for protecting wildlife1 and conserving biodiversity.
The Act also regulates wildlife trade to protect Australia’s native wildlife from
overexploitation.
Threatened species protection
Under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
actions require approval if they are likely to have a signifi cant impact on matters of
national environmental signifi cance, including wildlife and ecological communities
that are listed as threatened.
Activities that may affect listed threatened species or communities in
Commonwealth areas (land and waters) may require permits. During 2005–06 the
government issued 11 species and ecological community permits.
Details of these and other activities relating to the protection and conservation
of threatened species are included in the report on the operation of the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 in the second
volume of this annual report.
Project work relating to the protection of listed threatened species and ecological
communities is partly funded through the national component of the Natural
Heritage Trust. During 2005–06 Natural Heritage Trust project expenditure for
these activities was approximately $1.7 million.
Threatened species recovery
Under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999,
the department is working to prevent threatened species from becoming extinct
and to recover their populations. As part of this work the department develops
threatened species recovery plans.
These plans set out the actions needed to maximise the chances of long-term
survival in the wild of a listed threatened species or ecological community.
Recovery plans must come into force within certain time limits set out in the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. Recovery plans
remain in force until the species is removed from the threatened list.
During the year the Minister for the Environment and Heritage approved 31
recovery plans under the Act, increasing the total number of recovery plans in
force to 264, covering 340 species and ecological communities. In addition to
1 The Act also protects matters of national environmental signifi cance from the impacts of proposed development activities.
Performance results for environmental assessments are on page 140.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 46
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
these plans, the Threatened Species Scientifi c Committee recommended a further
19 draft recovery plans, covering 59 listed species and one ecological community,
for forwarding for the minister’s consideration. A further 348 plans are in
preparation covering 509 species and ecological communities. This brings the total
number of species and ecological communities covered by plans in place or in
preparation to 840, or 52 per cent of the total requiring recovery plans. A priority is
to complete recovery plans for species in Commonwealth areas.
A full report on the operation of the Act including progress in developing recovery
and threat abatement plans appears in the second volume of the annual report.
Project work for the department’s threatened species activities is funded partly
through the national component of the Natural Heritage Trust. During 2005–06
the department invested $2.2 million from the national component of the Natural
Heritage Trust in developing and implementing plans to recover terrestrial
threatened species.
Threatened Species Network
The department supports the Threatened Species Network, a community based
programme of the Natural Heritage Trust and World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF)
Australia. The network comprises a team of people who support projects that
enable all Australians to be involved in hands-on conservation. The network’s
projects are funded through the Natural Heritage Trust’s Threatened Species
Network Community Grants Programme.
The network’s activities during the year benefi ted over 80 species and ecological
communities listed under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999. Work included developing 30 new projects that were funded
under the grants programme. The network also provided advice on threatened
species to over 70 advisory panels, recovery teams, and assessment panels.
Australian Wildlife Hospital
The Australian Government committed funding of $2.5 million as a contribution to
the capital works expansion of the Australian Wildlife Hospital.
The hospital is the largest specialist native wildlife hospital in Australia, and
services an area in excess of 100 000 square kilometres stretching from northern
New South Wales through to Maryborough and west to Toowoomba. The hospital
also provides a valuable information service to veterinarians and wildlife carer
groups around Australia and conducts research into wildlife disease and health
management. The facility is also used by universities for the training of veterinary
students and wildlife trainees in practical work experience and course work.
The hospital works in collaboration with volunteer wildlife rescue organisations
and concerned individuals. The demand for the hospital’s services is continually
increasing with 1 725 animals treated in 2004, 3 150 in 2005 and approximately
2 200 to 30 June 2006.
47
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Threat abatement plans
Under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, the
department develops and implements threat abatement plans. These plans set out
the actions needed to reduce the impacts of threats such as pests and diseases
on affected native species or ecological communities. Threat abatement plans are
reviewed every fi ve years (threat abatement and recovery plans for the marine
environment are reported on page 95).
The department collaborates with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry
and other stakeholders including the states and territories, and primary producers in
the development and implementation of threat abatement plans and projects.
To date there are nine threat abatement plans operating for the key threatening
terrestrial processes listed under the Act.
New threat abatement plans went into operation in 2005–06 for:
• beak and feather disease affecting endangered parrots
• predation, habitat destruction, and disease transmission by feral pigs
• infection of amphibians with chytrid fungus
• the impact of tramp ants on Australia’s biodiversity.
Reviews of fi ve threat abatement plans were completed in 2005–06:
• dieback caused by the root-rot fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi
• competition and land degradation by feral goats
• competition and land degradation by feral rabbits
• predation by feral cats
• predation by the European red fox.
The revised threat abatement plans will be fi nalised in 2006–07.
A threat abatement plan is also being developed for predation of Australian native
species by exotic rats on small offshore islands.
Invasive species threat abatement activities
During 2005–06 the department invested $2.8 million from the national
component of the Natural Heritage Trust on projects to reduce threats to native
species and ecological communities, including over $450 000 for the fox-free
Tasmania programme.
The main focus of these projects was research and development of new control
measures for invasive species (e.g. poisoned bait for feral cats and new fencing
designs to exclude invasive vertebrates from areas with high conservation value).
The department chaired and supported the Invasive Species Task Group, which
reported in October 2005. The task group identifi ed opportunities for improving
national arrangements to reduce the impacts of invasive species on the environment.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 48
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
As a result, the Natural Resource Management and Primary Industries ministerial
councils are enhancing Australia’s biosecurity system for primary production and
the environment to prevent the establishment of new species and reduce the
impacts of those which are already established. The department is supporting this
work with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.
The department helped draft the Australian Pest Animal Strategy, released in late
2005–06. The strategy will work as a key component of the Australian biosecurity
system to reduce the impacts of feral animals by preventing their introduction and
controlling established species.
Cane toads
To date the Australian Government has committed almost $13 million for cane
toad control, including an additional $3 million in 2005 to accelerate research
by the CSIRO into a biological control solution. The CSIRO has made signifi cant
progress on identifying susceptible genes in cane toads and viruses that might
affect them.
Other funding has gone to state governments and regional and local groups
including $600 000 to a joint programme with the Australian, Western Australian
and Northern Territory governments aimed at slowing the movement of cane
toads into the Kimberley region, and more than $400 000 to the Northern Territory
Government for cane toad control. The Natural Heritage Trust is also supporting
several new projects to develop methods that target the various stages of the cane
toad’s development.
Weed management
The department jointly manages the Defeating the Weed Menace Programme
with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry. The programme
identifi es Australia’s most threatening weeds and implements measures for their
management.
During 2005–06 $1.8 million of Natural Heritage Trust funding was invested
through the programme in research into weed biology and biological control
agents, development of best practice management guides for several weed species,
and targeted on-ground weed control actions.
A signifi cant achievement of the programme is reducing the severity, extent and
impact of the Weeds of National Signifi cance, such as willow, athel pine, mimosa,
cabomba, salvinia, alligator weed, bridal creeper, bitou bush/boneseed, pond
apple, and hymenachne.
In 2005–06 the department coordinated the Australian Weeds Committee’s
review of the 1997 National Weeds Strategy. The revised Australian Weeds Strategy
will identify priorities and provide a consistent national framework for weed
management across Australia.
49
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Case studies: Defeating the weed menace
Bega Valley Shire Council weeds offi cers and landholders in the Towamba
River Valley in south-eastern New South Wales have had considerable
success in eradicating the only known outbreak of blue hound’s tongue
(Cynoglossum creticum) in Australia thanks to the Defeating the Weed
Menace programme.
Blue hound’s tongue is on the National Alert List for Environmental Weeds,
a list of non-native plants that threaten biodiversity and cause environmental
damage. Blue hound’s tongue has the potential to invade and suppress
native grasslands, as demonstrated in Argentina and Chile.
Landholders and council staff undertook
the eradication project in 2005–06. With
only a few known infestation sites along the
Towamba River, eradication through early
intervention was chosen as a cost-effective
control option. Council weeds offi cers and
landholders along the river worked together
to locate, map and eradicate all infestations of
the weed, and revegetate the affected areas.
Members of Towamba Landcare inspected
areas upstream of the outbreak and found no other infestations. A follow-up
programme has begun to ensure any re-infestations are fully controlled.
Mimosa (Mimosa pigra) is regarded as one of the worst weeds in Australia
because of its invasiveness and potential for spread. Mimosa’s range extends
across the tropical north and where left uncontrolled the impacts on local
ecology are dramatic.
Mimosa control in Kakadu National Park
remains one of the park’s highest priorities,
with fi ve staff dedicated to surveying
thousands of square kilometres of fl oodplains
by quad bikes, airboats and helicopter. Over
200 known mimosa locations are visited
regularly to destroy seedling plants. In the last
year the team removed 7 172 young mimosa
plants by hand and 748 older plants by a
combination of herbicide and hand removal.
Staff at Kakadu are obtaining a disturbing picture of the longevity of the
seed, with some seeds still viable after more than 20 years in the soil.
Blue hound’s tongue.
Photo: Anne Herbert
Surveying for mimosa on the Oenpelli fl oodplain.
Photo: Buck Salau
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 50
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Wildlife industry regulation
The department protects animal and plant species and ecosystems by
regulating exports and imports of certain wildlife and wildlife products under
Part 13A of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
1999. Exports of specimens of Australian native species are regulated to protect
them from overexploitation, and imports of live specimens are regulated in
the interests of protecting Australian native ecosystems from the infl uence of
alien invasive species. Part 13A of the Act is used to fulfi l Australia’s obligations
under the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild
Fauna and Flora (CITES), through which parties protect globally endangered
species by regulating export and import. The department continues to actively
engage with CITES, and represents the Oceania region on the CITES Standing
Committee.
The department uses its regulatory powers to encourage management practices
that are humane, and not detrimental to the survival of species in the wild.
In supporting responsible wildlife-based industries, fi ve new wildlife trade
management programmes were approved and 2 520 permits to export or import
were issued in 2005–06. Some of these permits are valid for multiple transactions.
There was an increased focus in 2005–06 on assisting legitimate operators to
comply effi ciently with legislative requirements.
The department works closely with other agencies to share intelligence and
combat wildlife smuggling. In 2005–06 a number of successful prosecutions
were made, resulting in a fi rst-ever custodial sentence (3.5 years) for a wildlife
smuggling offence, and a record fi ne ($24 600). Agencies involved include state
and territory wildlife authorities, the Australian Customs Service, the Australian
Federal Police, overseas CITES management authorities, Interpol, and some
non-government organisations such as TRAFFIC—the joint wildlife trade
monitoring programme of the World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) and the World
Conservation Union (IUCN).
During 2005–06, 5 165 seizures were made under Part 13A of the Act.
More details of these and other wildlife trade activities are included in the report
on the operation of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999 in the second volume of this set of annual reports.
Project work relating to wildlife trade regulation is partly funded through the
national component of the Natural Heritage Trust. During 2005–06, Natural
Heritage Trust project expenditure for these types of activities was approximately
$85 000.
51
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Protecting Australia’s biodiversity hotspots
Biodiversity hotspots are areas that are rich in biodiversity but under threat.
Fifteen national biodiversity hotspots were announced in October 2003. In 2004
the Prime Minister announced the Maintaining Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots
Programme. The programme complements the department’s longer-term work to
protect matters of national environmental signifi cance.
The programme provides incentives to private landholders to protect biodiversity
on their land, and to conservation groups to purchase land to be managed for
conservation. Total funding of $36 million was provided over 2004–2007 for the
programme. Major projects funded this year were:
• $1.5 million to establish a long-term stewardship agreement called BushBids
with private landholders in the eastern Mount Lofty Ranges in South Australia.
BushBids is a partnership between the department and the South Australian
Murray–Darling Basin Natural Resource Management Board. It will protect
grassy woodland communities on private land, which are among the most
threatened ecosystems in Australia. There were 19 successful fi rst round
management agreements, securing long-term conservation of around
10 per cent of the mapped extent of grassy woodlands in the Eastern
Mount Lofty Ranges.
• The University of Queensland Spatial Prioritisation Project to research
continental scale prioritisation of areas for biodiversity conservation
investment. The project models biodiversity values, threats and the costs of
intervention to determine the most effective areas to invest in. The project is
due to report by the end of 2007.
For more information on the programme see www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/
hotspots/.
Land and water strategies
The department works with other Australian Government agencies, state and
territory governments, representative and research bodies, and internationally
to implement a range of strategies to conserve the land and inland waters. These
strategies address environmental issues relating to Australia’s native vegetation,
agricultural land, and water resources.
Native vegetation management
The National Framework for the Management and Monitoring of Australia’s Native
Vegetation is an agreement made in 2001 between Australia’s federal, state and
territory governments. Governments agreed to reverse the long-term decline
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 52
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
in the extent and quality of Australia’s native vegetation. Reversing the decline
of Australia’s native vegetation will help conserve biodiversity and will make a
signifi cant contribution to reducing the net emissions of greenhouse gases.
The framework is supported by related government commitments under the
Natural Heritage Trust, the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
and regional forest agreements, including the Tasmanian Community Forest
Agreement.
Review of the native vegetation framework
In April 2004 the Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council directed its
standing committee to review and update the native vegetation framework. The
department is contributing to this review.
In 2005–06 the standing committee took stock of the progress made by each
jurisdiction and the Australian Government towards achieving the desired
outcomes of the native vegetation framework, and worked on framework
revisions.
The new framework will refl ect desired vegetation management outcomes and
current and future best practice policy, legislation and other measures for the
management of Australia’s native vegetation, to assist in achieving the national goal
of reversing the long-term decline in the quality and extent of Australia’s native
vegetation.
Native vegetation assessment
In 2005–06 the department continued to improve the National Vegetation
Information System, comprising maps of Australia’s major vegetation types. This
work is jointly shared with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.
This year the department produced a new national map of Australia’s major
vegetation types and updated other products, with help from a number of
Australia’s leading vegetation information experts. The map substantially improves
the quality of information available on the distribution of native vegetation
communities, but currently the National Vegetation Information System cannot
be used to assess changes in vegetation over time. To do this will require regular
‘snap-shots’ of native vegetation across the continent.
A priority for the Australian Government in improving the system’s capacity to
monitor changes in the amount of vegetation cover over time is to encourage all
states and territories to regularly assess changes in vegetation communities. This is
only being done in jurisdictions where it is required by legislation or government
policy.
53
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
An insight into changes in Australia’s native vegetation cover can be gained from
the department’s National Carbon Accounting System. This system uses satellite
data to provide a continent-wide interpretation of changes in forest cover. The
system is nationally consistent and regularly updated, but does not take into
account non-woody native vegetation such as grasslands, and so does not provide
a complete picture.
The National Carbon Accounting System shows there has been a general reduction
in annual deforestation since the 1980s and early 1990s (see fi gure below). The
most recent snap-shot is for 2004. Deforestation for that year is estimated to
be around 400 000 hectares across Australia. This represents about 1/400th of
Australia’s forests and 1/1600th of Australia’s native vegetation (forest and non-forest).
However the deforestation has been concentrated in particular regions, and it is
within these regions that associated impacts on terrestrial biodiversity are likely to
have been the greatest.
National deforestation 1977–2004
000
100,000
200,000
300,000
400,000
500,000
600,000
700,000
800,000
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
Year
Hec
tare
s
Source: AGO, NCAS Deforestation (version 2, May 2006)
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 54
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Indicators for native vegetation
This year the department has been working with other stakeholders to develop
nationally agreed indicators for monitoring and evaluation of native vegetation and
apply the indicators. Progress this year includes:
• agreement on three national indicators for native vegetation extent
• development of baseline and change information on vegetation cover in the
National Vegetation Information System
• interim national indicators for native vegetation condition, and pilot studies to
test the indicators in the Northern Territory and New South Wales.
Work is continuing through the National Land and Water Resources Audit to
encourage national uptake of these indicators for reporting purposes.
Environmental aspects of forest agreements
The Department of the Environment and Heritage helps to negotiate conservation
objectives and monitor the environmental outcomes of Regional Forest
Agreements between the federal and state governments during annual and fi ve-
yearly reviews. The Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry has primary
responsibility for overseeing the 20-year agreements.
Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement
In 2005–06 the department began implementing the environmental aspects of
the Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement including the Forest Conservation
Fund, Tarkine Bushwalk Programme, Tasmanian Forest Tourism Development
Programme, Tasmanian Devil Facial Tumour Programme, and River Catchment
Water Quality Initiative.
The Australian and Tasmanian governments are investing $250 million over six
years (2004–2010) through the Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement to
enhance the protection of Tasmania’s forest environment and to promote growth
in the Tasmanian forest industry. The agreement includes a substantial increase
in protection of old growth forests in reserves, a new programme of incentives
to protect forest on private land, and an end date for clearing native forest. As a
result, Tasmania is developing new statutory measures to prevent the clearing
of rare and threatened non-forest vegetation communities. Forest clearing and
conversion to plantations will cease on public land by 2010 and on private land
by 2015.
Forest Conservation Fund
This year the department prepared implementation plans, and formed a joint
steering committee and stakeholder advisory group for the Forest Conservation Fund.
55
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
The Forest Conservation Fund replaces the Tasmanian Private Forest Reserves
Programme, which ceased in June 2006. Private landowners can sign up to
conserve forests on their land through the new Forest Conservation Fund.
The Forest Conservation Fund will protect up to 45 600 hectares of forested
private land. The fund will target up to 25 000 hectares of old growth forest
and forest communities that are under-reserved. The fund includes $3.6 million
to reserve up to 2 400 hectares of forest in the Mole Creek area, an area of
spectacular ‘karst’ or limestone cave country.
Tasmanian Forest Tourism Development Programme
The Australian Government is providing funds over two years to support the
development of tourism and recreation in Tasmania’s forests, including $1 million
for the Tarkine Bushwalk Programme and $2 million to improve visitor facilities in
the new reserves created under the Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement.
In 2005–06 the department prepared implementation plans and formed a joint
steering committee and stakeholder advisory group to provide infrastructure for
bushwalking in the Tarkine area.
Tasmanian devil facial tumour
The Australian Government is providing $2 million over two years (2005–2007)
to accelerate research into fi nding a cure for the Tasmanian devil facial tumour
disease. First detected in Tasmania in the mid-1990s, the disease is a fatal cancer
that has killed some 30–50 per cent of the wild population of Tasmanian devils.
Research commissioned in 2004–05 suggests that the tumour disease is caused
by abnormal cells transferred between the devils during fi ghts. Research to be
undertaken for the programme includes genetic and toxicological investigations
to assess the level of chemicals within the devils’ tissue, transmission trials, captive
management, and mapping and monitoring of populations.
The impact of the facial tumour disease prompted the listing in July 2006 of the
Tasmanian devil as a vulnerable species under the Environment Protection and
Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 56
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Case studies: addressing threats posed by pests and diseases
Pests and diseases have a major impact on Australia’s environment,
threatening individual species and reducing overall species abundance
and diversity. The department is working with the states and territories to
reduce the impact of pests and diseases on Australia’s native plants, animals,
and agriculture.
One of Australia’s highest priority
pest species is the cane toad. It now
has a range across Queensland, the
Northern Territory and northern
New South Wales. The Australian
Government is working with the
Western Australian and Northern
Territory governments and
community groups to stop cane
toads from crossing the border into
Western Australia and from entering
certain areas such as Tiwi Islands
in the Northern Territory. Control
measures include trapping and
monitoring and public awareness campaigns to reduce the number of toads
‘hitching’ a ride in motor vehicles.
Tasmanian devil facial tumour disease
is a contagious cancer that has led to
severe declines in local populations
of the Tasmanian devil and a
substantial decline in the species’
numbers overall. Scientists began
investigating the possible causes and
means of transmission, with results
to date indicating the disease spreads
by the transmission of cancerous
cells, possibly when devils bite each
other. Uninfected devils are being bred to start an ‘insurance’ population of
devils on the mainland. The Tasmanian Government began trials to create
disease-free sanctuaries, including testing to develop a barrier across the
neck of the Tasman Peninsula.
The fi rst cane toads were discovered in Kakadu National Park in April 2001. Cane toads are now evident throughout Kakadu. Photo: Kakadu National Park
collection
Tasmania devil. Photo: Dave Watts
57
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
River Catchment Water Quality Initiative
The River Catchment Water Quality Initiative will provide $1 million over two
years to assess the impact of chemical use on water quality in Tasmania’s river
catchments. A contract between the Australian and Tasmanian governments was
signed in May 2006. The fi rst stage of the contract will identify the nature and
extent of agricultural and forestry chemical usage in Tasmanian river catchments.
Rangelands conservation
The department continued to promote conservation and sustainable management
of Australia’s rangelands, which cover around 75 per cent of the Australian
continent and include such widely varied ecosystems as tropical savannas,
woodlands, shrublands and grasslands.
The department invested $565 000 from the national component of the Natural
Heritage Trust in the Australian Collaborative Rangelands Information System, the
Rangelands Best Practice Summary Series, incentives to encourage biodiversity
conservation, and other activities.
The Australian Collaborative Rangelands Information System is a national reporting
system that brings together information about natural resources and biodiversity
in rangelands, which is held by government agencies and other organisations. The
information helps property and natural resource managers and regional decision-
makers to make management decisions based on the best understanding of
changes in environmental condition, and is used for national reporting.
The system has been tested in fi ve pilot regions (Gascoyne–Murchison, WA;
Gawler bioregion, SA; Darling–Riverine Plains bioregion, NSW; Desert Uplands
bioregion, Queensland; and the Victoria River District, NT) for the quality of the
information and its capacity to bring it together into a national picture. These
regions have a combined area of 1 030 960 square kilometres, approximately
16.2 per cent of the rangelands and 13.4 per cent of Australia. The results have
given researchers some insight into methods which help address one of the major
challenges facing rangelands managers—how to distinguish short-term seasonal
infl uences from permanent and adverse environmental change resulting from
poor management practice.
The department is producing a series of summary reports on managing
biodiversity in the rangelands. Titles released to date are Management of total
grazing pressure; Fire management; Assessing fi nancial and environmental
impacts of management options; and Industry guidelines for sustainability.
Further titles in the series will address biodiversity monitoring, weeds, feral
animals, and water management. These are expected to be available by
September 2006 in time for the national conference of the Australian
Rangelands Society.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 58
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Copies of the summary reports can be obtained from the Department of the
Environment and Heritage Community Information Unit. All reports can be
downloaded from the departmental website at www.deh.gov.au/land/management/
rangelands/.
Conservation incentives
With 63 per cent2 of Australian land in private ownership, efforts are being made to
extend protection of biodiversity to private land. The department offers incentives
for landholders to conserve biodiversity on private land. Eligible landholders can
access Natural Heritage Trust funding or Australian Government tax incentives in
return for entering into formal conservation agreements such as covenants.
There are currently 10 covenanting programmes approved by the Minister for
the Environment and Heritage for the purposes of the Income Tax Assessment
Act 1997. The role of these programmes is to enter into conservation covenants
with individual landholders. During 2005–06 these programmes entered into 227
perpetual covenants with landholders protecting 67 854 hectares of private land.
The department is leading a project to investigate the potential for a market-based
approach to improve conservation on both pastoral properties and Indigenous
managed rangelands. The project is fi eld-testing a rating scale for natural resource
condition in the rangelands to use in incentives programmes. The effectiveness of
the rating scale and market options in achieving biodiversity conservation is being
tested in several regions. The project is due for completion in late 2006.
The department commenced a review of the revolving fund model developed
under the national component of the Natural Heritage Trust. The performance
of both the individual contracts and the model as a whole is being reviewed.
Revolving funds buy properties containing high conservation values, protect the
high conservation values through a conservation covenant, and resell the property.
The funds are managed by specialist non-government organisations.
Environmental aspects of water reform
The department leads on environmental water matters and the urban water
reform outcomes of the National Water Initiative, in particular those being
progressed by the Environment Protection and Heritage Council (a council of
government ministers responsible for environment and heritage protection
matters). The department is also responsible for national policy and regulatory
activities regarding Ramsar wetlands and for the Australian Government Water
Fund’s Community Water Grants which are administered in conjunction with the
Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.
2 http://www.ga.gov.au/education/facts/tenure.htm
59
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
National Water Initiative
At the June 2004 meeting of the Council of Australian Governments the Prime
Minister and premiers agreed to establish the National Water Initiative, a blueprint
for Australia’s water reform. The initiative sets out actions to be implemented over
the next 10 years.
The initiative includes a commitment to return over-allocated water to river and
groundwater systems identifi ed as having important conservation value to ensure
the systems are protected and water levels are maintained. It also includes a
commitment to ensure water allocated to meet environmental and other public
benefi t outcomes will be given at least the same degree of security as water
allocated to other users.
The National Water Initiative includes actions on urban water reform. Urban water
reform aims to ensure safe and reliable water supplies, while increasing effi ciency
and encouraging recycling and innovation in water supply sourcing, treatment,
storage and discharge.
The Living Murray Initiative
The department manages the Australian Government’s responsibilities for
environmental aspects of The Living Murray Initiative. The Department of
Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry administers the funding for The Living Murray
Initiative and the Murray–Darling Basin Commission.
The Murray–Darling Basin covers one-seventh of the Australian continent and
generates about 40 per cent of the national income derived from agriculture and
grazing. Water storage and regulation have affected the natural fl ow cycles of rivers
and groundwater in the Murray–Darling Basin.
The Australian Government has committed $200 million over fi ve years
(2004–2009) to recover water for the environment. The Living Murray Initiative
‘fi rst step’ agreement aims to recover up to 500 gigalitres of water per year for
six icon sites in the Murray–Darling Basin: Barmah–Millewa Forest, Gunbower–
Koondrook Pericoota Forests, Hattah Lakes, Chowilla Floodplain (including
Lindsay–Wallpolla), the Murray Mouth Coorong and Lower Lakes, and the
Murray River Channel. Five of these sites include Ramsar-listed wetlands. The
fi rst step agreement also includes a $150 million programme of capital works
and complementary actions to effectively manage the water and maximise
environmental outcomes.
In 2005–06 the Australian Government committed an additional $500 million over
fi ve years to the Murray–Darling Basin Commission to accelerate implementation
of The Living Murray and other important actions across the Murray–Darling Basin
such as salinity mitigation.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 60
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
In 2005–06 over
36 000 hectares of the
River Murray system
including Living Murray
icon sites were watered
using water from
state environmental
allocations, surplus
fl ows and fl ows from the
Snowy environmental
account. Effective
watering was achieved
by fl ow enhancement,
weir manipulation,
regulation of creeks
and channels, pumping
and managed barrage
release. This year nankeen night heron bred in Barmah Forest for the fi rst time in
40 years, and silver perch successfully spawned. Vegetation communities, including
river red gum, also responded well to the additional water.
The Australian Government also provided $687 000 to recover water for
emergency watering of river red gums and associated activities in Victoria, and
$650 000 for watering river red gums, wetlands and fl oodplains in South Australia,
and to support initiatives to encourage water donations. This funding was matched
by state jurisdictions.
More information is available at www.thelivingmurray.mdbc.gov.au.
High conservation value aquatic ecosystems
As part of the National Water Initiative governments have agreed to identify and
provide for the effective management of Australia’s high conservation value aquatic
ecosystems. In November 2005 the Natural Resource Management Ministerial
Council agreed to establish a high level strategic task group to oversee the
development of a national framework. The department chairs this group.
Interaction between surface- and ground-water
In 2005–06 the department invested $25 000 from departmental funds and the
national component of the Natural Heritage Trust to research the response of
groundwater-dependent ecosystems to changes in water availability. Groundwater
sustains a range of natural habitats and is extensively used for urban water
supplies, agriculture, irrigation, industry and mining.
Nankeen night heron nestlings.
Photo: R. Jaensch, Wetlands International
61
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Urban water reform
The department is progressing urban water reforms under the National Water
Initiative including the continued implementation of the National Water Quality
Management Strategy. The Environment Protection and Heritage Standing
Committee and the Natural Resource Management Steering Committee formed
the Joint Steering Committee on Water Sensitive Cities to progress key elements
of the National Water Initiative focusing on innovative urban design and planning.
The department chairs this committee.
National guidelines on water quality
To date the department has produced 21 national guidelines for managing key
elements of the water cycle such as the Australian drinking water guidelines,
2004 and Australian and New Zealand guidelines for fresh and marine water
quality, 2000.
The department is working with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and
Forestry, and state and territory agencies, to develop new guidelines for water
recycling.
Guidelines on the use of recycled sewage and grey water are being revised in light
of comments received during the public consultation process. They are due for
release in late 2006. Guidelines for recycling storm water and managing aquifer
recharge and recycled water for drinking are in the early stages of development.
The department is leading the development of national guidelines for customer
water accounts that compare their water use to that of equivalent households.
These guidelines will assist water utilities to provide water accounts that better
enable customers to assess their water consumption. The draft guidelines are to be
released for comment in the second half of 2006.
Water resource accounting
In 2005–06 the department contributed to work undertaken by the National Water
Initiative Committee to develop guidelines for a national water accounting system.
Water accounting is a key area of investment under the Australian Government’s
Raising National Water Standards Programme. This programme aims to ensure
that adequate measurement, monitoring and reporting systems are in place in all
jurisdictions to support public and investor confi dence in the amount of water
being traded, extracted for consumptive use, and recovered and managed for
environmental and other public benefi t outcomes.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 62
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Community Water Grants
Community Water Grants are part of the Australian Government’s $2 billion
Australian Government Water Fund. Community Water Grants fund practical,
on-ground projects to save water. The department jointly administers the
programme with the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.
Community groups, schools, local government, catchment management
authorities, environmental groups and non-government organisations as well
as individuals and businesses are eligible for grants of up to $50 000 each. To be
successful applicants must be able to demonstrate very high public benefi t.
Following a demonstration round in early 2005, the fi rst open round of
Community Water Grants was launched on 30 June 2005. Close to 5 000
applications were received making the assessment process highly competitive.
In March 2006 the Australian Government approved 1 750 water saving projects,
which will share over $55 million. Projects worth $46 million were funded in
2005–06. The projects are expected to save approximately 18 500 megalitres
of water each year as well as rehabilitating about 15 000 hectares of land.
Communities will contribute more than $61 million, including 345 000 hours of
volunteer time, to ensure the success of their projects.
The department is at the forefront of electronic programme management with
Community Water Grants. Applications are assessed and ranked in a database
against the programme’s merit criteria, which include value for money and
amount of water saved. Any projects with a potential risk to human health or the
environment are independently reviewed by experts.
Further developments in the online form, database merit assessment, electronic
contract management, and project tracking and reporting are expected to halve
the time for processing applications and projects next year.
More information on Community Water Grants is available at
www.communitywatergrants.gov.au/.
63
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
All project locations
Featured facilities
Helping communities to conserve water
Australia is the driest inhabited continent in the world and yet Australians are amongst the highest water users in the world. The government is working with communities to reduce water consumption and protect water quality.
The Australian Government’s $200 million Community Water Grants programme offers grants of up to $50 000 to help local community organisations save, recycle or improve the health of their local water resources. To date the government has funded 1 777 projects (1 750 in 2005–06) with projected water savings totalling 18 500 megalitres per year.
City of Bunbury, Bunbury
Installing a weather station to control irrigation
for the City of Bunbury will save 50 megalitres of water per year. Grant: $45 287
Yates Piggery, Kimba
Filtering and reusing the water used to fl ush the sheds at Yates
Piggery will reduce effl uent discharged into the environment
and save 4 megalitres of
water per year. Grant: $10 443
Friends of Judd Park, Nubeena
The Friends of Judd Park are working
with their local community to
develop a scheme for treating stormwater
before it enters the environment of Parson’s Bay. Grant: $12 207
Ballarat Christian School, Ballarat
Ballarat Christian School and the
local church community will build a retention basin, pollutant
trap and wetlands that will help stop
the build-up of silt and improve
the quality of water entering the
Yarrowee River. Grant: $41 214
Dapto Community Farm, Dapto
Repairing the irrigation
system at Dapto Community Farm will save 5 mega-
litres of water per year.
Grant: $39 734
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 64
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Wetlands of national and international importance
Australia’s wetlands protect our shores from wave action, reduce the impacts of
fl oods, absorb pollutants, and provide habitat for birds, animals, and plants. They
are historically important and often have signifi cant cultural values.
Some of Australia’s wetlands have been adversely impacted by urbanisation,
irrigation development and other development activities. Altered fl ooding and
drying regimes have adversely affected many wetlands.
The department is responsible for implementing the Convention on Wetlands of
International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat (the Ramsar Convention).
The department also administers the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 provisions for Ramsar wetlands.
To date, 7.3 million hectares of wetland are listed under the Ramsar Convention.
Of these wetlands, 82 per cent have management plans in operation.
New national implementation framework
The department is working with the states and territories on a new strategic
framework to support improved implementation of the Ramsar provisions of the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
The framework will include guidelines for nominating a site for listing under the
convention and for reviewing the status and condition of listed Ramsar sites.
This year the department made signifi cant progress towards standardising
methods for describing the ecological character of wetlands. Following a successful
national workshop attended by key wetland scientists and managers a guideline
will be developed for use nationally. This work is leading the fi eld internationally
and will provide a valuable tool to document and manage internationally and
nationally important wetlands.
The department is compiling a wetlands inventory with the National Land and
Water Resources Audit and state and territory agencies. The inventory will
document the location and extent of Australia’s wetlands and include information
on their attributes and values. These data will be publicly accessible and will help
guide wetlands conservation, wise use and management, and wetlands restoration.
More information is available at www.deh.gov.au/water/wetlands/index.html.
Lake Eyre Basin Intergovernmental Agreement
The Lake Eyre Basin is an area of more than one million square kilometres
covering almost 17 per cent of Australia. Although cattle grazing, tourism and
natural gas production have had some impact on the landscape of the basin, all in
all the catchments supplying water to Lake Eyre are relatively pristine.
65
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
This year the department continued to work with South Australia, Queensland and
the Northern Territory to protect the Lake Eyre Basin through the Lake Eyre Basin
Intergovernmental Agreement. The agreement will be reviewed in late 2006.
In 2005–06 an atlas of the hydrology of the Lake Eyre Basin was completed. The
atlas provides a stronger scientifi c base for management and will inform the new
Lake Eyre Basin Rivers Assessment Project. The key fi ndings of the hydrological
atlas have been summarised in a 12-page brochure, which is available from the
department’s Community Information Unit on 1800 803 772.
The rivers assessment project will examine the condition of the Lake Eyre
catchment, monitor potential impacts from future water development activities
and protect the rivers of the basin from long-term decline. In 2005–06 three
gauging stations were installed in the Georgina, Burke and Diamantina rivers. The
gauging stations are monitoring surface water and communicating data to resource
managers via satellite.
International activities
The department is responsible for Australia’s whole-of-government response to
the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity. The convention provides
the framework for Australia’s biodiversity policies, particularly the National
Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (1993).
An internal review of Australia’s strategic interests and priorities under the
Convention on Biological Diversity was completed in 2005. The outcomes
of the review enabled the government to refi ne strategies to manage the
convention’s expanding agenda of complex cross-cutting issues, such as trade
and the environment, and agricultural biodiversity. Australia worked closely with
like-minded countries to secure practical outcomes and decisions at the major
convention meetings, including the 8th meeting of the convention’s decision-
making body, the conference of the parties, which was held in Brazil in
March 2006.
The department is also responsible for Australia’s whole-of-government response
to the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertifi cation, which provides a
framework for Australia’s technical assistance to developing countries combating
the environmental, social and economic consequences of land degradation
and desertifi cation. Australia reinforced its emphasis on designing practical
programmes of work under this convention during major meetings in 2005–06,
especially the 7th conference of parties, which was held in Kenya in October 2005.
The convention is the international focal point for the 2006 International Year
of Deserts and Desertifi cation, which in Australia is being marked by the 2006
Australian Rangelands Conference.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 66
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Land and water investments
The department invests through the Natural Heritage Trust in conserving
Australia’s land and inland water resources.
The Department of the Environment and Heritage receives the annual
appropriation for the Natural Heritage Trust. The department and the Department
of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry have a cross-portfolio arrangement for the
administration of the Natural Heritage Trust and the National Action Plan for
Salinity and Water Quality. The arrangement enables both departments to deliver
the Natural Heritage Trust through a joint Australian Government Natural Resource
Management Team. A board made up of the Minister for the Environment and
Heritage and the Minister for Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry administers the
Natural Heritage Trust.
Administration of the Natural Heritage Trust
The $3 billion Natural Heritage Trust was established by the Australian Government
in 1997 to invest in activities that help to restore and conserve Australia’s
environment and natural resources. Activities are undertaken at regional, national,
and local scales:
• Actions at the regional scale attract the largest component of Natural Heritage
Trust investment (54 per cent in 2005–06). At this scale communities in
56 regions across Australia develop regional plans and investment strategies
that identify priorities for funding under both the Natural Heritage Trust and
the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality. Federal, state and
territory governments are working together to fund these plans. As at
30 June 2006, Australian Government ministers had accredited 54 integrated
natural resource management regional plans, approved a regional strategic
directions plan, and had agreed to 55 investment strategies as the basis for
government investment.
• Actions at the national scale attract the second largest component of Natural
Heritage Trust investment (39 per cent in 2005–06). At this scale the Natural
Heritage Trust supports government projects that will have a national outcome,
as opposed to a regional or local outcome, including projects carried out
by state and territory governments. These projects are the principal source
of funds for some departmental activities. Project funding covers some
administrative costs including salaries.
• Actions at the local scale attract the third component of Natural Heritage
Trust investment (7 per cent in 2005–06). At this scale community groups can
address local environmental problems through grants of up to $50 000
(GST inclusive) under the Australian Government Envirofund.
67
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
During 2005–06, the Department of the Environment and Heritage provided
$7.57 million to the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry under a
purchaser-provider arrangement to fund the administration costs incurred in
implementing the Natural Heritage Trust.
Detailed results of Natural Heritage Trust investment are provided in the annual
reports of the Natural Heritage Trust and the annual regional programme reports
available at www.nrm.gov.au/publications/#annreps.
Reviews of the Natural Heritage Trust
Eight independent evaluations of the Natural Heritage Trust were completed this
year. Four concerned the outcomes of regional investment covering biodiversity,
signifi cant invasive plant species (weeds), land salinity and sustainable agriculture.
Two looked at the administrative arrangements for regional delivery including
governance arrangements and the effectiveness of bilateral agreements between
the Australian and state and territory governments for the Natural Heritage Trust
extension. The other reports were on the effectiveness of the local and national
investments in the Australian Government Envirofund and the National Investment
Stream.
The evaluations supported the continuation of the national, regional and local
level delivery of the Natural Heritage Trust. In particular, the regional component
jointly delivered with the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality was
found to have promoted a more strategic and integrated approach to natural
resource management across Australia.
Long timeframes are required to achieve changes in the condition of natural
resources. The reports acknowledged this and supported long-term funding
to continue on-ground activities applying established and emerging science to
implement best practice and ensure adaptive management of natural resources.
The challenge remains to complete baseline data and monitor changes in resource
condition. The reports recommended simplifying the programme design and
streamlining accountability requirements.
Two more evaluations are expected to be completed in 2006 on the outcomes of
regional investment to protect coastal and marine environments and the impact of
the national facilitator network on regional outcomes.
Bushcare, Landcare and Rivercare
Investments are also categorised according to environmental outcome as part
of the themes of the Natural Heritage Trust: Bushcare (37 per cent in 2005–06),
Coastcare (18 per cent in 2005–06), Landcare (30 per cent in 2005–06) and
Rivercare (16 per cent in 2005–06).
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 68
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Bushcare, Landcare and Rivercare aim to conserve and restore habitat for native
fl ora and fauna, reverse land degradation and promote sustainable agriculture,
and improve water quality and the environmental condition of river systems and
wetlands.
Total expenditure in 2005–06 under Bushcare was $114 million, under Coastcare
was $55 million, under Rivercare was $50 million and under Landcare was
$93 million.
Strengthening Tasmania—Tamar River pylons
During 2005–06 the department managed a $1 million programme to install pylons
at the edge of the North Esk River, a tributary of the Tamar near Launceston,
Tasmania. The project will replace 100-year-old rotting timber pylons with new
ones and rebuild and stabilise an unsafe levy. The work will help improve river
health, boost fl ood protection and increase recreational opportunities on the
North Esk River. The work is expected to be completed by 30 June 2008.
Support for the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality
The Australian Government has committed $700 million over eight years
(2000–2008) to implement the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality,
building on related work under the Natural Heritage Trust.
The Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry is responsible for
administering the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality. The
Department of the Environment and Heritage provides administrative support to
the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry under a purchaser-provider
arrangement associated with a joint Australian Government Natural Resource
Management Team, which also manages the Natural Heritage Trust.
In 2005–06, the Department of the Environment and Heritage received
$1.048 million under the purchaser-provider arrangement for implementation
activities.
Through the joint team the two departments are helping people in 56 regions
across Australia to develop integrated natural resource management plans for both
the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality and the Natural Heritage
Trust. The plans set priorities for controlling salinity and protecting water quality.
Once these plans are accredited by the Australian Government, each region
develops an investment strategy, which is the basis for further funding. All of the 21
priority National Action Plan regions have accredited regional plans and investment
strategies which were developed for the 32 natural resource management regions
that cover these areas.
69
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Detailed results of National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality investment
are reported in the annual reports of the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and
Forestry at www.nrm.gov.au/publications/#books.
Terrestrial parks and reserves
The Director of National Parks is a statutory offi ce established by the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. The Director is responsible,
amongst other things, for the administration, management and control of
Commonwealth reserves and for protection, conservation and management of
biodiversity and heritage in those reserves. The Director is supported by staff of
the Department of the Environment and Heritage.
Protected area management
Commonwealth reserves for which the Director of National Parks is responsible
include remote national parks, marine parks and botanical gardens. Kakadu,
Uluru–Kata Tjuta and Booderee national parks are jointly managed with their
Indigenous traditional owners.
In 2005–06 re-branding of Kakadu National Park as one of Australia’s prime visitor
experiences got under way, based on the Shared Tourism Vision for Kakadu
released by the park’s board of management in early 2005. This work is being
developed in close collaboration with Tourism Northern Territory.
The Australian Government provided $1.77 million to fund capital works,
accelerate the development of crucial tourism policies and help deliver new
visitor experiences, to make sure Kakadu regains its place as a prime international
tourism destination. A further $5.45 million was provided for infrastructure and
equipment in Uluru and Kakadu national parks, including a new sunrise viewing
area at Uluru–Kata Tjuta National Park.
Detailed information about management outcomes for 2005–06 appears in the
annual reports of the Director of National Parks (see www.deh.gov.au/parks/
publications).
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 70
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Case study: Fox control in Booderee National Park
Stringent fox control measures
in Booderee National Park are
producing a recovery in native
animal populations, with long-
nosed bandicoot and eastern
bristlebird numbers increasing
strongly. Particularly pleasing
is the re-discovery this year of
the rare white-footed dunnart,
a small marsupial not found
in Booderee for over 40 years.
The integrity and security of
the park’s natural environment
have prompted studies into the
reintroduction of other species
previously lost from the park.
Long-nosed bandicoot. Photo: Booderee National Park image collection
Eastern bristlebird. Photo: Booderee National Park
image collection
71
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
National Reserve System Programme
The Natural Heritage Trust’s National Reserve System Programme supports the
purchasing and covenanting of properties to add to the National Reserve System.
During 2005–06 the programme helped to buy or covenant 478 227 hectares of
land. The 15 properties approved this year include six wetlands, which were poorly
represented in the National Reserve System. The properties contain 42 threatened
or near-threatened communities and habitat for at least 32 nationally threatened
fl ora and fauna species.
Three properties with signifi cant conservation value acquired for the National
Reserve System in 2005–06 were:
• 56 261 hectares of Tamala Pastoral Lease, Western Australia, located within
the Shark Bay World Heritage Area. The region is one of 34 international
biodiversity hotspots, containing at least 314 species of fl owering
plant, including 29 new fl ora records. This acquisition improves the
comprehensiveness and adequacy of these plant communities in the reserve
system and helps to rationalise the boundaries and improve connections
between reserves in the Shark Bay region
• 455 hectare property at Chauncy Vale, Tasmania. The property adjoins Chauncy
Vale Wildlife Sanctuary and Alpha Pinnacle Conservation Area. It contains
1.9 hectares of endangered lowland grassland, 41 hectares of vulnerable grassy
blue gum forest and 38.4 hectares of vulnerable silver peppermint forest on
sediments. The swift parrot, Tasmanian wedge-tailed eagle, masked owl and
clasping leaf heath are known to occur on the property
• 31 hectares at Porter Hill, Tasmania. The property links four existing protected
areas, and contains fi ve forest and woodland communities of high conservation
signifi cance and habitat for the threatened swift parrot and eastern barred
bandicoot.
The National Reserve System now protects 80.89 million hectares across 7 720
protected areas. This represents 10.52 per cent of Australia’s land area. The
National Reserve System Programme has assisted the acquisition of 266 properties
comprising over 6.8 million hectares to 30 June 2006.
An external review in 2006 of the National Reserve System Programme concluded
that the programme is a successful and cost-effective component of the Australian
Government’s efforts to conserve biodiversity.
For more information refer to the annual reports of the Director of National Parks
at www.deh.gov.au/parks/publications.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 72
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Case study: Boolcoomatta—conservation in the pastoral zone
In March 2006 the Australian Bush
Heritage Fund3 purchased Boolcoomatta
Station with the assistance of the Nature
Foundation SA4 and the National Reserve
System Programme to create a nature
reserve. Boolcoomatta Station is an arid
outback sheep station in the Olary Ranges
of South Australia with vast saltbush
and native grassland plains, wetlands
and rugged rocky outcrops. The station
contains important arid ecosystems and
threatened species including plants such as
purple wood and birds such as the plains
wanderer and the thick-billed grasswren.
The Australian Bush Heritage Fund is
managing the property including the
recovery of plant and animal populations
by removing threats and encouraging
regeneration.
The addition of the station to Australia’s
National Reserve System will conserve an
additional 63 000 hectares of threatened
arid ecosystems in the north-eastern
pastoral area of South Australia for future
generations.
Since 1997 the National Reserve System
Programme has supported the restoration
of neighbouring Plumbago Station through
the Bounceback programme and the purchase of Bimbowrie Station by
the South Australian Department for Environment and Heritage. This has
contributed to conservation in the region by increasing the protection of the
habitats of many rare or threatened ecosystems and species.
These programmes and purchases provide a good model for the National
Reserve System operating in the pastoral zone.
Oonartra Creek. Photo: P. Taylor
3 The Australian Bush Heritage Fund is a national, independent, not-for-profi t organisation that acquires and manages land of
outstanding conservation signifi cance.
4 The Nature Foundation SA is a state, independent, not-for-profi t organisation that seeks to better protect biodiversity in
South Australia.
Location of Boolcoomatta,
Bimbowrie and Plumbago
73
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Indigenous protected areas
Indigenous protected areas are non-statutory protected areas that form part of
the National Reserve System. The Indigenous Protected Areas Programme helps
Indigenous landowners establish and manage Indigenous protected areas on their
lands through contractual arrangements between Indigenous communities and
the Australian Government. The programme also promotes the integration of
Indigenous ecological and cultural knowledge into the management of
these areas.
This year the Natural Heritage Trust provided $2.5 million for the programme.
An independent evaluation of the Indigenous Protected Areas Programme was
conducted during the year and will be released in late 2006. Public submissions
strongly supported the programme.
In June 2006 an additional Indigenous protected area was declared on the Groote
Eylandt archipelago in the Gulf of Carpentaria. The Anindilyakwa (Groote Eylandt)
Indigenous Protected Area covers 300 000 hectares of high biodiversity land and
takes the level of reservation in the Arnhem Coast bioregion from three per cent to
12.5 per cent.
The declaration of Anindilyakwa takes the total number of declared Indigenous
protected areas to 20 covering a total of 14 million hectares.
Genetic resources management
In October 2002 the Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council signed
an intergovernmental agreement to maximise benefi ts from the ecologically
sustainable use of Australia’s genetic and biochemical resources while at the same
time protecting Australia’s biodiversity and natural capital.
As part of this agreement, each Australian jurisdiction is establishing a legal
framework for accessing and using genetic resources.
On 1 December 2005, amendments to Regulations under the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 about access to biological
resources entered into force. The Regulations control the taking of genetic
resources or biochemical compounds from native species in Commonwealth areas
for research and development.
The department is working with state and territory jurisdictions to ensure their
approaches are nationally consistent. Under an agreement with Biotechnology
Australia, the department is administering $2 million over the period 2004–2008 to
fund this national coordination.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 74
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Australian Biological Resources Study
The Australian Biological Resources Study funds research and training in the fi elds
of taxonomy and biogeography. The programme aims to fi nd out what plants,
animals, and other organisms occur in Australia, and where they occur, so as to
increase taxonomic knowledge needed for the conservation and sustainable use of
Australia’s biodiversity.
Administrative funds
expenditure under
this programme in
2005–06 was $1.869
million. This funding
supported taxonomic
publications and
research. Results will
contribute to the Flora
of Australia Online and
the Australian Faunal
Directory (www.deh.
gov.au/biodiversity/
abrs), which hold data
on 70 900 species, and
other publications.
Taxonomic
investigations this
year included research
into introduced
pests, such as smut
fungi, which causes
diseases to cereals
and native grasses;
and key species, such
as polychaetes—
segmented
seaworms—which are an important food source for many commercially
important shellfi sh and fi sh.
Work continued on the development of the Australian Biodiversity Information
Facility data portal with funding from the Natural Heritage Trust. This portal
will provide access to a wide range of biodiversity data held and maintained by
individuals and institutions throughout Australia. The Australian Biodiversity
Information Facility website has been updated and is at www.abif.org.
Australian Biological Resources Study publications
75
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Tropical wetlands research
The department’s Environmental Research Institute of the Supervising Scientist
advises on the management of tropical rivers and their extensive associated
wetlands in northern Australia. It is a partner in the National Centre for Tropical
Wetland Research and publishes a wide range of scientifi c research on tropical
wetlands and rivers.
Ecological inventory and risk assessment of tropical rivers
Australia’s northern river systems are poorly understood but are often cited as
offering development potential, chiefl y for agriculture, horticulture and mining.
The department is investing in Australia’s Tropical Rivers Programme to increase
knowledge about the environmental characteristics of these tropical river systems.
During 2005–06 the department invested $300 000 from the Natural Heritage Trust
to fund the Tropical Rivers Inventory and Assessment Project, administered by
Land and Water Australia’s Tropical Rivers Programme.
The project examines 51 catchments across northern Australia from Broome in the
west of the continent to the top of the western tip of Cape York, covering some
1 192 000 square kilometres. There are three focus catchments, representing each
state or territory within the study region, that are being assessed in more detail.
These are the Fitzroy River in Western Australia, the Daly River in the Northern
Territory, and the Flinders River in Queensland.
The outcome of this work will be an information base for assessing change and
supporting ecological risk assessments of major pressures on the rivers. The
information base will inform and support holistic approaches for management of
tropical rivers and wetlands by the various stakeholder groups in the region. This
project is due for completion in 2006–07.
More information on tropical wetlands research is available at
www.deh.gov.au/ssd/nctwr.html.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 76
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Recovery of threatened terrestrial wildlife
Number of recovery plans (i) being prepared and (ii) in operation
(i) 348 recovery plans in preparation
(ii) 264 plans in operation
Percentage of listed threatened terrestrial species and ecological communities with recovery plans in operation
21% of listed threatened terrestrial species and ecological communities have a recovery plan in operation. This increases to 52% when including plans in preparation
Key threats to terrestrial biodiversity
Number of threat abatement plans (i) being prepared or revised, and (ii) in operation
(i) 5 threat abatement plans being prepared
(ii) 9 in operation
Of those listed key threatening processes on the land that require a threat abatement plan, the percentage that have threat abatement plans in operation
91% i.e. 10 of 11. The 11th plan is being developed
Native vegetation (including forests)
Percentage change in native vegetation cover, using the National Carbon Accounting System
Estimated to be less than 1%. The trend in loss of native vegetation cover since the early 1990s is likely to be declining
Protected wetlands
Area of Ramsar-listed wetlands 7.3 million hectares
Percentage of Ramsar-listed wetlands with management plans in operation
Of the Ramsar listed wetlands, 82% have management plans in operation
Australian national parks and other terrestrial protected areas
Area of land protected and managed through the National Reserve System Programme (NRSP), including area of declared Indigenous protected areas
20.6 million hectares (0.48 million hectares added in 2005–06)
Percentage of protected areas (other than Indigenous protected areas) that have been gazetted
87.5%. This percentage is for properties acquired up to the end of the 2003–04 fi nancial year. The fi gure does not include information for the last two fi nancial years because under the NRSP funding agreement a proponent may take up to two years to fi nalise gazettal of a protected area
77
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Australian Biological Resources Study Participatory Grants Programme (administered item)
Number of taxa revised or newly described under the programme
2 355 at December 2005
Final reports from administered funding grantees are due in December each year. The fi gures reported in December 2006 will be made available at http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/abrs/admin/annual report/index.html
Number of peer reviewed taxonomic information products produced or funded by the programme
141 at December 2005
Final reports from administered funding grantees are due in December each year. The fi gures reported in December 2006 will be made available at http://www.deh.gov.au/biodiversity/abrs/admin/annual report/index.html
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 57 taxonomic research projects
Protecting Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots (administered item)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of interventions to protect identifi ed hotspots
19 agreements under BushBids
Number of projects funded 3: BushBids (Mt Lofty) Stewardship Initiative ($1.5 million)
BushBids Independent Probity Consultant
University of Queensland Spatial Prioritisation Project ($110 000)
Bushcare, Landcare, Rivercare, Coastcare(a) (administered item–Natural Heritage Trust)
Percentage of natural resource management regions that have an accredited natural resource management plan
96% (54 of 56) of the natural resource management regions have an accredited regional plan. Another region has an approved regional strategic directions plan
Percentage of natural resource management regions that have an approved investment strategy
98% (55 of 56) of the natural resource management regions have an approved investment strategy
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded See Natural Heritage Trust annual report and annual regional programme reports
(a) The natural resource management regional plans and investment strategies address the objectives of all four ‘Cares: Bushcare, Rivercare, Landcare and Coastcare. Projects can achieve multiple outcomes with expenditure and outcomes often attributed to two or more of the cares programmes.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 78
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Australian Government’s Community Water Grants Programme (administered item)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 1 750 projects approved in round 1 and approximately 80% received funding this year.
Strengthening Tasmania—Tamar River Pylons (administered item)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
A sustainable future for Tasmania—Community Forest Agreements (administered item)
Proportion of Forest Conservation Fund reservation target met
Yet to commence
Improved access to forest areas for tourists Yet to commence
Level of landholder involvement in voluntary forest reservation programme
Yet to commence
Increased private tourism investment initiated through tourism funding
Yet to commence
Area of private land reserved under the Forest Conservation Fund
Yet to commence
Sub-output 1.2.1—Wildlife protection
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(b)
100%
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)(c)
98% of statutory timeframes triggered under the EPBC Act were met during 2005–06(d). Details and reasons are provided in the EPBC Act Annual Report in Volume 2 – Legislation Annual Reports
Sub-output 1.2.2—Land and water strategies
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(b)
100%
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)(c)
> 90% timeframes met in accordance with departmental standards
Sub-output 1.2.3—Land and water investment
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(b)
100%
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)(c)
Not applicable
(b) Applies to provision of grants programmes funded entirely from the Department of the Environment and Heritage appropriations for the output.
(c) Applies to areas that administer legislation, for example reporting timeframes triggered under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
(d) Includes statutory extensions under the EPBC Act.
79
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Administration of the Natural Heritage Trust (purchased output)
All investments approved by Ministers in 2005-06 are provided with funding, in accordance with Trust accountability and acquittal procedures, to meet the Trust’s objectives
Funding was provided under fi nancial agreements that refl ect accountability, reporting and acquittal procedures
All approved investments contributed to Natural Heritage Trust objectives and were consistent with the priority areas of activity
The number of investment strategies that are prepared, evaluated and for which funding is agreed and specifi ed in fi nancial agreements
The number of individuals/community groups supported through Australian Government Envirofund grants
The number of on-ground actions funded by the Trust
55 of the 56 natural resource management regions have an investment strategy that was evaluated and for which funding is agreed and specifi ed in fi nancial agreements
Through the Envirofund, 1 145 projects (worth $20 million) were approved, approximately equal to number of individuals and community groups supported (4 600 projects funded since 2002)
For on-ground actions, see the Natural Heritage Trust annual report and annual regional programme reports
Investment strategies refl ect agreed priorities and delivery arrangements for the Trust
Activities receiving funding through regional investment strategies refl ected agreed priorities and delivery arrangements
Integrated Natural Resource Management Regional Plans meet agreed accreditation criteria
54 of the 56 natural resource management regions have accredited regional plans and another region has an approved regional strategic directions plan
The administration of the Trust is consistent with comparable grants and natural resource management programmes
The regional components of the Natural Heritage Trust and National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality are delivered in tandem through the natural resource management regions, ensuring consistency in administration
Local level delivery of the Natural Heritage Trust through the Australian Government Envirofund informs and is informed by comparable grants programmes such as the National Landcare Programme and the Australian Government Water Funds Community Water Grants
A monitoring and evaluation strategy is in place at each level of the Trust delivery framework
A monitoring and evaluation strategy is in place at each level of the Natural Heritage Trust framework. Implementation of the strategies has been agreed with all states and territories
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 80
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Land and
inland w
aters
Resources
Departmental outputs Budget prices $’000
Actual expenses $’000
Sub-output: 1.2.1 Wildlife protection
Sub-output: 1.2.2 Land and water strategies
Sub-output: 1.2.3 Land and water investments
Sub-output: 1.2.4 Terrestrial parks and reserves
Sub-output: 1.2.5 Tropical wetlands research
11 220
15 524
17 749
50 029
632
11 647
15 313
20 755
50 962
466
Total (Output 1.2: Conservation of the land and inland waters) 95 154 99 143
Administered items
Australian Biological Resources Study Participatory Grants
Maintaining Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots
Natural Heritage Trust (Landcare, Bushcare, and Rivercare Programmes)
Australian Government’s Community Water Grants Programme
Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement
Strengthening Tasmania —Tamar River Pylons
1 869
4 124
275 512
46 210
0
1 000
1 865
1 920
257 226
46 149
5 500
1 000
Total (Administered) 328 715 313 660
81
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Land
and
inla
nd w
ater
s
Other annual reports providing information on this output
Annual report on the operation of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 included in the second volume of this set of annual reports
Annual report of the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry at
www.nrm.gov.au/publications/#books
Annual report of the Natural Heritage Trust at www.nht.gov.au/publications
Regional Programmes Report at www.nrm.gov.au/publications/regional-report
Annual report of the Director of National Parks at
www.deh.gov.au/parks/publications/index.html#director
Annual report of the Supervising Scientist at
www.deh.gov.au/about/publications/annual-report/index.html
OUTCOME 1—ENVIRONMENT COASTS AND OCEANS
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 84
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Coasts and oceans
The Department of the Environment and Heritage develops Australian
Government initiatives to protect and conserve Australia’s coasts and oceans and
to ensure their management is ecologically sustainable.
Main responsibilities for this output
• Coastal zone management framework
• Coastal water quality and wetlands conservation
Land, Water and
Coasts Division
• Whale protection in the Australian
Whale Sanctuary1
Approvals and
Wildlife Division
• Coastcare
Natural Resource
Management
Programmes Division
• Marine bioregional plans• Marine protected areas• Marine and migratory species protection,
including whales • Fisheries assessment• Marine pests management• International marine conservation • Great Barrier Reef structural adjustment package• Marine science
Marine Division
Objectives
Coastal strategies
• Support a national approach to integrated coastal management
• Protect and improve coastal water quality, including the water quality of the
Great Barrier Reef
• Protect the wetlands that fi lter sediment and nutrients from water entering the
Great Barrier Reef
1 Resources for this activity are reported in the table on page 80 under sub-output 1.2.1 wildlife protection.
85
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Coastal investments
• Deliver coastal conservation investments to communities
Marine conservation
• Increase understanding and conservation of marine biodiversity
• Develop regional marine plans
• Identify new marine protected areas
• Recover threatened species and conserve marine wildlife and migratory species
• Manage existing marine protected areas
• Respond to threats to the marine environment from introduced marine pests
Results 2005–06
• The Minister for the Environment and Heritage launched a new
Implementation Plan for a National Cooperative Approach to Integrated
Coastal Zone Management in May 2006. The national plan aims to
protect the coastal environment and safeguard coastal industries and
communities.
• The regional marine planning process was given a statutory base
under section 176 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999.
• In May 2006 the Minister for the Environment and Heritage announced
government agreement to 13 new marine protected areas for the South-
east Marine Region covering 226 000 square kilometres and creating
the fi rst integrated network of marine parks in Australian waters. When
these are declared, Australia will have about one-third of the world’s
marine protected areas, reinforcing its role as a world leader in marine
environment conservation.
• The department led efforts to promote whale and dolphin conservation,
which included developing a new database to record whale and dolphin
sightings and strandings and a new website called saveourwhales.gov.au.
• Recent research funded through the Natural Heritage Trust indicates
that populations of two out of the fi ve threatened species of large whales
found near Australia’s coastline are increasing.
• The fi rst wildlife conservation plan for migratory shorebirds was made
under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
1999. The plan will help to ensure the survival of 36 species of migratory
shorebirds.
• The department developed recovery plans for all listed marine threatened
species.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 86
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Coastal strategies
The department is working with all levels of government to address nationally
important coastal issues.
Integrated coastal zone management
The Framework for a National Cooperative Approach to Integrated Coastal
Zone Management is a national agreement between federal, state and territory
governments on how to deal with coastal problems in an integrated way. This
10-year national framework aims to protect the coastal environment and safeguard
coastal industries and communities.
In May 2006 all jurisdictions agreed to the Implementation Plan for a National
Cooperative Approach to Integrated Coastal Zone Management. The Minister
for the Environment and Heritage launched the plan on 23 May 2006 as part
of the national Coast to Coast 2006 conference. To access the framework and
implementation plan online, go to www.deh.gov.au/coasts/publications/framework/
index.html.
Population and planning
Development pressure is a major issue confronting sustainable management of
the coastal zone. Intensifi ed use of and demand for coastal resources can lead to
the loss of coastal habitats, which in turn can lead to declining water quality, loss of
biodiversity and less viable coastal industries.
The department is working with other governments to gather information
about demographic trends along the coast to help manage the environmental
implications of rapid population growth. In April 2006 the department sponsored
the fi rst National Sea Change Conference to support the work of local government
in managing population growth and tourism on the coast.
Climate change
The Climate Change Risk and Vulnerability Report by the Australian Greenhouse
Offi ce predicts that increasing temperature and rising sea levels are two of the biggest
threats to Australia’s coastal zone. These predictions may have serious consequences
for the Great Barrier Reef and other coastal areas within the next 50 years.
The department is working with all jurisdictions to develop a national assessment of
the vulnerability of Australia’s coast to the impacts of climate change (see page 30).
The report can be accessed at www.greenhouse.gov.au.
87
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Acid sulfate soils
Acid sulfate soils occur naturally in both coastal and inland Australia. When
left undisturbed, these soils are harmless. But when excavated or drained for
development, the sulfi des in the soil react with oxygen in the air, and form sulfuric
acid. This acid can kill plants and animals. It damages buildings and infrastructure
and can contaminate drinking water and food such as oysters. It is a major
environmental issue for land and water degradation.
This year the department worked with some of Australia’s top soil scientists to
produce the National Atlas of Acid Sulfate Soils. The atlas contains a map and
web-based database of the distribution of acid sulfate soils in Australia. It is an
important tool for resource managers to show where to avoid development, and
where the soil will need special treatment to prevent damage to the environment.
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage launched the atlas on 21 April 2006.
To look at the mapping and web-based tools go to www.asris.csiro.au.
Coastal water quality and wetlands protection
The Framework for Marine and Estuarine Water Quality Protection aims to protect
marine and estuarine water from the effects of pollution from the land. The two
main sources of this pollution are agriculture and urban development, which result
in nutrients and sediment being washed into the sea.
The framework addresses the sources of coastal pollution through three linked
programmes:
• Coastal Catchments Initiative
• Reef Water Quality Protection Plan
• Queensland Wetlands Programme.
The department manages these programmes, which fund state agencies, regional
bodies and local authorities to help them tackle water quality issues including
through the preparation of water quality improvement plans.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 88
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Coastal Catchments Initiative
The Coastal Catchments Initiative aims to protect and improve water quality
in coastal hotspots where water quality is threatened by land-based pollution,
including urban and agricultural sources (see map above).
The Australian Government provided $6.211 million from the Natural Heritage
Trust to fund the Coastal Catchments Initiative during 2005–2006. This year the
department used part of this funding to initiate water quality improvement plans
and related interim projects in four hotspots.
The current status of water quality improvement plans and the amount spent on
plans and interim projects in 2005–06 are shown in the table on page 89.
A priority for the Australian Government is to protect the Great Barrier Reef and
Queensland’s coastal wetlands from pollution in runoff water entering the Great
Barrier Reef lagoon. This year work started on four water quality improvement
plans for the catchments of the Great Barrier Reef. These include plans for the
Tully, Burdekin and Burnett catchments and the catchments in the Mackay–
Whitsunday region. These plans will also contribute to the Reef Water Quality
Protection Plan.
Coastal Catchments Initiative—hotspots
1
2
34
5
6
7
8
9
13
10
15
11
12
14
1. Swan–Canning Estuary2. Peel Inlet and Harvey Estuary3. Vasse–Wonnerup and Geographe Bay4. Port Waterways (Barker Inlet and Port River)5. Port Phillip Bay and Western Port6. Derwent Estuary7. Myall and Wallis Lakes8. Moreton Bay9. Burnett River10. Burdekin11. Mackay-Whitsunday Catchments12. Townsville13. Tully River14. Mossman–Daintree Catchments15. Darwin Harbour
89
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
The current status of water quality improvement plans
Hotspot Progress Expected completion
$ spent2005–06
Mossman and Daintree catchments, Great Barrier Reef
Public consultation completed. Final draft prepared
Mid 2006 0
Derwent Estuary, Tasmania Public consultation draft plan prepared
Mid-late 2006
27 273
Peel Inlet and Harvey Estuary, Western Australia
Public consultation draft in preparation
Late 2006 139 091
Adelaide’s Port Waterways (Barker Inlet and Port River)
Public consultation draft in preparation
Late 2006 80 109
Moreton Bay, Queensland Planning under way Mid 2007 415 000
Port Phillip Bay and Western Port, Victoria Planning under way Mid 2008 212 500
Myall and Wallis Lakes, New South Wales Planning under way Mid 2008 301 818
Swan–Canning Estuary, Western Australia Initiated Mid 2009 1 149 200
Vasse–Wonnerup Estuary/Geographe Bay, Western Australia
Initiated Mid 2009 100 000
Darwin Harbour Initiated Mid 2009 425 000
Great Barrier Reef Coastal Catchments (including Tully, Townsville, Burdekin, Burnett and Mackay–Whitsunday)
Planning under way Mid 2008 3 094 198
Reef Water Quality Protection Plan
The Reef Water Quality Protection Plan aims to halt and reverse the decline in
quality of water entering the Great Barrier Reef by 2013. The department shares
responsibility for implementing the plan with other government agencies and the
community.
The department partly funds activities under the plan from the Natural Heritage
Trust and from the Queensland Wetlands Programme (see next section).
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 90
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Major projects supporting the plan during 2005–06 included:
• $250 000 to develop simple techniques and guidelines to monitor water quality
and riparian buffers
• $40 000 to support Indigenous involvement in reef water quality, including
developing Indigenous cultural indicators of wetlands and water quality to
allow waterways management in north Queensland to benefi t from Indigenous
knowledge
• $10 000 to identify nutrient sensitive zones in the Great Barrier Reef catchment,
to better target actions to reduce the impact of nutrients on sensitive parts of
the reef
• initial investment of $145 000 to support water quality information
management modelling and monitoring strategies to provide the best available
information for decision-making.
Research emphasises the importance of addressing land-based sources of
sediment and nutrient run-off. This year the department funded a project to
develop tools that measure the effects of riparian buffers on water quality and
guidelines for riparian buffers. These tools are being adapted for landholders to
use as simple water-quality tests. The department also revised guidelines to assist
natural resource management bodies to include actions that contribute to meeting
the objectives of the reef plan in their regional plans. The guidelines provide
direction and include practical approaches to reducing the amount of sediment
and nutrients reaching the Great Barrier Reef lagoon.
Reef plan partners continue to work with regional natural resource management
bodies on research and extension programmes to improve the sustainability of
agricultural practices. A consultancy is currently looking at ways to better align
natural resource management activities with the reef plan objectives. A report is
due later in the year.
Queensland Wetlands Programme
The Queensland Wetlands Programme is a joint initiative of the Australian and
Queensland governments to support measures that will result in long-term
benefi ts to the sustainable use, management, conservation and protection of
Queensland wetlands. The programme is funded through two sub-programmes:
• Natural Heritage Trust Wetlands Programme
• Great Barrier Reef Coastal Wetlands Protection Programme.
This year the Natural Heritage Trust Wetlands Programme supported a number of
measures, including:
• a method for mapping and classifying wetlands and a pilot study on the use
of soils information as markers of wetland boundaries. The method has been
91
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
used to map a signifi cant number of Queensland’s wetlands. The information is
also being used to develop a database and information system of Queensland’s
wetlands which will support their management
• customised land management packages for intensively grazed coastal
catchments to balance good pasture management with wetland management
• a scoping study to develop methods for wetlands monitoring, including
indicators for assessing the condition of different types of wetlands
• educational and guidance material for schools, tourist displays, landholders and
wetland managers.
The Great Barrier Reef Coastal Wetlands Protection Programme protects and
restores wetlands in the Great Barrier Reef catchment area. These wetlands protect
water quality in the Great Barrier Reef and have signifi cant value as wildlife habitat.
Coastal investments
The Australian Government invests in coastal conservation activities. The
investments are delivered through the Australian Government Natural Resource
Management Team.
Coastcare
Coastcare is that part of the Natural Heritage Trust invested in protecting coastal
catchments, ecosystems and the marine environment. Total expenditure under
Coastcare in 2005–06 was $55 million.
A national evaluation of Natural Heritage Trust regional investment to protect
coastal and marine environments was undertaken during the year to examine ways
to improve the delivery of the programme. The report will be completed in late 2006.
Results of investment are reported in the annual reports of the Natural Heritage
Trust and the annual regional programme reports available at
http://www.nrm.gov.au/publications/#annreps.
Sewerage schemes for Boat Harbour and Sisters Beaches
The department is supporting the Waratah–Wynyard Council in Tasmania to
develop sewerage schemes to improve the water quality of Boat Harbour Beach
and Sisters Beach waterways. Better urban planning and wastewater treatment
compliance measures, including construction of sewerage and wastewater
treatment infrastructure, are being done in both areas. Work funded under this
programme to April 2007 will achieve a major reduction in public health risk by
improving coastal water quality at Boat Harbour and Sisters Beaches.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 92
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Marine conservation
Under the United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea, Australia has rights
and responsibilities over 14 million square kilometres of ocean. This is more than
twice the area of the Australian continent. Within this area live thousands of marine
species, some of which are unique to Australia and all of which contribute to
making Australia a country rich in marine biodiversity.
The Australian Government uses the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 to protect and manage threatened, migratory and marine
species, such as whales, to assess fi sheries, to establish marine protected areas and
to develop bioregional plans. Threatened species are listed under the Act.
The department also works with other countries, using international treaties,
agreements and conventions, to protect and conserve the marine environment.
Regional marine planning
During 2005–06 the department fi nalised a review of its approach to regional
marine planning. Under the new approach, the government will establish
regional marine plans as bioregional plans under section 176 of the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. The plans will focus on
meeting the Australian Government’s environmental protection and biodiversity
conservation responsibilities in Commonwealth waters, which are waters generally
between three and 200 nautical miles from the coast. This review process
culminated in the marine bioregional planning process being allocated
$37.75 million over four years in the 2006–07 Budget.
Each plan will describe the region’s key habitats, species, natural processes, human
uses and benefi ts, and threats to the long-term ecological sustainability of the
region. The plans will give details about the various statutory obligations under
the Act that apply in any region, and will describe the conservation measures in
place, such as those relating to recovery planning for threatened species. They
will provide a knowledge base to inform future decision-making in the marine
environment and identify key strategic actions.
The plans will include regional networks of marine protected areas as part of the
National Representative System of Marine Protected Areas in Commonwealth
waters (see below).
South-west Marine Bioregional Plan
The South-west Marine Bioregional Plan will cover waters adjacent to South
Australia and Western Australia from Kangaroo Island to the mid-west coast of
Western Australia.
93
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
In 2005–06 the department invested $170 000 in collating information on the
ecology of the region and how people are using its resources. The information is
being used to develop a profi le of the region describing its conservation, social and
economic values. The profi le is the fi rst step in the marine bioregional planning
process and will help to identify conservation priorities for the region.
In 2005–06 the department invested $230 000 in projects to inform the planning
process, including maps locating human uses, management measures and
environmental features in the region, and guidance for identifying signifi cant
ecosystem features and understanding human impacts on the environment.
Northern Marine Bioregional Plan
Marine planning has been under way for the waters between the Goulburn Islands
and the Torres Strait since 2002, during which time the department has gathered
a large body of information on the important ocean ecosystems of northern
Australia.
During 2005–06 the department focused primarily on aligning the planning in
the north to the new approach to regional marine planning. The fi rst planning
product, the Northern Marine Region Regional Profi le, is well advanced.
In June 2006, the Minister for the Environment and Heritage extended the western
boundary of the northern planning area to the border of Western Australia and
the Northern Territory. This will improve planning arrangements by ensuring that
Northern Territory stakeholders are involved in only one marine planning process
and will also facilitate closer alignment with the Northern Territory’s marine
planning.
Marine bioregional plans are also being developed for the Northwest and East
Marine regions.
Torres Strait
The department helped to develop the Land and Sea Management Strategy for
Torres Strait, which was published in November 2005. This strategy is a key part of
the regional planning process being funded through the Natural Heritage Trust.
The strategy identifi es important land and sea assets, issues, information, and
potential mechanisms for supporting Torres Strait communities to manage their
natural resources in a sustainable way. Marine issues addressed in the strategy
include shipping, water quality, ecosystem health and the conservation of marine
species and habitats.
The department provided $200 000 towards the fi nal year of the Torres Strait
Co-operative Research Centre (CRC). The department had membership on
the Torres Strait CRC Board and a direct interest in its research programme
including tasks associated with turtle and dugong population dynamics and catch
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 94
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
monitoring, the mapping of the Torres Strait seabed biota, seagrass and seabed
dynamics and sustainable fi sheries management.
Marine protected areas
The Department of the Environment and Heritage, on behalf of the Director
of National Parks, manages an estate of marine protected areas that are
Commonwealth reserves under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999.
During 2005–06 $3.421 million from the national component of the Natural
Heritage Trust contributed to the development of new marine protected areas and
the management of the existing marine protected area network.
Some management functions for existing marine protected areas were delivered
by state agencies under service level agreements with the department. The
management budget covered key functions such as research and monitoring, and
compliance and enforcement.
Details are set out in the annual report of the Director of National Parks at
www.deh.gov.au/about/annual-report.
New marine protected areas
In May 2006 the Minister for the Environment and Heritage announced Australian
Government agreement to a substantial addition to the national network of marine
protected areas in Commonwealth waters. Thirteen new marine protected areas
in the South-east Marine Region were identifi ed, covering a total area of 226 000
square kilometres of marine environment off the coast of Tasmania, Victoria,
eastern South Australia and far south New South Wales. This will be followed
by the progressive development of other marine protected areas in Australia’s
remaining four marine regions.
The extended network covers an area two-thirds the size of the Great Barrier Reef
Marine Park. The network will be the fi rst temperate water marine protected area
network in the world. It includes signifi cant examples of key underwater features
such as canyon systems and seamounts, which are biodiversity hotspots.
The new network of marine protected areas was developed in conjunction with
extensive fi sheries management reforms being implemented by the Australian
Fisheries Management Authority as part of the Australian Government’s
$220 million Securing Our Fishing Future package (see also Great Barrier Reef
Structural Adjustment Package, page 100).
95
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Migratory and threatened marine species protection
The department is working to prevent threatened marine species from becoming
extinct and to recover their populations. As part of this work the department
develops recovery plans setting out the actions needed to maximise the chances of
long-term survival of threatened species in the wild.
The main avenue for increasing the protection and conservation of migratory
species is the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild
Animals (also known as CMS or the Bonn Convention). The department has
led global and regional efforts to protect migratory marine species through the
development and implementation of regional arrangements such as the Indian
Ocean–South-East Asia Marine Turtle Memorandum of Understanding.
Recovery plans for listed threatened marine species
Recovery plans must come into force within the time limits set out in the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999. Recovery plans
are now in place for:
• great white shark, grey nurse shark, whale shark
• subantarctic and southern elephant seals
• marine turtles
• 10 seabird species
• four handfi sh species.
A recovery plan for the Australian sea lion is under development.
Candidate marine protected areas
12
3
11
104
5
6 7
8
9
1213
1. Murray (25 808 km2)2. Nelson (6 035 km2)3. Zeehan (19 902 km2)4. Franklin (671 km2)5. Boags (537 km2)6. Tasman Fracture (42 494 km2)7. Huon (9 576 km2)8. South Tasman Rise (27 683 km2)9. Freycinet (57 603 km2)10. Flinders (27 197 km2)11. East Gippsland (4 142 km2)12. Bass Basin (2 931 km2)13. Apollo (1 189 km2)
TASMANIA
VICTORIA
NEW SOUTH WALESSOUTH
AUSTRALIA
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 96
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Whale protection
The Australian Government has made whale and dolphin conservation and
protection a priority. The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999 established the Australian Whale Sanctuary2 in Commonwealth waters.
The Act also regulates how people should behave around whales and dolphins.
Recent data from research funded through the Natural Heritage Trust indicates
that populations of two out of the fi ve threatened species of large whales found
near Australia’s coastline are increasing. While still much lower than pre-whaling
numbers, the Australian populations of southern right whales and humpback
whales continue to increase. Currently there are around 1 750 southern right
whales and 30 000 humpback whales. The rate of increase for southern right
whales is more than seven per cent per year and humpbacks, which breed at
a quicker rate, are increasing at around 10–11 per cent per year. There are no
current estimates for the abundance of the other three threatened species of large
whales, the blue, fi n and sei whales.
In 2005–06 the department developed a database to record whale and dolphin
sightings and strandings. An extensive consultation process led to all states and
territories and the Australian Government adopting the revised National Whale
Watching Guidelines. The fourth National Large Whale Disentanglement Workshop
was held to train managers on how to disentangle whales safely from fi shing gear
and marine debris. This year also saw implementation of a new satellite telemetry
buoy that can be deployed to track an entangled whale when sea conditions
prevent immediate disentanglement.
The department released a review of the conservation status of Australia’s
smaller whales and dolphins. The review describes the current status of the
40 Australian cetacean species not listed as threatened, and the conservation
initiatives pertaining to them. The report was prepared in response to a request
by the Threatened Species Scientifi c Committee for a progress report to assist
with the committee’s review of the eligibility of these smaller cetaceans for listing
as threatened species under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999.
Project work for whale and dolphin research and conservation activities is partly
funded through the national component of the Natural Heritage Trust. During
2005–06 the department invested approximately $400 000 to improve knowledge of
distribution, abundance and habitat requirements of whales and dolphins.
More information on whale protection can be found in the chapter on Antarctica.
2 The Australian Whale Sanctuary includes all Commonwealth waters generally from the three nautical mile state water limit
out to about 200 nautical miles.
97
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
The department developed fact sheets, posters, cards, wrist bands and a new
website (saveourwhales.gov.au) to promote whale and dolphin conservation.
Migratory shorebird protection
In February 2006 the Australian Government provided $980 000 over two years
from the Natural Heritage Trust to ensure greater protection and conservation
of migratory birds. Part of this funding will be used to implement the wildlife
conservation plan for migratory shorebirds. This is the fi rst wildlife conservation
plan to be made under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999.
The conservation plan sets out research and management actions to help ensure
the survival of 36 species of migratory shorebirds. The plan complements
existing domestic protection measures for migratory shorebirds by strengthening
international conservation efforts. The department established a working group
of experts and government representatives to advise on implementation priorities
and evaluate the performance of the plan.
Sustainable fi sheries assessments
The department is responsible for assessing the environmental performance of
fi sheries under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
1999. All fi sheries whose products are exported, and all Australian Government
managed fi sheries, must be assessed.
The Guidelines for the Ecologically Sustainable Management of Fisheries outline
how the department assesses each fi shery. Following the department’s assessment
the Minister for the Environment and Heritage may approve the continued
operation of the fi shery, including export.
In 2005–06 the department completed assessments for a total of 25 fi sheries,
including seven Commonwealth-managed fi sheries and 18 state-managed fi sheries
in Tasmania, Victoria, Queensland, Western Australian and South Australia. This
brings the number of fi sheries assessed since 2000 to 113. All fi sheries assessed
in 2005–06 received export approval. Another eight fi sheries were allowed to
continue to export products in the short term while further improvements are
made to their management arrangements. The department expects to complete
assessments of an additional fi ve fi sheries later in 2006.
Since 2000, when the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act
1999 came into force, the minister has declared 121 fi sheries (113 full-term and
eight short-term decisions) as either exempt from the export provisions of the Act
for fi ve years, or as approved wildlife trade operations for periods of up to three
years. After this time has elapsed the department will reassess the fi sheries.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 98
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Since 2000 the Australian Government has used the assessment process to
drive improvements in fi sheries management by identifying what additional
environmental protection measures need to be put in place. As a result, fi shery
management agencies have agreed on a range of measures to improve their
environmental performance and sustainability. Examples of these improvements
include:
• better data collection and validation across fi sheries
• mitigation measures to reduce impacts on protected species.
More information is available at www.deh.gov.au/coasts/fi sheries/index.html.
Marine pest management framework
The Australian Government and state and territory governments continued the
work of recent years to establish a permanent National System for the Prevention
and Management of Introduced Marine Pest Incursions. The national system is a
way for government agencies to coordinate their efforts to control or eradicate
new outbreaks of marine pests, including by managing ballast water and biofouling
(marine pests encrusted on vessel hulls and other gear).
The Australian Government committed $6 million over four years (2004–2008)
from the national component of the Natural Heritage Trust for research and
development and other activities necessary to implement the national system.
Project expenditure during 2005–06 was $370 000. Results in 2005–06 from
projects funded by the department include:
Fisheries assessed (2000–present)
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
2000-01 2001-02 2002-03 2003-04 2004-05 2005-06
Years
Cum
ulat
ive
tota
l num
ber
of
fishe
ries
ass
esse
d
99
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
• completion of a scientifi c analysis by CSIRO and modelling of incursions of the
northern Pacifi c seastar as part of implementing a national control plan for the
species
• completion of genetic probes to enable the effi cient detection and
identifi cation of toxic dinofl agellates (single celled microalgae) and
development of probes for other key pest species
• gathering information on the long-term performance of paints that reduce
biofouling on ships and boats, through paint patch trials on Australian
commercial ships
• establishing an international consortium of education and research institutions
to improve marine biosecurity, through a grant to the Australian Maritime
College.
International marine conservation
The seas and seabed beyond the national jurisdiction of individual countries—the
ocean ‘commons’—contain signifi cant biodiversity, much of it new to science,
diverse, unique and fragile. The department works with other countries to
promote marine biodiversity conservation, including on the high seas.
International activities for listed threatened and migratory species
The department continued to build regional and international conservation
partnerships to ensure that Australia’s domestic protection measures for listed
threatened and migratory species are complemented internationally.
The department is Australia’s focal point for the Convention on the Conservation
of Migratory Species of Wild Animals, an intergovernmental convention of
92 countries to which Australia is a signatory. At the 8th conference of the parties
to the convention held in Kenya in November 2005, the department helped
to advance Australia’s marine species conservation agenda by successfully
strengthening the convention’s role in conserving migratory marine species in
Australia’s region.
Resolutions adopted at the conference included agreement to develop a global
approach to conserving migratory sharks, to develop a regional approach to
conserving marine turtles in the Pacifi c, and to list the basking shark under the
convention. These new resolutions will help to conserve sharks and turtles
throughout their ranges. A new regional conservation agreement for marine turtles
may be in place by 2008, while a new global conservation agreement for migratory
sharks is expected to be in place by 2009.
The department supports the Australian Government’s obligations under the
Japan–Australia Migratory Birds Agreement (JAMBA) and the China–Australia
Migratory Birds Agreement (CAMBA).
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 100
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
The department worked with the Ministry of the Environment in Japan and
Wetlands International to co-host two successful meetings in 2005–06 of an
international working group tasked to develop the World Summit on Sustainable
Development Type II Partnership. The partnership will be launched in late 2006.
It aims to promote cooperation among the countries across the East Asian–
Australasian Flyway, and to support conservation of migratory waterbirds and their
habitats in the fl yway.
The department also made progress on the migratory bird agreement with the
Republic of Korea. The department expects a formal signing ceremony will be held
in late 2006.
United Nations
In February 2006 Australia and Mexico co-chaired the inaugural meeting of a
United Nations working group to study the conservation and sustainable use of
marine biological diversity beyond areas of national jurisdiction. Australia used this
working group to continue its strong advocacy for a responsible global approach
to the conservation of high seas biodiversity.
Regional collaboration
Australia is helping to improve the management of the oceans of the region
through the Asia–Pacifi c Economic Cooperation (APEC) structure. Australia
promoted and supported activities to address marine debris, introduced marine
pests, marine turtle conservation and illegal fi shing through the Bali Plan of
Action, which was endorsed at the 2nd APEC Oceans-Related Ministerial Meeting in
September 2005.
Australia is also assisting regional marine conservation and management through
the Arafura and Timor Seas Expert Forum. The forum is one of Australia’s major
partnership initiatives coming out of the 2002 Johannesburg World Summit on
Sustainable Development. It facilitates cooperative research and better information
sharing between governments, scientifi c bodies and non-government interests in
Australia, Indonesia and Timor-Leste to improve the sustainable management of
living marine resources in the Arafura and Timor Seas region.
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park structural adjustment package
On 1 July 2004, rezoning in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park increased the area
of ‘no take’ zones in the park from 4.5 per cent to 33.3 per cent. The government
has since been providing assistance to businesses and individuals affected by the
rezoning through a structural adjustment package. The package has an approved
budget of $86.741 million, but the fi nal amount of assistance provided is yet to be
determined.
101
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
As of 30 June 2006, 1 456 grants totalling $69.30 million had been approved
under the various elements of the package. The largest elements of the package
comprise 122 grants for licence buy-outs totalling nearly $33 million, 116 grants for
Full Business Restructuring Assistance totalling $22.98 million and 492 grants for
Simplifi ed Business Restructuring Assistance amounting to $10.54 million.
On 13 December 2005 the Minister for the Environment and Heritage extended
the deadline for applications under the structural adjustment package from
31 December 2005 to 30 April 2006. On 4 April the minister extended the
deadline to 31 May 2006 for applicants impacted by Cyclone Larry, and eased the
information requirements for applicants who lost information due to the cyclone.
On 22 February 2006 the minister announced that the government had removed
the $500 000 cap on Full Business Restructuring Assistance grants. On 26 May 2006
the minister announced a 20 per cent increase in payments for approved
applications for Full Business Restructuring Assistance. These grants will cover
the approved full cost of restructuring a business to mitigate the impact of the
rezoning of the marine park.
Marine science
Marine surveys
In 2005–06 the department, in partnership with Geoscience Australia and the
CSIRO, provided $750 000 for sea time on the RV Southern Surveyor spread across
four voyages. Two of the voyages in 2005 focused on mapping benthic ecosystems
(that is, ecosystems at the bottom of the sea) on the deep continental shelf and
slope in Australia’s south-west to understand evolution and biogeography. The
voyages in this region focused on the Perth Canyon, a unique feature 22 kilometres
seaward of Rottnest Island off Perth. The Perth Canyon is as wide and deep as the
United States’ Grand Canyon, and during summer, blue whales feed on swarming
krill in upwelling zones around its rim. The remarkable marine species recovered
and sea fl oor images captured during these voyages will inform marine planning in
south-west waters. (See map on page 102).
The third voyage investigated benthic habitats and sedimentary processes, and the
petroleum potential of the East Mentelle Basin. The fourth voyage off the North
West Shelf looked at hydrocarbon seeps and the bathymetry and sedimentology of
this region.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 102
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Bathymetry map of Australia’s undersea Perth Canyon
Source: CSIRO Marine and Atmospheric Research/Geoscience Australia
103
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Case study: Rottnest Island marine survey
The department, in collaboration with CSIRO Marine and Atmospheric
Research, conducted a survey of the deep waters off Western Australia’s
Rottnest Island to gather information to inform the Australian Government’s
programme of marine planning around Australia’s south-west waters.
The survey was conducted from the Department of Fisheries vessel RV
Naturaliste, which spent a week at sea undertaking deep water trawls on
the continental shelf north and south of Rottnest Island.
Four species taken on the
survey were previously
unknown to science and
10 more, which could not
be positively identifi ed,
may also be new.
Fish collected during the
survey were freighted to
Hobart for identifi cation
and their tissues DNA
bar-coded as part of
the CSIRO Wealth from
Oceans Flagship project.
Information learned
during the project will
be invaluable as the
Australian Government
starts work on developing
a marine bioregional
plan for the waters of
Australia’s south-west.
A new species of stingaree.
Photo: Peter Last, CSIRO Marine and Atmospheric Research
A new species of gurnard.
Photo: Peter Last, CSIRO Marine and Atmospheric Research
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 104
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Ocean Biogeographic Information System
The Ocean Biogeographic Information System (OBIS) is an international
federation of organisations and people working to make data about marine life,
from all over the world, freely available over the internet.
In December 2005 the department launched the Australian node of OBIS
(www.obis.org.au). The Australian node, located at the CSIRO Marine and
Atmospheric Research laboratories in Hobart, is a partnership between the
department and CSIRO. The node hosts a database that depicts the distribution
and abundance of bird and marine species in the Australian region. The data will
provide a better understanding of what lies above and beneath the ocean’s surface,
including what species are common or rare, where alien invasive species originate,
and where biodiversity hotspots are located. The system is accessible to the public,
and will encourage the sharing of marine data by academics, museums, universities
and industry research bodies.
The Australian node is one of a number to be established around the world, all of
which feed information to the central portal at Rutgers University in New Jersey,
United States. The Sloan Foundation, a philanthropic fund based in the United
States, provided $200 000 to help establish the Australian node.
Oceans Portal
This year the department, working with Australian Government marine science
agencies, completed the Oceans Portal, an online marine database. The Oceans
Portal allows users to pull together information from a number of participating
Australian Government science and information agencies and museums, and to
create a product, such as a map, drawing on this information. The Oceans Portal
currently holds data from the department as well as the Australian Institute of
Marine Science, Geoscience Australia, Bureau of Meteorology, the Royal Australian
Navy and CSIRO. This is the fi rst time information from such a wide range of
agencies can be accessed at one location. The Oceans Portal will be available
through the department’s website at www.deh.gov.au.
105
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Estuaries and coastal waters
Number of water quality improvement plans and associated interim projects completed or under development
4 (Great Barrier Reef Coastal Catchments Initiative)
Number of Australian Government obligations under the Great Barrier Reef Water Quality Protection Plan either completed or in progress
3 (Great Barrier Reef Coastal Catchments Initiative)
10 actions for which the department has direct responsibility are either completed or in progress
Recovery of threatened marine wildlife
Number of recovery plans (i) being prepared and (ii) in operation
(i) 1 recovery plan being prepared
(ii) 7 plans in operation
Percentage of listed threatened terrestrial species and ecological communities with recovery plans in operation
96%
Key threats to marine biodiversity
Number of threat abatement plans (i) being prepared or revised, and (ii) in operation
(i) 2 plans being prepared or revised
(ii) 1 plan in operation (protecting seabirds from longline fi shing operations)
Of those listed key threatening processes in the oceans that require a threat abatement plan, the percentage that have threat abatement plans in operation
50% have threat abatement plans in operation (1 of 2)
Fisheries
Percentage of environmental recommendations implemented under the strategic assessments of fi sheries management
25 fi sheries assessed in 2005–06
113 fi sheries assessed in total, with a further 8 fi sheries having short-term decisions made on them
100% of fi sheries needing to be assessed and granted export approval have completed the fi shery assessment process. However, approximately 5% of these are short-term decisions which will require further work during 2006
Integrated management of the oceans
Percentage of environmental actions implemented under regional marine plans
30% completed32% under way
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 106
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Marine protected areas
Area of Commonwealth reserves and conservation zones managed by the Department of the Environment and Heritage for the Director of National Parks
27 245 378 hectares (includes Commonwealth marine reserves)
Note: Area protected in 2006 has been amended to refl ect latest data available from the Collaborative Australian Protected Area Database
Percentage of protected areas managed by the Department of the Environment and Heritage for the Director of National Parks with management plans in operation
100%
Management plans are available at www.deh.gov.au/coasts/mpa/publications/index.html#plans
Great Barrier Reef—Representative Areas Programme Structural Adjustment Package (administered item)
The Package measures are effective in assisting fi shers, fi shery related businesses and communities impacted by the rezoning of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
The package will be reviewed in 2006–07
Over 1 000 businesses have received or are being assessed for assistance under the package
Applications are processed and payments made to eligible recipients according to specifi ed timeframes
Applications have taken longer to assess than anticipated due to their complexity. The rush of applications just prior to the closing date has required consideration of other assessment approaches in order to complete the assessments within a reasonable timeframe
Full Business Restructuring Assistance (FBRA) applicants are provided with information to assist them in developing their applications. FBRA enables restructuring of business operations to assist them to manage the impacts of the rezoning
A ‘how-to’ guide was prepared to assist business with applying for a grant
Fishers were given a datasheet that identifi es how much of their fi shing was within closed areas and how the licence buy out may assist them which, when used with the ‘how to’ guide and their fi nancial statements, will enable them to determine what impact the rezoning has had on their business
Many land based sectors have been assisted with reports on the impact of the rezoning on their business which, when combined with their fi nancial statements, can be used to identify the impact of the rezoning on their business
Full Business Restructuring Assistance grants to address the impact of the rezoning on a business
Number of payments made under each component of the package
As of 30 June 2006:
599 Business Advice Assistance grants
122 Business Exit (licence buy out) grants
117 Employee Assistance grants
10 Business Exit (fi shery related business) Assistance grants
116 Full Business Restructuring Assistance grants
492 Simplifi ed Business Restructuring Assistance grants
107
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Coastcare (administered item–Natural Heritage Trust)
Percentage of natural resource management regions that have an accredited natural resource management plan
94% (34 of 36) of the coastal natural resource management regions have an accredited regional plan. Another region has an approved regional strategic directions plan
Percentage of natural resource management regions that have an approved investment strategy
97% (35 of 36) of the coastal natural resource management regions have an approved investment strategy
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded See Natural Heritage Trust annual report and annual regional programme reports
Development of Sewerage Schemes for Boat Harbour and Sisters Beach, Tasmania
Extent to which the project will achieve government objectives
All government project objectives have been met through the construction of a wastewater treatment plant at Shelter Point and new sewerage infrastructure at Boat Harbour Beach to improve the water quality of Boat Harbour Beach. Sewerage infrastructure and a wastewater treatment plant have also been completed for the Sisters Beach and Lake Llewellyn communities which will improve coastal water quality
Number of milestones achieved compared with those specifi ed in the contract
Boat Harbour Beach—all 4 contract milestones completed
Sisters Beach—all contract milestones completed
Contract signed with proponent to undertake stormwater management improvement works
Sub-output 1.3.1—Coastal strategies
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
Sub-output 1.3.2—Coastal investments
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
Sub-output 1.3.3—Marine conservation
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)(b)
A report on compliance with statutory timeframes triggered under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 is provided in Appendix 4 of the EPBC Act annual report in Volume 2 of this annual report
(a) Applies to provision of grants programmes funded entirely from the Department of the Environment and Heritage appropriations for the output (i.e. not those marked administered items).
(b) Applies to areas that administer legislation, for example reporting timeframes triggered under the EnvironmentProtection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 108
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Co
asts and o
ceans
Resources
Departmental outputs Budget prices $’000
Actual expenses $’000
Sub-output: 1.3.1 Coastal strategies
Sub-output: 1.3.2 Coastal investments
Sub-output: 1.3.3 Marine conservation
5 289
1 898
22 038
5 561
1 873
23 078
Total (Output 1.3: Conservation of the coasts and oceans) 29 225 30 512
Administered items
Great Barrier Reef – Representative Areas Programme Structural Adjustment Package
Natural Heritage Trust (Coastcare Programme)
Development of Sewerage Schemes for Boat Harbour and Sisters Beach, Tasmania
Structural Adjustment Package – Enhancement
Structural Adjustment Package – Business Restructuring Assistance
157
36 879
108
4 000
28 460
157
54 944
108
4 000
28 460
Total (Administered) 69 604 87 669
109
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Co
asts
and
oce
ans
Other annual reports providing information on this output
Annual report on the operation of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 included in the second volume of this set of annual reports
Regional Programmes Report at www.nrm.gov.au/publications/regional-report
Annual report of the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry at
www.nrm.gov.au/publications/#books
Annual report of the Director of National Parks at
www.deh.gov.au/parks/publications/index.html#director
Annual report of the Natural Heritage Trust at www.nht.gov.au/publications
OUTCOME 1—ENVIRONMENT HERITAGE
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 112
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Heritage
The Department of the Environment and Heritage identifi es, protects and
conserves Australia’s natural and cultural heritage, including Indigenous and
historic heritage.
Main responsibilities for this output
• Identify and assess places for possible inclusion
on the World Heritage List, National Heritage List,
and Commonwealth Heritage List
• Advise on conservation and management of
heritage places with Indigenous, natural or
historic values under the Environment Protection
and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
• Administer the Commonwealth’s obligations
under the Convention for the Protection of
the World Cultural and Natural Heritage 1972,
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage
Protection Act 1984, Protection of Moveable
Culture Heritage Act 1986, and Historic
Shipwrecks Act 1976
Heritage Division
Objectives
• Identify, protect, conserve and celebrate Australia’s natural, Indigenous and
historic heritage places that are of national and world signifi cance
• Identify, protect and conserve heritage places that are Commonwealth owned
or leased
• Contribute to protection for natural and cultural heritage in the South-East
Asia–Pacifi c region
• Increase knowledge and enjoyment of Australia’s maritime heritage while
protecting shipwrecks and associated relics
• Prevent Australia’s cultural heritage from being signifi cantly diminished due to
the export of heritage objects
113
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
Results 2005–06
• The Minister for the Environment and Heritage agreed in December
2005 to new strategic directions for national heritage, with three key
areas of focus—amending the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 to focus more on outcomes and less on details
of process, increased emphasis on telling of stories about heritage,
and improving the sustainability of Australia’s national heritage places.
Amendments are scheduled for introduction into the parliament in late
2006.
• Heritage ministers, meeting at the Environment Protection and Heritage
Council in June 2006, agreed to a cooperative national heritage agenda.
A package of initiatives, developed over time, will include data gathering
and new internet-based heritage information to help ensure that
Australia’s national, state and local heritage systems are based on sound
data.
• This year, 21 places were added to the National Heritage List bringing the
number of places to 31 at 30 June 2006. Three places were added to the
Commonwealth Heritage List, which contained 339 places at
30 June 2006. The Australian Government nominated the Sydney Opera
House to be inscribed on the World Heritage List in January 2006.
• The Biodiversity Assessment Tool, based on the Australian Natural
Heritage Assessment Tool which the department uses when assessing
potential heritage places, received international recognition with offi cers
from the department being invited to demonstrate the system in Sweden
and Japan.
• As part of a maritime and coastal heritage theme chosen by the Minister
for the Environment and Heritage for 2006, the Australian Government
sponsored the 1606–2006 Duyfken voyage to commemorate the 400th
anniversary of the fi rst European contact with Australia. The Duyfken,
a replica of the fi rst European ship known to have visited Australia, will
stop at 25 ports around the country giving thousands of people the
opportunity to experience a working 16th century vessel.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 114
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
World, national and Commonwealth heritage
Australia’s world, national and Commonwealth heritage places may be of natural,
Indigenous or historic signifi cance or any combination of these types. Heritage
places are important to Australia’s sense of national identity and shared values.
Protecting them benefi ts future generations as well as the present community.
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage approved new strategic directions
for heritage which place a priority on building the reputation and management
of Australia’s national heritage through a combination of legislative amendment,
increased emphasis on telling heritage stories, and improving the sustainability
of national heritage places. The new strategic directions emphasise a broad
engagement of heritage in the life of the community.
The Australian Government’s main legislation for protecting heritage places is the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
The Act protects the heritage values of places that are included in the following lists:
• World Heritage List: listed places are of global signifi cance recognised under
the Convention Concerning the Protection of the World Cultural and Natural
Heritage (usually referred to as the World Heritage Convention)
• National Heritage List: listed places are of outstanding heritage value to the nation
• Commonwealth Heritage List: listed places have signifi cant heritage value and
are owned or leased by the Australian Government.
The department manages the processes set up by the Act, provides heritage
listing advice to the government, and advises property managers on their heritage
management plans and strategies. The department supports the Australian
Heritage Council in its assessment, advice and public information and awareness
activities. These activities are largely funded through the Distinctively Australian
Measure ($52.6 million from 2003–2007) and the National Heritage Investments
Initiative ($10.5 million from 2005–2009).
World heritage listings
Only national governments can nominate a place for inclusion in the World
Heritage List. The World Heritage Committee then decides whether to inscribe the
nominated place on the list. Australia now has 16 world heritage areas.
In January 2006 the Australian Government, with the support of the New South
Wales Government, nominated the Sydney Opera House to be inscribed on the
World Heritage List. The nomination argued that the Sydney Opera House is a
masterpiece of human creative genius and therefore has outstanding universal value.
A nomination to inscribe Australian convict sites was discussed with state and
territory governments and key stakeholders. With the support of relevant states,
115
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
the department aims to fi nalise the nomination in 2007. The nomination will
include the Port Arthur Historic Site and Fremantle Prison which are already in
the National Heritage List. Other sites in the proposed nomination are being
considered for national heritage listing.
National and Commonwealth heritage listings
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage decides whether to include places
in the national or Commonwealth heritage lists. In 2005–06 the minister received 60
public nominations for the National Heritage List, with 21 new places added to the list
(see map below). Three places were added to the Commonwealth Heritage List.
After the second full year of operation of the national and Commonwealth
heritage provisions of the Act, Australia had 31 national heritage places and 339
Commonwealth heritage places. All states and territories now have places in the
National Heritage List. Most of the places in the Commonwealth Heritage List have
been listed for historic heritage values.
Unless operating under the emergency provisions, before listing a place the
minister must fi rst consider an assessment of its heritage values by the Australian
Heritage Council. The council is an independent body appointed in February 2004
to provide the government with advice on a wide range of heritage matters.
Location of national heritage places listed in 2005–06
1. Glenrowan Heritage Precinct2. Sydney Opera House3. Fremantle Prison (former)4. First Government House Site5. Newman College6. Sidney Myer Music Bowl7. ICI Building (former) /Orica House8. Australian Academy of Science Building9. Recherche Bay (North East Peninsula) Area10. Richmond Bridge11. HMVS Cerberus12. Melbourne Cricket Ground13. South Australian Old and New Parliament Houses14. Tree of Knowledge and Curtilage15. Dirk Hartog Landing Site 1616—Cape Inscription Area16. Batavia Shipwreck Site and Survivor Camps Area 1629—Houtman Abrolhos17. Hermannburg Historic Precinct18. Australian War Memorial and Memorial Parade19. North Head Sydney20. Point Nepean Defence Sites and Quarantine Station Area21. Old Parliament House and Curtilage
1517
3
1
10
14
23
16
9
2, 4,19
5, 6, 7,11,12, 20
8,18, 21
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 116
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
The council also maintains the Register of the National Estate, which the minister
must take into account when making decisions under the Environment Protection
and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
A departmental review of the National Heritage List in August 2005 concluded that
public nominations alone will not bring forward all high profi le or iconic places for
assessment. The Australian Heritage Council subsequently initiated assessments
of places that were not nominated by the public. In 2005–06 the fi rst such
assessments were completed and the places listed by the minister. These were the
Melbourne Cricket Ground, the sites of the 1629 Batavia shipwreck and survivors’
camps, and the Australian War Memorial and Memorial Parade.
The department uses its Australian Natural Heritage Assessment Tool to help assess
the natural heritage values of potential heritage places. The department received
international funding from the Global Biodiversity Information Facility to develop
a simple version of the tool to run on the internet for public use. The new version,
called the Biodiversity Assessment Tool, received international recognition with
offi cers from the department being invited to demonstrate the tool to the Global
Biodiversity Information Facility Governing Board in Stockholm in October 2005
and in March 2006 to the National Institute of Genetics in Japan, where the system
has been installed to analyse Japanese biodiversity information.
The Biodiversity Analysis Tool is available via www.abif.org/tools.htm.
Emergency listings
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage can decide to emergency list a place
that may have national or Commonwealth heritage values that are under threat. A
decision to emergency list a place is not necessarily permanent as the Australian
Heritage Council must follow up any emergency listing with a detailed assessment.
During 2005–06 the minister received requests to emergency list eight places in the
National Heritage List. The minister rejected two of these because he was not satisfi ed
that national heritage values existed. Three were not listed because the minister was
not satisfi ed that there were threats to any national heritage values that the places
may have. The remainder are awaiting further information from applicants.
Details on the reasons for the minister’s decisions are available from the Australian
heritage database at www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/ahdb/search.pl and the heritage
notices website at www.deh.gov.au/cgi-bin/epbc/heritage_ap.pl.
National and Commonwealth heritage management
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 provides
for the preparation of a management plan for each national heritage place. For
national heritage places not wholly owned or controlled by the Commonwealth,
117
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
the Commonwealth must use its best endeavours to ensure a plan is prepared
and implemented in cooperation with the relevant state or territory. For national
heritage places wholly within a Commonwealth area, the Act requires the
Minister for the Environment and Heritage to make a written management plan
for each such place as soon as practicable after listing or when the place comes
under Commonwealth control. These management plans must comply with
the Regulations under the Act, including consistency with the national heritage
management principles.
In 2005–06 three historic heritage places included in the National Heritage List
were wholly in Commonwealth ownership. Management plans for these places will
be prepared as soon as practicable.
This year the department funded a study into whether current management
plans for Australian world heritage places and national heritage places satisfy
the requirements of the Act. The study will identify which plans comply with the
requirements and which ones need amendment to make them comply with the
national heritage management principles. A revised management plan consistent
with the national heritage principles is currently being developed for the
Brewarrina Fishtraps.
The Act also requires each Commonwealth agency that owns or controls places
in the Commonwealth Heritage List to prepare a written heritage strategy for
managing those places to protect and conserve their Commonwealth heritage
values. Heritage strategies must be prepared within two years of the agency fi rst
owning a Commonwealth heritage place, or by 1 January 2006, whichever is later.
Six1 Commonwealth agencies completed their heritage strategy within the
statutory timeframe. The department expects a further 18 Commonwealth
agencies to complete their strategies during 2006–07. The department has
reminded other Commonwealth agencies of their obligations.
The minister found the six strategies were satisfactory. These agencies have started
to prepare management plans. The department received one draft management
plan for review in 2005–06.
Productivity Commission inquiry
During the year the department made three submissions to the Productivity
Commission inquiry into the policy framework and incentives for the conservation
of Australia’s historic built heritage. The Productivity Commission tabled its report
in parliament in July 2006. The government will develop a response to the report
in 2006–07.
1 Air Services Australia, Department of Defence, Department of the Environment and Heritage, Department of Transport and
Regional Services, Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority and the National Capital Authority.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 118
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Cooperative National Heritage Agenda
In May 2002 the Environment Protection and Heritage Council agreed to a
proposal to develop an integrated national heritage policy agenda covering
natural, Indigenous and historic heritage. Work completed to date includes the
National Heritage Protocol, the Action Plan for Reconciliation, and several papers
on heritage incentives and sustainable heritage tourism. While some aspects of
the work have progressed, the overarching policy agenda remains incomplete.
Governments have agreed to step up efforts to complete the policy agenda.
In June 2006 the Environment Protection and Heritage Council agreed to the
Cooperative National Heritage Agenda which will consist initially of the following
elements:
• consistent heritage assessment criteria and thresholds
• national standards for data collection and reporting measures
• national standards and guidelines for conservation and management of heritage
• a comprehensive national heritage inventory and information portal
• policy innovation including guidance on heritage assistance programmes and
sustainable heritage tourism
• cooperation on heritage promotion and public engagement (e.g. national
themes)
• cooperation on research (e.g. community attitudes, economics and themes).
Indigenous heritage
The department works with other government agencies and the community to
protect the cultural heritage of Aboriginal peoples and Torres Strait Islanders. This
work includes providing advice on proposals referred under the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, supporting projects for the
identifi cation, conservation or promotion of Indigenous heritage, and providing
emergency protection to areas and objects of cultural and traditional signifi cance
in Australia.
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act
Under the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984
the Minister for the Environment and Heritage can protect places and objects that
have a traditional signifi cance for Indigenous peoples from threats of injury or
desecration. This is ‘last resort’ protection that may only be given when there is no
effective protection under state or territory laws.
119
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
Since 1987 Aboriginal cultural heritage in Victoria has been protected under Part
IIA of the Act. These are special provisions that apply only to Victoria. They are
administered by the Victorian Minister for Aboriginal Affairs (with powers delegated
from the Australian Government Minister for the Environment and Heritage).
During the year the department worked with the Victorian Government on
legislative amendments to transfer direct responsibility for primary protection to
Victoria. At 30 June 2006 these amendments were being considered by parliament.
In 2005–06 the department advised the Minister for the Environment and Heritage
on two applications continuing from the previous year, and on six new matters.
The six new matters involved applications for emergency and longer-term
protection to places in the Perth metropolitan area. Four applications related to a
desalination plant at Cockburn Sound and two related to a school at Lake Monger.
The matters continuing from the previous year were for longer-term protection of
an area near Broome in Western Australia and for Wongi Waterholes near Hervey
Bay in Queensland. After considering the applications, the minister decided not to
make the emergency or longer-term declarations sought in the applications.
The department continued to monitor compliance with a 20-year declaration
under the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 for
Junction Waterhole in Alice Springs. The declaration will expire in 2012.
Indigenous Heritage Programme
The department administers the Australian Government’s Indigenous Heritage
Programme (formerly the Preservation and Protection of Indigenous Heritage
Programme run by Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Services until 2004).
The Indigenous Heritage Programme supports the identifi cation, conservation,
and promotion (where appropriate) of the Indigenous heritage values of places
important to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people.
The programme also assists in the identifi cation of places likely to have
outstanding Indigenous heritage value to Australia; that is, places of national
heritage signifi cance suitable for inclusion in the National Heritage List.
During the year the department received 143 applications seeking a total of
approximately $12 million in funding for the $3.5 million available in 2005–06. The
minister approved the funding of more than 60 projects across Australia, including
identifi cation of Indigenous heritage, conservation of Indigenous heritage sites,
small-scale Indigenous heritage related business activities, construction of places
for keeping Indigenous heritage items and sharing Australian Indigenous heritage.
Examples of funded projects in 2005–06 include $50 000 for a management plan
to conserve and rehabilitate the Brewarrina Fish Traps (New South Wales);
$90 363 to identify and record Indigenous heritage sites on Jawoyn lands,
including identifying tourism opportunities (Northern Territory); $100 000 for the
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 120
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
assessment of cave and engraving sites in Tasmania; and $60 000 for the restoration
of the Karalundi Mission building for use as a museum (Western Australia).
Six Indigenous heritage projects are being supported under the Indigenous
Heritage Programme through shared responsibility agreements with Indigenous
communities. These are agreements for the provision of services to Indigenous
communities under the Australian Government’s new arrangements for
Indigenous affairs, and involve both government and community contributions to
achieve improved outcomes.
The projects are:
• restoration of the historic church at Raukkan community at Port McLeay in
South Australia
• development of heritage interpretive material at the Yumba site at Mitchell in
Queensland
• set-up of the Brewarrina Business Centre, New South Wales
• development of a tourism business around Gurindji Culture and the Wave Hill
Walk Off Historical Story, Northern Territory
• restoration and fencing of a signifi cant heritage site, archaeological survey of
the Combarngo site, interpretive material and partial salaries for a heritage
tourism offi cer, Roma, Queensland
• building community connections, capacity and governance structures to
establish a land trust and work towards economic independence through the
use of traditional land, Rockhampton, Queensland.
Restoration of the historic church at Raukkan (Port McLeay) in South Australia, which features on the Australian $50 note, is being funded by the Indigenous Heritage Programme through a Shared Responsibility Agreement with the Raukkan community. Photo: Brian Prince
121
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
Asia–Pacifi c world heritage managers
The Asia–Pacifi c Focal Point for World Heritage Managers is a regional network
of world heritage managers established to share experience, knowledge and
resources between countries in the region (see www.heritage.gov.au/apfp).
Through this network the department supports activities for implementation of
the World Heritage Convention in the Asia–Pacifi c region.
During the year the department supported six activities and projects, including
funding for an Australian Research Council linkage grant to the University of
Sydney to map the Angkor Wat complex in Cambodia, which will help in the
development of a comprehensive management plan.
Regional Natural Heritage Programme
The government established the $10 million Regional Natural Heritage Programme
to conserve biodiversity hotspots in South-East Asia and the Pacifi c in February
2004. Under this programme the department helps countries in the Asia–Pacifi c
region manage sites with high biodiversity (biodiversity hotspots) and protect
habitats that are under threat. The programme is helping to conserve the habitat
of some of the world’s most threatened species, including the Sumatran tiger and
Vietnam’s black crested gibbon.
The four-year programme provides grants to non-government organisations
and other agencies. Fifteen projects approved in 2004–05 totalling $4.4 million
were implemented during 2005–06 and six new projects totalling $1 million
were approved and implemented. These projects include strengthening local
management of coral reefs in fi ve marine protected areas in eastern Indonesia;
conserving biodiversity in the Sierra Madre Mountain Range, Luzon Island in
the Philippines; conserving the golden headed langur (an endangered primate
species) on Cat Ba Island, Vietnam; conserving the Scott’s tree kangaroo in the
Torricelli Mountain Range in Sandaun Province, Papua New Guinea; conserving
marine biodiversity in Votua village, Fiji; and protecting coral reefs in the central
provinces of Vietnam.
Chinese world heritage
This year the department helped to develop heritage management principles
(the Illustrated China Principles), including a training manual, for application
to two world heritage sites at Mogao and Chengde in China. The department’s
partners in this project are the Chinese State Administration of Cultural Heritage
and the Getty Conservation Institute. The department presented the Illustrated
China Principles at a meeting of the International Council on Monuments and Sites
in China in October 2005.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 122
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Historic shipwrecks
The department administers the Historic Shipwrecks Act 1976 and the Historic
Shipwrecks Programme. During 2005–06 the department provided $400 000 to
the states, the Northern Territory and Norfolk Island to administer the Act, and
for projects aimed at protecting, preserving and monitoring historic shipwrecks.
Projects include location and protection of the anchor from the French exploration
vessel Le Casuarina, lost at sea in 1803, and a permanent shipwrecks display at the
Low Head Pilot Station museum.
On 14 August 2005, the government announced a grant of $1.3 million to HMAS
Sydney Search Pty Ltd to assist in the search for HMAS Sydney (II), which was lost
off the Western Australian Coast in November 1941 along with 645 crewmen.
Australia’s maritime heritage
The minister selected coastal and maritime heritage as the theme for 2006 to mark
the 400th anniversary of the fi rst European contact with Australia. This theme will
encourage a better appreciation of the early maritime exploration of Australia
by focusing on the signifi cant heritage places, including European settlements,
Indigenous sites, and Macassan (Indonesian) sites; and the historic buildings,
wharves and jetties, lighthouses, coastal defence installations and shipwrecks that
dot Australia’s coastline.
The department published Great southern land: the maritime exploration of
Terra Australis by Dr Michael Pearson. The book tells the story of the maritime
investigation and mapping of the Australian coastline from the 16 century to the
present day.
This year two places
associated with early
European maritime
exploration were
included in the
National Heritage
List: Cape Inscription
in Western Australia,
where Captain Dirk
Hartog landed in
October 1616, and
the site of the 1629
shipwreck and The Duyfken. Photo: Mark Mohell
123
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
survivor camps of the Dutch ship Batavia. The Batavia is the oldest of the known
Dutch East India Company wrecks on the coast of Western Australia.
To commemorate the 400th anniversary of the fi rst documented European contact
with Australia when Willem Janszoon and his crew on the Duyfken mapped
350 kilometres of Australia’s coastline, the Australian Government sponsored the
voyage of the 1606–2006 Duyfken replica built in Fremantle in 1999. The 10-month
voyage is providing a rare opportunity for Australians to experience life as it would
have been on a late 16th century vessel and to learn more about our nation’s
important maritime heritage.
Protection of movable cultural heritage
The department administers the Protection of Movable Cultural Heritage Act
1986. This Act aims to prevent Australia’s cultural heritage from being signifi cantly
diminished due to the export of heritage objects and to protect the cultural
heritage of other countries by preventing the illegal import of signifi cant objects.
The Act supports collecting institutions such as museums through the National
Cultural Heritage Account.
This year the National Cultural Heritage Account supported a number of
organisations including the School of Music at the Australian National University
for the purchase of a circa 1880 Roenisch Concert Grand Piano, and the South
Australian Museum for the purchase of an intact opalised Pascoe ichthyosaur fossil.
In July 2005 seven illegally imported ancient Egyptian funerary objects recovered
under the Protection of Movable Cultural Heritage Act 1986 were returned to
the Egyptian Government. The antiquities date from the Late Period of Egyptian
history and are thought to be more than 2 500 years old. The objects included
Shabtis (small funerary statuettes), amulets (magical charms for protection) and
food bowls.
In September 2005 more than 10 000 illegally imported fossils were returned
to the People’s Republic of China. These fossils included a keichosarus (a small
marine reptile) that is 230-million-years-old, and mammal fossils around two
million years old.
Results for 2005–06 are listed in the report on the operation of the Act in the
second volume of this set of annual reports. The report lists objects acquired with
assistance from the National Cultural Heritage Account, objects assessed during
the year, and objects exported illegally from other countries and imported into
Australia that were returned to their countries of origin.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 124
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Cultural heritage projects
National Heritage Investment Initiative
The National Heritage Investment Initiative is a $10.5 million grants programme
over four years beginning in 2005–06. The programme provides assistance to restore
and conserve Australia’s important historic heritage places. It focuses on places
entered on either the National Heritage List or a state or territory government
heritage register. Funding is not available for places owned by the Commonwealth.
The programme’s fi rst round was conducted in 2005–06, with 373 applications
seeking a total of $58.7 million in funding. The Minister for the Environment and
Heritage approved funding totalling $3.6 million for 18 projects, including three
projects for places in the National Heritage List. Examples of approved projects
include conservation work on the national heritage listed Newman College, Victoria;
conserving the historic fabric of the national heritage and world heritage listed
Royal Exhibition Building, Melbourne; work on the former St Matthew’s Church,
Tasmania; conservation work on Fremantle Prison, Western Australia; and restoration
work on the rare French façade of the Luna Park carousel organ, Melbourne.
Point Nepean Community Trust grant
The Point Nepean Defence Sites and Quarantine Station Area at the entrance to
Port Phillip Bay, Victoria, were entered in the National Heritage List on 16 June 2006
in recognition of their outstanding heritage value. The Quarantine Station is
managed by the Point Nepean Community Trust on behalf of the Commonwealth.
In June 2006 the Australian Government provided $27 million to the trust to
conserve heritage assets at the quarantine station, undertake infrastructure and
building works, and provide for public access and interpretation works. The trust
is working with the Victorian Government to develop a management plan to
protect the heritage values of all of Point Nepean.
Grants for Conservation of Cathedrals and Churches
In 2005–06 grants totalling $11 million were approved for conservation works to six
cathedrals and churches around the country. These consisted of $2 million to St John’s
Cathedral, Brisbane; $2 million to St Mary Star of the Sea, Melbourne; $2 million to
St Mary’s Cathedral, Hobart; $1 million to the Basilica of St Patrick, Fremantle; $3 million
to St Mary’s Cathedral, Perth; and $1 million to St George’s Cathedral, Perth.
National Trust Partnership Programme
The National Trust Partnership Programme supports activities of the National
Trust to increase public awareness, understanding and appreciation of Australia’s
cultural heritage, to enhance and promote its conservation.
125
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
The department paid $842 000 to Australia’s nine National Trusts in 2005–06.
Payments supported the completion of a comprehensive database of endangered
places, leading the International Trust movement to support emerging trusts in
Asia, working on disability standards through the Australian Building Code for
access to heritage buildings, raising awareness of maritime heritage and protecting
signifi cant coastal landscapes. Other projects involved developing heritage
education programmes about National Trust properties for schools and training
volunteers to coordinate and run programmes for schools and the public.
Sharing Australia’s Stories
This programme supports projects that showcase Australia’s distinctive national
character and identity, especially projects that show how local stories have
contributed to the great events and themes that have shaped our nation. The
fi rst round of the Sharing Australia’s Stories grants programme was run as a
competitive grants programme. In 2005–06 a different approach was adopted for
the second round.
The focus of the second round of the programme was on Australia’s coastal and
maritime heritage. Funds were allocated by the minister to activities that support
telling stories around this theme. A key example is the voyage of the Duyfken,
marking the 400th anniversary of the fi rst European contact with Australia. The
Duyfken will visit 25 ports across Australia during her 10-month voyage and will be
open for tours while in port. The Australian Government is the major sponsor for
the voyage as part of its 2006 coastal and maritime heritage theme (see page 123).
Gifts to the Nation
This programme provides one-off funding for appropriate projects promoting
national heritage stories and newly listed national heritage places as a key
component of the Australian Heritage Council’s public engagement activities.
Gift projects this year included an Australian Government contribution of
$30 000 to a joint French–Australian archaeological investigation at Recherche
Bay in Tasmania; a $100 000 gift to the Western Australian Museum for a range
of products to interpret and promote the national heritage values of the Dirk
Hartog landing site of 1616 at Cape Inscription, and to conduct survey work
associated with the 1629 Batavia shipwreck and survivors’ camps on Houtman
Abrolhos in Western Australia; $50 000 to the Northern Territory Department of
Natural Resources, Environment and the Arts for enhanced interpretation of the
Hermannsburg Historic Precinct, highlighting the precinct’s national heritage
values; $30 000 to the Murrindindi Shire for interpretation of the national heritage
values of the Yea Baragwanathia Flora Fossil Site, Victoria; and $30 000 to the
National Trust of Australia (Victoria) for interpretation of the national heritage
values of Rippon Lea in Melbourne.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 126
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Commemoration of Historic Events and Famous Persons
The Commemoration of Historic Events and Famous Persons Programme aims to
commemorate people, events and places of national historical signifi cance. The
programme funds projects such as erecting monuments, plaques and statues;
exhibitions; surveys of historical sites; and curatorial work. In 2005–06 funds
were provided to repair and maintain the graves of two former Australian prime
ministers, Andrew Fisher (Hampstead Cemetery) and Sir George Reid (Putney Vale
Cemetery) both in the United Kingdom.
Strengthening Tasmania—Low Head precinct
During 2005–06 the department paid $150 000 to refurbish a building dating from
the 1860s in the historic Low Head precinct near Launceston, Tasmania.
127
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Protected heritage areas
Number of nominations for heritage listing assessed and decisions taken on listing
76 National Heritage List assessments have been provided to the minister by the Australian Heritage Council (39 in 2005–06)
22 Commonwealth Heritage List assessments have been provided to the minister by the Australian Heritage Council (6 in 2005–06)
80 National Heritage List decisions have been announced under the standard and emergency listing provisions (44 in 2005–06)
23 Commonwealth Heritage List decisions have been announced under the standard and emergency listing provisions (12 in 2005–06)
Total numbers of (i) world heritage areas, (ii) national heritage places, (iii) Commonwealth heritage places and (iv) declarations for protection of Indigenous heritage under Part II of the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984
i) 16
ii) 31
iii) 339
iv) 0
Number of (i) world heritage areas, (ii) national heritage places and (iii) Commonwealth heritage places with management plans in operation
i) 15 have management plans. Heritage Victoria is currently preparing a management plan for the 16th area, the Royal Exhibition Building National Historic Place
ii) 3 historic places in Commonwealth ownership have management plans which will require review for EPBC Act requirements. It is still being determined how many other national heritage places not wholly in Commonwealth ownership have management plans
iii) 1 Commonwealth heritage place has a management plan in place and 1 other has a management plan for part of the place
Protected heritage objects
Number of assessments of protected objects completed and decisions on protection
The minister made 14 decisions about 64 objects on temporary and permanent export permit applications
Heritage conservation
Provider role
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Regulator role
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)
84%. Details and reasons are in volume 2, legislation annual reports
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 128
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Sharing Australia’s Stories
Extent to which support has contributed to local stories that have shaped our nation
The funded projects represent a range of stories concerning signifi cant events and themes that have shaped the nation, with a variety of successful outputs including events, pamphlets, books and exhibitions
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 22
Gifts to the Nation
Extent to which the promotion of national heritage stories and newly listed national heritage places as a key component of the Australian Heritage Council’s public engagement activities is improved
The minister has approved a range of Gifts to the Nation to assist in the promotion and management of newly listed national heritage places. These include contributing to a joint French–Tasmanian archaeological investigation of early exploration sites at Recherche Bay, Tasmania, and interpretation works at several places
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 8
Commemoration of Historic Events and Famous Persons
Extent to which the commemoration of people, events and places of national historical signifi cance is improved
The minister has approved funding for repairs and maintenance to the graves of former prime ministers Andrew Fisher, at Hampstead Cemetery and Sir George Reid, at Putney Vale Cemetery, in Britain
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 2
National Trust Partnership Programme (administered item)
Extent to which National Trust activities support the new national heritage system
The programme funds communication activities consistent with government themes; participation in the National Cultural Heritage Forum; support of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation (EPBC) Unit’s Heritage Outreach Offi cer; and liaison with the legislative processes relating to the heritage lists and the operations of the EPBC Act
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 9
129
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Regional Natural Heritage Programme (administered item)
Extent to which conservation of biodiversity hotspots in South-East Asia and the Pacifi c region is enhanced
Over the 3 rounds of the programme a total of 23 projects have been approved to assist countries in the Asia–Pacifi c region manage sites with high biodiversity with a focus on the need to protect areas that are under threat (biodiversity hotspots)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 23 (6 projects funded under the 2005–06 round)
Indigenous Heritage Programme (administered item)
Extent to which support for Indigenous people increases the awareness and management of Indigenous heritage nationally
Funding of 61 projects across Australia, many of which focus on the interpretation of Indigenous heritage, has signifi cantly increased the awareness and management of Indigenous heritage nationally
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 61
National Cultural Heritage Account (administered item)
Extent to which the preservation of heritage objects is increased by assisting their acquisition by Australian collecting institutions
The account assisted the acquisition of 5 heritage objects by Australian collecting institutions in 2005–06, including Indigenous objects, heritage machinery, historic musical instruments and art, and has thereby helped to ensure their preservation, and access to the public within Australia, for the long term
Number of objects acquired 5
Protecting Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots (Daintree Conservation Initiative) (administered item)
Extent to which recovery of the cassowary and protection of Daintree lowlands is improved
Under the Cassowary Conservation Project a desktop update of the North–South Cassowary Corridor Project has been completed
As at June 2006 a total of 57 hectares (on 12 properties) has been acquired under the Daintree Conservation Initiative. These properties are in prime cassowary habitat
Number of cassowary conservation activities funded
1. The biotropica research report was completed. It provides a framework to establish lowland habitat linkages for the southern cassowary between Cairns and Cardwell. Stakeholder meetings are due to be held to launch this framework plan. The plan is currently undergoing formal peer review
Number of rainforest conservation activities funded 12 high conservation value properties were acquired for a total of $1.267 million and planning work commenced for stewardship, publicity and education activities
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 130
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Heritag
e
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
National Heritage Investment Initiative (administered item)
Extent to which conservation of places of outstanding heritage value to the nation is improved, particularly places on the National Heritage list
This was the fi rst round of the programme and so no projects have been completed. Grants totalling $3.6 million were approved. The approved projects provide funding for restoration and conservation of a diverse range of places of national importance, varying from restoration of the art nouveau façade of the carousel organ at Luna Park, Melbourne, to restoration works on the walls of Fremantle Prison
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 18
Churches and cathedrals (administered item)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Number of projects funded 5
HMAS Sydney II Search (administered item)
Contribution to the implementation and completion of sonar search
HMAS Sydney II search has been re-scheduled to 2006–07 subject to HMAS Sydney Search Pty Ltd securing sponsorship required to commit to sonar search
Strengthening Tasmania—Low Head Precinct (administered item)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Output 1.4—Conservation of natural, Indigenous and historic heritage
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)(a)
84%. Details and reasons are given in the EPBC Act annual report
(a) Applies to areas that administer legislation, for example reporting timeframes triggered under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
131
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Her
itag
e
Resources
Departmental outputs Budget prices $’000
Actual expenses $’000
Total (Output 1.4: Natural, Indigenous and historic heritage) 23 527 22 830
Administered items
Grants-in-Aid-National Trust
Regional Natural Heritage Programme
Maintenance and Protection of Indigenous Heritage Programme
National Cultural Heritage Account
Protecting Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots (Daintree Conservation Initiative)
Strengthening Tasmania – Low Head Precinct
National Heritage Investment Initiative
Point Nepean Community Trust(a)
Churches and cathedrals
842
4 358
3 256
682
2 650
150
2 200
27 000
10 500
842
4 260
3 261
479
2 650
150
2 200
0
10 500
Total (Administered) 51 638 24 342
Other annual reports providing information on this output
Annual report on the operation of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 included in the second volume of this set of annual reports
Annual report on the operation of the Protection of Movable Cultural Heritage
Act 1986 included in the second volume of this set of annual reports
Annual report of the Natural Heritage Trust at www.nht.gov.au/publications
(a) In accordance with the government’s accrual accounting framework, the amount will be recorded as actual expenses when the Point Nepean Trust carries out the works it has been paid for.
OUTCOME 1—ENVIRONMENT HUMAN SETTLEMENTS
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 134
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Human settlements
The Department of the Environment and Heritage works with all levels of
government, and with the community and industry to minimise the impact of
human settlements and industrial processes on Australia’s environment.
Main responsibilities for this output
• Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities
• National Pollutant Inventory
Policy
Coordination
Division
• Environmental impact assessments and approvals
• Sea dumping and sea installations regulation
Approvals and
Wildlife Division
• Support for the Environment Protection and
Heritage Council and the National Environment
Protection Council
• Air quality
• Vehicle emissions and fuel quality
• Ozone layer protection
• Product stewardship schemes
• National Packaging Covenant
• Water effi ciency labelling
• Hazardous substances regulation
• Biotechnology risk assessment
• Chemical risk assessment
Environment
Quality Division
• Supervision of uranium mining in the Alligator
Rivers Region
Supervising
Scientist Division
Objectives
Environmental research
• Improve the capacity to understand and respond to current and emerging
challenges facing Australia’s environmental assets
135
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Environmental assessments
• Protect the matters of national environmental signifi cance defi ned in the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
• Protect the marine environment through the management of dumping under
the Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act 1981
Pollution prevention strategies
• Facilitate consistency in national air, water, soil and noise standards, and
provide all Australians with the benefi t of equal environmental protection
wherever they live
• Improve urban air quality in order to protect human health and the
environment by reducing emissions of pollutants to the atmosphere
• Protect the stratospheric ozone layer
• Reduce pollution from waste by increasing collection, reuse and recycling
• Improve the environmental performance of industry
• Improve public information by promoting better reporting and labelling
• Protect the environment and human health from hazardous substances and
organisms
Supervision of uranium mines
• Monitor, audit and supervise uranium mining in the Alligator Rivers Region of
the Northern Territory
Results 2005–06
• The Minister for the Environment and Heritage announced the fi rst
four research hubs to receive $25.3 million over four years under the
$60 million national component of the $100 million Commonwealth
Environment Research Facilities programme. The four research hubs are
the Australian Centre for Applied Marine Mammal Science in Hobart, the
Tropical Rivers and Coastal Knowledge hub covering northern Australia,
the University of Tasmania’s Landscape Logic—Linking Land and Water
Management to Resource Condition Targets and the University of
Queensland’s research hub for Applied Environmental Decision Analysis.
• The minister announced over $6 million would be invested in 2006–07
in 38 research projects to explore and protect some of Australia’s most
applauded natural assets under the $40 million Marine and Tropical
Sciences Research Facility based at James Cook University campuses in
Cairns and Townsville.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 136
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
• Since July 2000 more than 1 250 matters of national environmental
signifi cance have been protected through the referral, assessment and
approval process, with 270 of these matters protected in 2005–06.
• The department funded 13 research projects to investigate a wide range
of air quality issues under the Clean Air Research Programme. The
research fi ndings will inform standard setting and air quality management
strategies.
• From 1 January 2006 the fuel quality standards for benzene levels in petrol
and polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon and sulfur levels in diesel were
strengthened under the Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000.
• The department’s fuel quality sampling capability was increased this year
enabling a record number of samples to be tested for compliance with the
Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000. For the fi rst time samples of liquefi ed
petroleum gas (LPG) were tested. Increased fuel sampling will lead to
cleaner fuels and lower emissions of pollution.
• The network of oil recycling facilities was extended into remote pastoral
and Indigenous areas in northern and central Australia. Since the
implementation of the Product Stewardship for Oil Programme, used oil
recycling has increased by about 40 per cent. These efforts signifi cantly
reduce the amount of oil being dumped and polluting the environment.
• National end use regulations were introduced for the refrigeration and
air conditioning and the fi re protection industries. The regulations set
minimum skill and working standards and will directly lead to reduced
emissions of ozone depleting substances and their synthetic greenhouse
gas replacements.
• A recent report indicates that plastic bag consumption in Australia has
fallen by 34.2 per cent or over two billion bags over the last three years.
This means fewer plastic bags are entering the waste stream and polluting
the environment.
• The department received 4 000 registrations under the new labelling
scheme for water effi cient products (Water Effi ciency Labelling and
Standards Scheme), and began to inform the water appliance industry of
the scheme and its requirements. The scheme will enable consumers to
choose the most water effi cient appliances, and will encourage innovation
by industry, leading to less wastage of precious water supplies.
• Research, monitoring and supervision indicate that the environment
of the Alligator Rivers Region remains protected from the impacts of
uranium mining.
137
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Environmental research
Scientifi c research and data are essential for the development of sound
environmental policy. The department aims to improve Australia’s capacity to
understand and respond to current and emerging priorities for the conservation
and use of the nation’s environmental assets by supporting research and providing
information to the community.
Commonwealth environment research facilities
In September 2005 the Minister for the Environment and Heritage launched the
Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities programme, a $100 million
programme to address critical gaps in knowledge and understanding of the
pressures facing Australia’s unique environment. The programme will foster
professional partnerships between researchers, end users and policy makers
through funding collaborative, multi-institutional research hubs or networks.
The Australian Government is investing $60 million over four years for national
environmental research. During 2005–06 the department received
149 expressions of interest for a series of competitive grants. Funding totalling
$25.3 million will be provided to the following four research hubs:
Research hub for Applied Environmental Decision Analysis: The University
of Queensland will receive $6.9 million to establish a research hub addressing
Australia’s environmental planning, decision making and policy approaches.
Research hub for Tropical Rivers and Coastal Knowledge: A group of seven
researchers from research institutes in Western Australia, the Northern Territory
and Queensland will receive $8 million to improve management information for
northern Australia’s catchments.
Research hub for Landscape Logic—Linking Land and Water Management
to Resource Condition Targets: The University of Tasmania will receive
$7.9 million to establish a research hub that will develop tools to improve the
sustainability of natural resource management practices.
Australian Centre for Applied Marine Mammal Science: The Australian
Antarctic Division will receive $2.5 million over four years to establish a research
hub to address critical gaps in understanding about the conservation of Australia’s
40 species of whales and dolphins, as well as dugongs and 10 species of seals.
These research hubs will make a signifi cant contribution to addressing knowledge
gaps for environmental decision-making in areas of key policy interest to the
Australian Government. Additional research will be announced early in 2006–07.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 138
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Marine and Tropical Sciences Research Facility
As part of the Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities programme
$40 million will be invested over fi ve years for a Marine and Tropical Sciences
Research Facility based at James Cook University campuses in Cairns and
Townsville.
In 2005–06 $2.5 million was spent on a range of research projects under the
Marine and Tropical Sciences Research Facility transition contracts.
In the fi rst half of 2006, a four-year research investment strategy was developed to
guide the strategic direction of the research. The strategy is accompanied by an
annual research plan, detailing the research to be conducted in the fi rst year of
operation. The research plan for 2006–07 covers:
• the Great Barrier Reef, wet tropics rainforests and Torres Strait ecosystems
• conservation issues and protecting species
• evidence of climate change on the Great Barrier Reef, rainforests and
catchments
• threats and impacts of invasive pests
• water quality
• sustainable use and management of marine resources of the Great Barrier Reef
• planning and management of tropical rainforest landscapes.
The minister announced that over $6 million would be invested in 2006–07
covering 38 research projects to explore and protect some of Australia’s most
valued natural assets. Research being conducted by the facility will focus on
identifying, understanding and ameliorating a range of pressures currently facing
the Great Barrier Reef, tropical rainforests including the Wet Tropics World
Heritage Area, and the Torres Strait.
National Pollutant Inventory
The National Pollutant Inventory is a free publicly available database of chemical
emissions information. People use it to fi nd out the types and amounts of
chemical substances being emitted into the air, land and water from industrial
processes and other activities. The National Environment Protection (National
Pollutant Inventory) Measure is the statutory basis for the inventory. The
measure requires industry to report on emissions if they exceed certain levels
and the department to publish the results each year in the National Pollutant
Inventory.
One of the aims of the National Pollutant Inventory is to encourage government,
industry and the community to improve their environmental performance by
reducing emissions.
139
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
The Australian Government
provided funding of $4 million
over three years (2005–2008)
for the National Pollutant
Inventory. Funding was
extended by $5.2 million in
2005 for the period 2005–2009.
The National Pollutant
Inventory database is available
at www.npi.gov.au.
Annual results
The 2004–05 National Pollutant
Inventory results were
published in January 2006. The
number of facilities reporting to the inventory rose from 3 629 in 2003–04 to 3 826
in 2004–05. The number of facilities reporting each year is steadily increasing as
more companies become aware of their obligations.
There are 90 chemical substances listed in the National Pollutant Inventory
for which emissions must be reported. For 2004–05 just over half of these
substances had decreased emissions compared to the previous year. For
example, the amount of phosphorus entering the Murray–Darling Basin from
sewerage and water treatment plants fell 31 per cent during 2004–05. In other
cases emissions rose, for example, the amount of benzene rose 33 per cent
over the previous year, refl ecting an increase in manufacturing and processing
activities.
It is not clear what proportion of the lower emissions is attributable to improved
environmental performance from installing new equipment or changing the way
facilities operate. Several industries undertook work to improve the accuracy of
their data, and this may have had an impact on calculation of emissions. Some
industries may also have reduced their production levels, thereby reducing
emissions.
Review of the National Pollutant Inventory
The National Environment Protection Council commenced the statutory process
to make a variation to the National Environment Protection (National Pollutant
Inventory) Measure in July 2005. The council will consider ways to improve the
inventory’s effectiveness both as a source of information and as a driver of cleaner
The National Pollutant Inventory provides Australians with free access to information on the types and amounts of pollutants being emitted in their community. Photo: Greg Rippon
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 140
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
production. A project team and a technical advisory panel were established and
have provided documentation on:
• including data on the transfer of substances in waste
• adding industries such as aquaculture and crematoria
• including greenhouse gases as National Pollutant Inventory substances
• adding or removing substances from the list
• changing the reporting timeframes
• reducing the reporting threshold for some substances including mercury and
particulate matter.
The council agreed in June 2006 to release the draft National Environment
Protection Measure variation, impact statement and other supporting documents
for public consultation. The public consultation will commence in late July 2006.
An associated project is under way to upgrade, improve and streamline the data
collection, approval, analysis and public reporting processes of the National
Pollutant Inventory.
Environmental assessmentThe Department of the Environment and Heritage manages referral, assessment
and approval processes under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999.
The department also manages assessment and approval processes under other
federal laws, particularly the Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act 1981 and
the Sea Installations Act 1987.
Environmental assessments and approvals
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 establishes
procedures for determining which actions require approval under the Act, and
the related environmental assessment and approval processes. Approvals are
required for actions that are likely to have a signifi cant impact on those matters of
national environmental signifi cance protected under Part 3 of the Act. Approval
is also required for actions of the Australian Government and actions involving
Commonwealth land that are likely to have a signifi cant impact on the environment.
Since the commencement of the Act in July 2000, more than 1 250 matters of
national environmental signifi cance (including aspects of the environment for
actions of the Australian Government or actions involving Commonwealth land)
have been protected through the referral, assessment and approval process,
with 270 of these matters being protected in 2005–06. The matters of national
environmental signifi cance protected include world heritage properties,
Ramsar wetlands of international importance, threatened species and ecological
communities, migratory species, and the Commonwealth marine environment.
141
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Timeframes for all decision-making in the referral, assessment and approval
process are fully specifi ed in the Act. The chart (below) shows the percentage
of such decisions that have been made within statutory timeframes since the
commencement of the Act. In 2005–06, 85 per cent of decisions were made within
statutory timeframes.
Timeliness of decision-making in the referral, assessment and approval process is
an ongoing challenge for the department.
A full report on the department’s environmental assessment and approval
activities can be found in the detailed report on the operation of the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 included in the second volume
of this set of annual reports. The detailed report also includes information on:
• compliance activities being undertaken by the department, including the
operation of the department’s Environment Investigations Unit
• new guidelines to help the public understand what impacts could be classed as
signifi cant and hence require detailed assessment and approval under the Act
• stakeholder and public awareness activities undertaken by the department,
including successful training and information sessions on the Act held for local
and regional bodies across Australia and strategic regional planning projects in
two high growth regions in Western Australia and Queensland.
Project work is partly funded through the national component of the Natural
Heritage Trust. During 2005–06, $2 million was invested from the Natural Heritage
Trust in environmental assessment and approval related projects—this fi gure
includes funding for projects related to assessments under the Environment
Protection (Sea Dumping) Act 1981, discussed on next page.
Percentage of statutory timeframes met, 2000 to present
0
25
50
75
100
2000–01 2001–02 2002–03 2003–04 2004–05 2005–06
Per
cent
age
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 142
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Sea dumping and sea installations regulation
The Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act 1981 was enacted to fulfi l
Australia’s international responsibilities under the London Convention of 1972 and
has been amended to implement the 1996 Protocol to the London Convention,
which Australia ratifi ed in 2001. The Act regulates the deliberate loading and
dumping of wastes and other matter at sea.
In 2005–06, 21 sea dumping permits were issued. This refl ected the continual
need to dispose of dredged material at sea due to expansion of ports across
Australia particularly as a result of the increase in the resources export market.
Reviews of applications for offshore disposal of dredged material involve detailed
environmental impact assessments in accordance with the National Ocean
Disposal Guidelines for Dredged Material.
This year the department investigated a breach of the Environment Protection (Sea
Dumping) Act 1981 by Robe River Mining Co Pty Ltd, a member of the Rio Tinto
Group, in relation to an extension of the Cape Lambert Tug Pen basin. The company
received an offi cial warning after it agreed to make substantial improvements
in environmental management, including improved auditing and reconciliation
of projects against environmental mitigation conditions and the creation of an
environmental manager position within its business unit. The department accepted
that the breach primarily occurred as a consequence of project modifi cations and
inadequate monitoring, rather than a deliberate decision to contravene the Act.
There was a continual request for permits under the Environment Protection (Sea
Dumping) Act 1981 to place artifi cial reefs and to dispose of unwanted vessels at sea.
The Sea Installations Act 1987 regulates the construction and operation of human-
made devices, equipment and other installations in the marine environment
including tourism pontoons and fi sh aggregation devices. The Act ensures that sea
installations are operated safely, are environmentally sound and are operated in a
manner that is consistent with the protection of the environment.
Most sea installations in Australia are within the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park. In
2005–06 the department issued six permits/exemptions for sea installations under
the Act.
Pollution prevention strategiesDeveloping and implementing strategies to prevent pollution are important parts
of the department’s activities. The department’s pollution prevention strategies
focus on reducing pollution at the source, and promoting the collection, reuse and
recycling of waste materials. The successful delivery of these strategies relies on
cooperation with the state and territory governments and with industry. Ministerial
councils are the key forum for making decisions on priorities and agreed
management actions.
143
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Environment Protection and Heritage Council
The Environment Protection and Heritage Council comprises environment and
planning ministers from Australia’s federal, state and territory governments. The
scope of the council includes environment protection and heritage responsibilities
and it is the key forum in which the department pursues activities for pollution
prevention and managing impacts from human settlements. The council
incorporates the National Environment Protection Council (see below).
In February 2006, the Council of Australian Governments set priorities for the
Environment Protection and Heritage Council on climate change, transport,
greenhouse gas emissions reporting, chemicals regulation and reducing the
regulatory burden on industry. Other priorities include air quality standards,
varying the National Pollutant Inventory, water recycling guidelines, water
effi ciency labelling, product stewardship for used materials such as tyres,
computers and televisions, and an environmental risk management framework for
chemicals. All of these priorities are embraced in the strategic plan for 2006–2008
which the Environment Protection and Heritage Council agreed in June 2006.
Support for the National Environment Protection Council
The National Environment Protection Council is a statutory body with law-making
powers established under the National Environment Protection Council Act 1994
and corresponding legislation in the states and territories.
Each jurisdiction contributes funding to support the National Environment
Protection Council with the Australian Government contributing 50 per cent.
The department paid the Australian Government’s annual contribution which in
2005–06 was $440 000. This contribution goes to the National Environment
Protection Council Service Corporation which provides secretariat, project
management and administrative services.
Detailed outcomes are reported in the annual report on the operation of the
National Environment Protection Council Act 1994 available at
www.ephc.gov.au/nepc/annual_reports.html.
See page 203 for information on the Governance Review of Statutory Authorities
and Offi ce Holders: National Environment Protection Council.
Air quality
Australians consistently rank air pollution as a major environmental concern
although Australia’s air quality is generally good. Actions taken by Australian
governments to improve air quality have already delivered billions of dollars in
avoided health costs.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 144
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
The department works with other governments and industry to reduce air
emissions of major pollutants. The department’s work focuses on tackling the
major sources of air pollution, including motor vehicles, woodheaters, and
industry as well as specifi c pollutants that pose threats to human health and the
environment. Another focus is improving the quality of indoor air in non-industrial
settings.
As a result of these collaborative efforts, the levels of major pollutants including
nitrogen dioxide, lead, carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide in
Australian cities are generally lower now than they were 10 to 15 years ago.
Particles and ozone levels are still a major concern in some cities. In larger cities,
the levels of ozone exceed the national standard several times a year. Particle levels
continue to exceed the national standard in some areas. Smoke from woodheaters
is a common cause of elevated particle levels, particularly during the cooler
months.
To improve access to air quality data the department is establishing a national air
quality database, which is expected to be operational in early 2007. These data will
inform future decisions on standard setting and management strategies, and allow
better assessment of the status and trends in air quality.
Trends in air quality for the period 1991–2001 are available in the State of the Air
Report at www.deh.gov.au/atmosphere/airquality/publications/status.
Air quality standards
National Environment Protection Measures outline agreed national objectives for
protecting or managing particular aspects of the environment. These measures
have the force of law under the National Environment Protection Council Act
1994 and mirror legislation in the states and territories.
In 1998 the National Environment Protection (Ambient Air Quality) Measure was
made to set acceptable levels for the six common air pollutants: particles, ground-
level ozone, carbon monoxide, lead, nitrogen dioxide and sulfur dioxide.
The National Environment Protection Council began a review of the Ambient Air
Quality Measure in April 2005. The review is due to be completed in 2008, and
resulting changes to the measure will ensure that Australia has the most
up-to-date and effective policy framework to protect human health from exposure
to air pollution. As part of the review, the department contributed to a preliminary
review of the ozone and sulfur dioxide standards, and to a scoping paper that
sought public views on issues that ought to be considered by the review.
The National Environment Protection Council made the National Environment
Protection (Air Toxics) Measure in December 2004. The purpose of the Air Toxics
Measure is to gather information about the concentrations and distribution of air
145
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
toxics compounds in the environment for the purpose of setting new national air
quality standards for these pollutants. The measure sets benchmarks (monitoring
investigation levels) for fi ve air toxic pollutants—benzene, formaldehyde,
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, toluene and xylenes—against which to assess
the information being gathered.
In October 2005 the department assisted with the development of a methodology
for ranking air toxics for possible future inclusion in the measure.
Information on National Environment Protection Measures is available on the
Environment Protection and Heritage Council website at www.ephc.gov.au/nepms.
Managing woodsmoke pollution
Woodheaters are a major source of urban air pollution in some areas in winter.
During 2005–06 the department developed a certifi cation procedure to improve
woodheater compliance with pollutant emission standards. Work will continue
with other jurisdictions and industry over 2006–07 to implement the procedure,
including an ongoing audit of woodheaters and actions to increase public access to
details on woodheater performance.
While marked improvements have been made, Launceston in Tasmania continues
to experience poor air quality during the cooler months. In response to this
problem, the department provided grants to four industrial facilities under the
Launceston Clean Air Industry Programme to assist them to make technological
changes to reduce pollutant emissions. This three-year, $1 million programme will
build on a previous grants programme that helped 2 242 householders to replace
woodheaters with less-polluting alternatives. Together these initiatives will help
to continue the current trend of decreasing the number of annual exceedences of
particle pollution in the region.
CycleConnect
The $2.4 million CycleConnect Grants Programme promotes cycling as a way of
reducing air pollution in cities by installing secure bicycle parking facilities at city
bus and train stations. In 2004–05, the department provided $0.9 million in grants
to partners in Sydney, Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide, Fremantle and Bendigo to
extend existing bicycle locker schemes by 1 100 lockers or cage spaces. In 2005–06
the department paid a further $1.2 million to partners in Sydney, Melbourne,
Perth, Adelaide and Darwin to increase bicycle locker and cage capacity by
1 200 spaces at train or bus stations.
Clean Air Research Programme
In April 2006 the department provided funding of $1.4 million for 13 research
projects to investigate important air quality issues under the Clean Air Research
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 146
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Programme. These research projects will be funded until June 2008 and will
address a broad range of priority research questions such as ground-level ozone
formation, public exposure to air pollutants and the estimated health benefi ts of
improved air quality. When completed, the fi ndings of these research projects will
help inform policy to address the risks associated with air pollution and develop
effective strategies for its reduction.
Indoor air quality
During 2005–06 the department consulted with key stakeholders to identify
priority pollutants for action and research, and to identify strategies to improve air
quality in non-industrial indoor settings. Building on this work, the department is
funding a new formaldehyde study in 2006. This national study will measure levels
of formaldehyde in a range of indoor environments, including mobile homes,
caravans and demountable buildings where formaldehyde-containing materials
are typically used in high amounts, to determine if this pollutant poses a risk to
people’s health and requires management action.
Vehicle emissions and fuel quality standards
Motor vehicles are the largest contributor to urban air pollution in Australia and
have a major infl uence on the incidence of smog and haze. To reduce motor
vehicle pollution the Australian Government has introduced national fuel quality
standards and is improving emissions standards for cars, buses and trucks.
The standards are contributing to improvements in environmental and health
outcomes. The standards also pave the way for new, cleaner vehicle technologies,
which will bring fuel consumption benefi ts.
The Department of the Environment and Heritage administers the Fuel Quality
Standards Act 2000. These standards currently apply to the quality of petrol,
diesel, biodiesel and autogas sold in Australia. The Department of Transport and
Regional Services is responsible for developing vehicle emission standards through
progressive tightening of vehicle design which is set to continue until 2010.
The limits for a number of key parameters regulated under the petrol and diesel
standards were either introduced or tightened from 1 January 2006 including:
• sulfur levels in diesel were limited to 50 milligrams per kilogram
• maximum diesel density level was limited to 850 kilograms per cubic metre
• polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon levels in diesel were limited to 11 per cent of
total mass
• benzene levels in all grades of petrol were limited to no more than 1 per cent of
total volume.
The department is responsible for monitoring fuel at outlets including terminals,
depots and service stations to ensure it complies with the standards.
147
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
The department will spend
$6.3 million over four years from
2006–07 to increase fuel quality
compliance inspections. This
will help to ensure fuel quality
standards are being met, thereby
increasing consumer confi dence. It
will also help prevent poor quality
fuel having negative impacts on
vehicle operability and on the
environment, through increased
emissions of pollutants. In 2005–06
the department extended fuel
quality sampling to include liquefi ed
petroleum gas (LPG). This year the
fi rst samples of LPG were tested for
compliance with the Fuel Quality
Standards Act 2000.
The Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000
was reviewed during 2005–06. The
review concluded that the overall
policy objectives of the Act are being
met and should not be altered,
but recommended strengthening
the monitoring, compliance and enforcement programme, and simplifying
administration of the Act, in particular the current approvals system for variations
to standards. Work commenced in April 2006 to implement the recommendations
arising from the review.
A full report on the operation of the Act including details of the outcomes of the
review appears in the second volume of this set of annual reports.
Reducing diesel emissions
Diesel vehicles make a disproportionately high contribution to oxides of nitrogen
and particle air pollution from the transport sector. Emissions from diesel vehicles
have the potential to cause adverse health impacts and detract from urban amenity.
The department supports in-service emissions testing for diesel (and petrol)
vehicles through funding agreements with the states and territories. Diesel vehicles
are tested for compliance with the exhaust emissions standards in the National
Environment Protection (Diesel Vehicle Emissions) Measure. In-service emission
testing helps to promote compliance with the standards and to reduce particle
pollution, smoke and smog-forming pollutants emitted from these vehicles.
The Australian Government runs a fuel sampling programme to monitor the quality of fuels sold in Australia. Fuels are sampled throughout the fuel supply chain, including at service station forecourts. Photo: Alastair Betts
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 148
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
During the year, the department signed a $480 000 funding agreement with
the Tasmanian Department of Primary Industries, Water and Environment for a
programme to reduce diesel emissions.
The Australian Government’s energy white paper Securing Australia’s Energy
Future announced the introduction from 1 July 2006 of tax credits for users of
heavy diesel vehicles who can demonstrate that their vehicle is not a high polluter.
One of the fi ve permissible criteria for eligibility is to pass the in-service emission
standard referred to in the National Environment Protection (Diesel Vehicle
Emissions) Measure.
Biofuels
The Prime Minister released the Biofuels Taskforce report in September 2005. The
taskforce examined the latest scientifi c evidence on the impacts of ethanol and
other biofuels on human health, the environment, and the operation of motor
vehicles. The department commenced work on aspects of the government’s
response to the Biofuels Taskforce report, including:
• a study on the health impact of ethanol. The study will assess the comparative
impact of low ethanol blend fuel on tailpipe particulate and evaporative
emissions and the resulting impacts under Australian conditions. Reliable
Australian data will assist in quantifying the health costs and benefi ts of using
low ethanol blend fuels
• a testing programme to assess how vehicles in the Australian market operate
on E5 (5 per cent ethanol and 95 per cent petrol) and E10 (10 per cent
ethanol and 90 per cent petrol). The study will focus on vehicle performance,
compatibility of engine components and engine durability. Results will provide
further information on the suitability of low ethanol blends and inform
decision-making on whether E5 blends may be sold unlabelled
• simplifi ed labelling requirements for fuels containing ethanol. In January 2006
the existing, complex E10 fuel label was replaced with simplifi ed labelling that
is more easily understood
• biodiesel blend standards. Standards already exist under the Fuel Quality
Standards Act 2000 for 100 per cent biodiesel and for automotive or petroleum
diesel, but not for blends of the two. Blends have proliferated on the Australian
market. Establishing standard forms of biodiesel will increase consumer
confi dence and provide certainty to the market.
Emissions studies
Motor vehicles are well-known sources of air pollution and their emissions are
being regulated through fuel quality standards and emissions testing. With no or
low emissions control, often primitive combustion technology and widespread
use, small engines are also a signifi cant source of pollution. This year the
department supported a study examining how much pollution comes from small
149
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
engines (two and four stroke cycle), including lawn mowers, hand-held garden
equipment and outboard motors.
So far a national inventory and a model to benchmark the environmental
performance of garden equipment and marine outboards (the two major non-
road contributors) have been completed. This information will inform air quality
management strategies in relation to emissions from small engines.
The department is providing funds for the second National In-service Emissions
Study. This study will test emissions from passenger vehicles, four wheel drives and
light commercial vehicles. The data will be used for emissions modelling and to
inform policy development with respect to vehicle emissions management.
A preliminary study was completed in September 2005. This study tested 60 light
duty petrol vehicles built in the period 1986–2002 for their emissions performance.
Further testing is expected to commence in 2007.
Ozone layer protection
Some chemicals used by industry for applications such as refrigeration,
air conditioning, foam production and fi re protection deplete the earth’s
stratospheric ozone layer. Ozone depletion allows biologically harmful ultraviolet
rays to reach the earth’s surface. Under the Montreal Protocol to the Vienna
Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer countries have agreed on dates
for phasing out ozone depleting substances.
Australia meets its obligations under the protocol through the Commonwealth
Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act 1989
administered by the department. Under the Act, the department controls the
manufacture, import and export of all ozone depleting substances and their
synthetic greenhouse gas replacements, as well as regulating the end uses to
minimise emissions of these harmful gases. The department also develops policy
responses and programmes to phase out ozone depleting substances and to
minimise emissions of ozone depleting substances and their synthetic greenhouse
gas replacements.
In 2005–06 Australia continued to meet or exceed its responsibilities under the
Montreal Protocol. Australia will cease consumption of hydrochlorofl uorocarbons
by 2015, fi ve years ahead of its obligations under the Montreal Protocol. In doing
so, Australia will use 60 per cent less hydrochlorofl uorocarbons than permitted
under the Montreal Protocol in the period to 2020 (see chart on page 150).
Under the Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act
1989 a licence is required to import, export and manufacture ozone depleting
substances. Section 40 of the Act allows the Minister for the Environment and
Heritage to grant exemptions to import products containing prohibited ozone
depleting substances where they are essential for medical, veterinary, defence,
industrial safety or public safety purposes, and where no practical alternatives are
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 150
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
available. More information is available at www.deh.gov.au/atmosphere/ozone/
licences/index.html.
This year the department received 568 licence applications. All applications were
assessed within the statutory timeframe, with no disruption to applicants’ business
when the new licence period commenced on 1 January 2006.
The department received 11 applications for an exemption under section 40 of the
Act, and all these exemptions were granted to qualifying applicants.
In 2005 consumption of methyl bromide for non-quarantine and pre-shipment
purposes was reduced to 117.5 tonnes for approved critical uses. The department
has put in place supply controls to ensure that methyl bromide is used only by
critical use exemption holders.
The department manages Australia’s National Halon Bank. The facility recovers and
stores halon that is required for essential aviation and maritime use. It also collects and
destroys surplus halon from Australian business and the community. In 2005–06 the
department oversaw the collection and destruction of 10 tonnes of halon, 21 tonnes
of chlorofl uorocarbon from decommissioned mining equipment in Indonesia, and
28 tonnes of chlorofl uorocarbon from the United States and New Zealand.
The department implemented a national end use system to minimise emissions
of ozone depleting substances and synthetic greenhouse gases used in the fi re
protection and refrigeration and air conditioning industries. Under this system,
businesses and technicians who handle these products must be licensed,
demonstrate skills to an appropriate level and adhere to relevant Australian standards.
Australia’s performance against Montreal Protocol obligations
Australia’s consumption of ozone depleting substances has decreased in advance of our responsibilities due to government and industry initiatives to accelerate the phase-out of these substances.
0
200
400
600
800
1 000
1 200
1 400
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
Ozo
ne d
eple
ting
sub
stan
ces
(to
nnes
)
Australia's imports Australia's Montreal Protocol limit
151
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Detailed performance results on the operation of the Ozone Protection and
Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act 1989 appear in the second volume of
this set of annual reports.
Product stewardship schemes
The department works closely with industry and with state, territory and local
governments to address waste issues through product stewardship initiatives.
The department is working with the states and territories to investigate the scope
for implementing stewardship programmes for tyres, televisions, mobile phones,
computers and plastic bags. Stewardship programmes are already operating for
newsprint, packaging and waste oil.
Product Stewardship for Oil Programme
Each year, about 520 million litres of lubricating oil is sold in Australia. Of this
amount, about 280 to 300 million litres of used oil is generated. If disposed
of incorrectly, this oil can cause serious damage to the environment. It can
contaminate the soil, groundwater, streams, rivers, lakes and drinking water.
The Product Stewardship for Oil Programme came into effect on 1 January 2001 to
encourage used oil recycling by providing benefi t payments to used oil recyclers.
The department has policy responsibility for the programme, while the Australian
Taxation Offi ce administers the levy and benefi t elements of the programme.
A total of $17.2 million in product stewardship benefi ts was paid in 2005–06,
with $14 million paid to recyclers for recycling used oil, an increase of almost
10 per cent from 2004–05. The volume of oil for which benefi ts were paid this year
was 210 million litres, compared to 220 million litres in 2004–05.
Industry estimates that about 150–165 million litres of used oil was being recycled
prior to the implementation of the programme. Since its implementation, used oil
recycling has increased by about 40 per cent.
The Australian Government provided $34.5 million in transitional assistance
funding from July 2000 until June 2007 as an interim mechanism to engender
change that will underpin the long-term viability of the oil recycling industry. This
assistance complements the stewardship levy-benefi t arrangements.
Since it began, the Product Stewardship for Oil Programme has funded the
installation of 850 used oil collection facilities, with over 80 additional facilities
funded in 2005–06. This year 37 grants worth a total of $2.7 million were also
approved. Five of these grants, worth about $0.9 million, extend the used oil
collection infrastructure network into remote pastoral and Indigenous areas in
northern and central Australia.
Detailed performance results on the operation of the Product Stewardship (Oil)
Act 2000 appear in the second volume of this set of annual reports.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 152
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Reusing waste oil
Oil is a valuable and fi nite resource. Each year more than 500 million litres of lubricating oil is sold in Australia, of which at least 280 million litres is available for recycling.
The Product Stewardship for Oil Programme aims to increase recycling. The programme provides benefi t payments to used oil recyclers and provides funds for used oil collection facilities. Since it began in 2000, the programme has helped establish 850 collection facilities across Australia and has increased oil collection and recycling by about 40 per cent, from 160 million litres to 210 million litres per year.
Bitumen blowing test plant,
Bunbury, WATreating used oil as part of the recycling
process leaves a residue; this
partly completed test plant for
Wren Oil will allow the company
to process the residue so that
it can be used in road bitumen.
Recycling centre,Umuwa, SA
Establishing a recycling centre
at Umuwa in the Anangu–
Pitjantjatjara lands will provide safe
storage for the oil in these drums
and other waste before it is sent
for recycling, and will also create employment
opportunities.
Collection facility, Dalgety, NSW
A regional upgrade of
collection facilities at Jindabyne, Adaminaby,
Eucumbene and Dalgety (pictured) will allow 35 000
litres of used oil to be collected each year for recycling.
Collection facility, Penola, SA
This new collection facility at Penola will enable the collection and recycling of up
to 10 000 litres of used oil per year.
Collection facility, Maryborough, Qld
This new collection facility at Maryborough will allow the city
to collect and recycle an extra 5 640 litres of
used oil per year.
Oil recycling facility location
Featured facilities
153
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
National Packaging Covenant
The National Packaging Covenant is a voluntary arrangement to reduce the
environmental impacts of packaging. Companies that sign the covenant develop
plans to reduce the impacts of their packaging.
The National Packaging Covenant Council with membership from industry and
governments has overall responsibility for the implementation and management
of the covenant. The department provides secretariat support and administration
services for the covenant. In 2005–06 the Natural Heritage Trust contributed
$116 875 toward administration and has committed funding for a further two
years.
The National Packaging Covenant commenced in 1999 and by 2005 had over
600 signatories. After extensive review in 2004 the covenant was strengthened and
renewed for a further fi ve years commencing in July 2005. The revised covenant
commits signatories to new performance targets, including:
• a national recycling target of 65 per cent for packaging by the end of 2010
• no new packaging waste (above 2003 levels) going to landfi ll
• a national recycling rate of 25 per cent for materials that are currently not
recycled.
Sector representation in the National Packaging Covenant
Industry associations 4%
Community organisations <1%
Brand owners 71%
Packaging manufacturers 13%
Local governments, groups and associations 4%
Raw material suppliers 3%
Waste managers <1%
Governments 2%
Wholesalers and retailers 3%
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 154
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Signatories are now required to provide data against the key performance targets
and for the fi rst time this will allow national data to be generated on packaging
waste and recycling. This will allow determination to be made of whether the
desired outcomes are being delivered by the covenant.
The National Packaging Covenant is underpinned by the National Environment
Protection (Used Packaging Materials) Measure. Under this measure governments
agree to require brand owners who are not covenant signatories to take back and
recycle a percentage of their packaging products. The covenant council is aiming
to increase recycling and reduce packaging by focusing on retrieving beverage
containers from pubs, clubs and events and ensuring they are recycled.
In July 2006, 423 signatories had either re-signed or were new signatories to
the covenant. All sectors of the packaging supply chain and governments are
represented with the highest number of signatories being brand owners
(refer to chart on page 153).
Plastic bags
A 2002 study estimated
that 50 to 80 million plastic
bags end up as litter in
Australia each year. They
can harm aquatic and
terrestrial animals. In 2002
the Environment Protection
and Heritage Council asked
the retail industry and
the community to work
together to cut plastic bag
litter by 75 per cent by
the end of 2004. Retailers
responded by adopting
targets in a code of practice for reducing the use of single use, light weight plastic
shopping bags, including a 25 per cent reduction by code of practice signatories in
the use of plastic bags by the end of 2004 and a 50 per cent reduction by the end
of 2005. Reduced household consumption of such bags over time was expected to
lead to a reduction of plastic bag litter.
The department is working with retailers to develop a new voluntary arrangement
to reduce plastic bag litter following the expiry of the 2003–2005 Australian
Retailers Association Code of Practice for the Management of Plastic Bags. The
department is also working with the states and territories to examine the various
options available to the Environment Protection and Heritage Council to regulate
Many plastic bags end up as litter and fi nd their way into waterways. The department works with industry and the community to reduce the environmental impact of plastic bags and other waste.
155
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
plastic bags should voluntary measures be assessed as inadequate. This year the
department provided $50 000 toward the development of a cost-benefi t analysis
on these options.
During 2005–06 the department supported educational efforts about plastic bags,
and provided $158 000 from the Natural Heritage Trust to fund a campaign aimed
at small business. This campaign was run in partnership with Clean Up Australia
and the Australian Retailers Association (NSW), and included the creation of a
website (www.noplasticbags.org.au) and hotline.
Water effi ciency labelling
On 18 February 2005 the parliament passed the Water Effi ciency Labelling and
Standards Act 2005, which establishes the national Water Effi ciency Labelling and
Standards Scheme. The scheme came into operation on 1 July 2005 on a voluntary
basis and became compulsory from 1 July 2006.
The scheme encourages industry to produce water effi cient appliances in order
to conserve national water supplies particularly in urban areas. The scheme
requires seven products to be rated and labelled for their water effi ciency. These
are showers, dishwashers, clothes washing machines, lavatory equipment, tap
equipment, urinal equipment and fl ow controllers. Consumers will be able to save
water by selecting appliances based on their water effi ciency rating.
The department administers the Act and manages all aspects of the scheme
including product registrations, inspections and compliance. Work is under way
in all these areas. Since 1 July 2005 the department has registered 4 000 products
under the scheme.
The scheme will be supported by complementary legislation enacted by all states
and territories. Complementary legislation has been enacted in New South Wales,
Victoria, Tasmania and the Australian Capital Territory. Queensland and Western
Australia are in the fi nal stages of enacting their legislation and South Australia and
the Northern Territory are preparing legislation.
More information on the operation of the Water Effi ciency Labelling and
Standards Act 2005 is available in the second volume of this set of annual reports.
Hazardous substances regulation and management
The department is involved in a range of Australian Government initiatives
to minimise the environmental and health impacts of hazardous substances.
Internationally the department represents Australia’s interests in the development
of agreements designed to control hazardous chemicals. The department is
the lead Australian agency on the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic
Pollutants, the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed Consent Procedure
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 156
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade, and the
Strategic Approach to International Chemicals Management.
Within Australia the department works through the Environment Protection and
Heritage Council to develop nationally applicable guidelines and standards for
hazardous chemicals in consultation with the states and territories, industry and
community groups.
Hazardous waste
The department administers the Hazardous Waste (Regulation of Exports and
Imports) Act 1989 which implements Australia’s obligations under the Convention
on the Control of the Transboundary Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their
Disposal (the Basel Convention).
The Act permits the import, export and transit of hazardous wastes under certain
conditions, including the environmentally sound management of the waste to
protect both the environment and human health. Compliance and education are
important aspects of administering the Act.
In 2005–06 37 permit applications were processed (22 export, 11 import and
one transit), and 20 permits were granted, with one application refused and two
withdrawn.
The defi nition of ‘hazardous waste’ is often a highly complex issue. The
department developed criteria for used electronic equipment to determine
when it is hazardous waste. In 2005 the department surveyed companies using
the criteria to see how the criteria were being implemented and if revision was
required.
The survey indicated that the larger and more established companies were in
compliance with the criteria, primarily because the criteria were similar to their
own in-house operating procedures. Smaller companies (often sole traders), while
believing they were in compliance, often did not have the physical infrastructure
(e.g. test equipment) required for complete compliance.
A notable feature this year arising from high metal prices overseas has been the
development of an illegal trade in the export of used lead acid batteries. Several
shipping containers of batteries have been seized in Sydney and Melbourne. The
seized containers were sent to two authorised facilities where the batteries were
broken to recover lead scrap which was used as a feed for production of refi ned
lead metal. Acid from the batteries was neutralised at a liquid waste disposal facility
while plastics were collected for recycling.
In order to improve understanding of the Act, the department has been
developing a new education strategy. The strategy targets specifi c audiences in
the private and government sectors. These include the waste sector industry,
157
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
the freight forwarding and shipping industries, and the Australian Customs
Service. The strategy deals particularly with electronic equipment, used lead acid
batteries, and mobile phones, which are wastes that pose a signifi cant risk to the
environment and human health because of their toxic constituents.
More information on the operation of the Hazardous Waste (Regulation of
Exports and Imports) Act 1989 is available in the second volume of this set of
annual reports.
Computer waste
An estimated 1.6 million computers are thrown away each year, most of them into
landfi ll. Computers contain many valuable products which can be salvaged through
recycling, but they also contain some chemicals and hazardous substances such
as lead, mercury and cadmium, most of which are not recovered in the recycling
process. This year a roundtable meeting of governments and industry, chaired by
the Minister for the Environment and Heritage, agreed on a key set of guidelines to
develop a computer recycling scheme. Industry is currently developing a national
programme to take back computer waste within Australia.
Persistent organic pollutants
Persistent organic pollutants are chemicals that remain intact in the environment
for long periods, become widely distributed geographically, accumulate in the fatty
tissue of living organisms and are toxic to humans and wildlife.
Australia has obligations under the Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic
Pollutants, which it ratifi ed on 20 May 2004, to restrict, reduce or eliminate the
release of the 12 chemicals listed as persistent organic pollutants.
This year the department fi nalised a national implementation plan that sets out
how Australia will meet its obligations under the Stockholm Convention. The plan
identifi es actions Australia will take to reduce and eliminate persistent organic
pollutants. The National Strategy for the Management of Scheduled Waste, an
agreement of more than 10 years standing between the Australian Government,
states and territories, already provides for the safe management and disposal of
a number of persistent organic pollutants, including polychlorinated biphenyls,
hexachlorobenzene and organochlorine pesticides.
The department established the National Dioxins Programme in 2001, which
funded research to inform Australia’s policy response to address dioxins—one of
the 12 chemicals listed as persistent organic pollutants. The department released
the National Action Plan for Addressing Dioxins for public comment on 1 July 2005.
Fourteen submissions were received and were mostly of a minor nature. The
Environment Protection and Heritage Council adopted the National Action Plan at
its meeting in October 2005.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 158
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
During the year the department funded additional research to determine the
extent to which dioxins are formed in bushfi res. A report is being fi nalised and
results are expected later in the year.
In November 2005 Australia participated in the fi rst meeting of the Persistent
Organic Pollutants Review Committee in Geneva, which assessed proposals to
include fi ve new chemicals on the Stockholm Convention. A decision will be made
in November 2006. Australia also participated in a meeting in December 2005
of an expert group which is developing guidelines for reducing emissions of
persistent organic pollutants including dioxins. The expert group will meet again
in December 2006 to fi nalise the guidelines.
Some countries are seeking to include brominated fl ame retardants in the
Stockholm Convention. The department funded three studies to investigate the
levels of these chemicals in the Australian population, in indoor air, and in aquatic
sediments. The results are expected in the second half of 2006. The research
will contribute to Australia’s policy position on these chemicals and to risk
assessments being undertaken by the National Industrial Chemicals Notifi cation
and Assessment Scheme.
The department led the Australian delegation to the 2nd meeting of the conference
of the parties to the convention, held in Geneva, Switzerland from
1–5 May 2006. The parties agreed to enhance synergies with the Basel and
Rotterdam conventions by exploring how secretariat functions could be shared,
agreed to continue the development of a non-compliance mechanism for the
convention, and agreed to develop a process to evaluate the effectiveness of the
convention.
Informed consent to imports
In February 2004 the Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed Consent
Procedure for Certain Hazardous Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade
came into force. The procedure set up under this convention enables countries
to decide whether to allow the import of chemicals listed under the convention.
Australia became a party to the convention on 18 August 2004.
The department led the delegation to the 2nd meeting of the conference of the
parties, held in Rome, Italy from 26–30 September 2005. The conference made
decisions on operational issues necessary for the functioning of the convention.
The department also participated in the 2nd meeting of the convention’s Chemical
Review Committee, held in Geneva, Switzerland from 13–17 February 2006. The
committee will seek agreement to list Australia’s nomination of chrysotile asbestos
under the convention at the next meeting of the conference of the parties in
October 2006.
159
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Strategic international approach to chemicals
In 2002 the World Summit on Sustainable Development urged international
organisations to cooperate in improving international chemicals management.
The Governing Council of the United Nations Environment Programme
in February 2003 began developing a Strategic Approach to International
Chemicals Management. The purpose of the strategic approach is to ensure that
internationally chemicals are used and produced in ways that mitigate signifi cant
adverse impacts on human health and the environment by the year 2020.
The department led the delegation to the International Conference on Chemicals
Management in Dubai, United Arab Emirates from 4–6 February 2006. Final
agreement was reached on the strategic approach, which focuses on building
national governance for chemicals management in developing countries. The Global
Ministerial Environment Forum adopted the strategic approach in February 2006.
National risk management framework
The department continued to work with the states and territories to develop the
National Framework for Chemicals Environmental Management (NChEM). The
framework aims to provide a nationally consistent approach to regulating and
managing the environmental impacts of chemicals, including ensuring consistent
implementation of chemical assessment decisions. Other aims are to address
current gaps in environmental chemicals management and to simplify chemicals
management in Australia. In June 2006, the Environment Protection and Heritage
Council agreed to the release of a public discussion paper on NChEM. The council
expects to fi nalise the framework in 2007.
National approach to industrial residues
While there are benefi ts from the reuse and recycling of industrial residues in
land management applications, there is also potential for harm to human health
and the environment if these materials are used inappropriately. The department
has been developing a national approach to assessing the benefi cial reuse
of industrial residues in land management applications with the release of a
public discussion paper in September 2005. The national approach will increase
environment protection by providing nationally consistent criteria and information
that environment agencies can use to assess proposals for the reuse of industrial
residues. Based on the comments received in response to the discussion paper,
the national approach will be provided to the Environment Protection and
Heritage Council for approval in the second half of 2006.
Biotechnology risk assessments
The Gene Technology Regulator, within the Department of Health and Ageing,
regulates genetically modifi ed organisms under the Gene Technology Act 2000.
The Act requires that the regulator seek advice from the Minister for the
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 160
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Environment and Heritage on each intentional release of a genetically modifi ed
organism into the environment. The Department of the Environment and Heritage
prepares advice for the regulator on environmental issues to be considered when
preparing the risk assessment and risk management plan, and then on the draft
plan once prepared.
In 2005–06 the Gene Technology Regulator sought the minister’s advice on 12
occasions in relation to nine licence applications. The minister provided advice
to the regulator on all occasions. As a result environmental risks were adequately
assessed and managed by the regulator for each licence granted.
The department also prepares risk assessments of genetically modifi ed organisms
and other biological agents for the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines
Authority. In 2005–06 the department assessed two applications to ensure there
were no unintended adverse environmental effects as a result of these releases.
The department participates, as a member agency of Biotechnology Australia,
in the implementation of the National Biotechnology Strategy, and supports the
minister’s involvement in the Commonwealth Biotechnology Ministerial Council.
A number of research projects and workshops were funded under the strategy
with the aim of improving basic knowledge of environmental risks associated with
genetically modifi ed organisms. The department received $500 000 over a four-
year period for this work, including:
• work on future genetically modifi ed organisms and their environmental
impacts
• a survey of feral cotton in northern Queensland
• a study of the risks associated with the use of new and emerging technologies
• a review of viral vectors and viral genes used in genetically modifi ed organisms,
and their impacts
• modeling the environmental impacts of genetically modifi ed versus non-
genetically modifi ed, herbicide-tolerant canola
• work on the persistence and effects on soil organisms of Bt-toxin (insecticide)
from genetically modifi ed cotton
• research into viral recombination and its environmental effects.
Two additional studies were commissioned this year to examine the potential
environmental risks of genetically modifi ed organisms that have been developed
overseas being brought into Australia unintentionally or illegally. This research will
assist with the development of policies to manage the risk of genetically modifi ed
organisms imported into Australia unintentionally.
The department also participated in the current reviews of the Gene Technology
Act 2000 and its Regulations, ensuring that the level of environmental protection
afforded by the regulatory system has been fully considered in the review
processes.
161
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Chemical risk assessments
The department provides other Australian Government regulators with advice on
the environmental impacts of new industrial, agricultural and veterinary chemicals.
Agricultural and veterinary chemicals
The Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority regulates agricultural
and veterinary chemicals. One test for registering a new chemical product is
whether the product is likely to harm the environment when used according to its
instructions. The authority seeks the department’s advice when applying this test.
The authority provides funding in return for this service under an agreement with
the department.
In 2005–06 the department received $1 million under this agreement in return for
carrying out 102 environmental risk assessments for new uses of agricultural and
veterinary chemicals.
As part of the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority’s ongoing
review of existing chemicals, the department prepared a range of environmental
risk assessments for paraquat, diuron and 2,4-D. These assessments and
the department’s recommendations were forwarded to the authority for
consideration. Chemicals which have reached the public comment phase of the
authority’s process included 2,4-D volatile esters and diuron.
Industrial chemicals
The National Industrial Chemicals Notifi cation and Assessment Scheme regulates
industrial chemicals. The department assesses the potential environmental impact
of new industrial chemicals on behalf of the scheme. The scheme provides funding
in return for this service under an agreement with the department. In 2005–06
the department received $690 000 under this agreement in return for carrying out
270 environmental risk assessments for new industrial chemicals and the priority
review programme. The number of new chemicals assessed continues a long-term
trend of increasing numbers of industrial chemical assessments being undertaken
by the department.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 162
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Supervision of uranium mining
The Supervising Scientist is a statutory offi ce under the Environment Protection
(Alligator Rivers Region) Act 1978 and the occupant of the offi ce is the head of the
Supervising Scientist Division within the department. The Supervising Scientist
Division supervises uranium mining in the Alligator Rivers Region, which includes
Kakadu National Park. The department works closely with the Department of
Industry, Tourism and Resources and the Northern Territory Department of
Primary Industry, Fisheries and Mines in fulfi lling this role.
The department has specifi c roles and responsibilities under the Act to protect
the environment of the Alligator Rivers Region from the potential impacts of
uranium mining. The roles and responsibilities include environmental monitoring,
supervision, and research into the impact of uranium mining.
The Alligator Rivers Region, some 220 kilometres east of Darwin, includes Kakadu
National Park. The region contains a number of former, current and potential
uranium mines, including:
• Ranger, which is currently being mined
• Nabarlek, where mining has ceased and rehabilitation is under way
• Jabiluka, which has been in long-term care and maintenance since
December 2003
• Koongarra, a potential mine that is the subject of discussions between the
traditional Aboriginal owners and the mining company, Koongarra Pty Ltd.
None of these sites are part of Kakadu National Park. A number of smaller uranium
deposits were mined during the 1950s and 1960s in what is now the southern
portion of Kakadu National Park.
The Supervising Scientist Division continued to conduct research, monitoring,
supervision and audit activities during 2005–06. During the year the monitoring
programme was enhanced, with the introduction of continuous monitoring of
water quality parameters in Magela Creek adjacent to the Ranger mine. A fi rst stage
trial of in situ biological monitoring was also successfully undertaken. Second stage
testing of this methodology will be carried out during the 2006–07 wet season. If
successful, the current resource-intensive creekside monitoring programme will be
replaced in subsequent years with this streamlined procedure.
Work to date indicates that the environment of the Alligator Rivers Region remains
protected from the impacts of uranium mining.
Detailed performance results are provided in the Supervising Scientist’s annual
report on the operation of the Environment Protection (Alligator Rivers Region)
Act 1978 at www.deh.gov.au/about/publications/annual-report/.
163
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Environmental assessments
Number of actions affecting matters protected by Part 3 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 whose adverse environmental impacts have been addressed
270 matters protected under Part 3 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 were afforded protection through the referral, assessment and approval process. This is an increase of 77 matters from the previous year
Air pollution
Number of occasions where concentrations of key air pollutants exceeded the standards for ambient air quality in major urban areas
In accordance with the Ambient Air Quality National Environment Protection Measure, data reporting is on a calendar year basis. Current data is for 2004 and is sourced from the National Environment Protection Council annual report for 2004–05
No exceedences were experienced in urban areas for 4 (carbon monoxide, sulfur dioxide, lead and nitrogen dioxide) of the 6 key pollutants
The ozone standards were exceeded occasionally in Vic, Qld and WA, while NSW (Sydney) experienced widespread exceedences of the standards
There were widespread exceedences of the particle standard in NSW and Vic, and occasional exceedences in WA, SA and ACT. A signifi cant number of exceedences of the particle standard were experienced in Wagga Wagga (NSW) and Launceston (Tas)
Exceedences of the sulfur dioxide (1 hour average) standard were signifi cant in 2 regional areas, Mount Isa in Qld and Port Pirie in SA. The lead standard was also exceeded at Port Pirie
National Environment Protection Measures for air quality are implemented and reviewed to provide world best-practice in the protection of community health
The department contributed to the review of the National Environment Protection (Ambient Air Quality) Measure in conjunction with the states and territories. The review commenced in April 2005 and is scheduled to conclude in 2008
Australian Fuel Quality Standards are implemented, and further harmonised with international standards
Diesel sulfur standard was tightened to 50 mg/kg and maximum density level reduced to 850 kg/m3
Standards for petrol benzene and diesel polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon levels were introduced
1 067 fuel samples were taken and 500 fuel supply sites tested. 6.7% of samples were non-compliant (note: does not include non-compliance with ethanol information standard). Details are contained in the Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000 annual report in volume 2, legislation annual reports
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 164
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Hazardous substances and new organisms
Number of environmental risk assessments of (i) industrial chemicals and (ii) agricultural pesticides and veterinary medicines completed
(i) 270 industrial chemicals assessed
(ii) 102 agricultural pesticides or veterinary medicines assessed
Number of genetically modifi ed organism release proposals for which environmental risk advice was prepared
12 advices on 9 applications
Used oil
Number of used oil collection facilities under the Product Stewardship for Oil Programme
Over 850 (more than 80 additional facilities funded in 2005–06)
Area serviced by collection facilities Urban and regional areas are well serviced and the 2005–06 grants have also extended used oil collection facilities into remote and Indigenous areas across Australia
Ozone depleting substances
Mass of imports compared to Montreal Protocol limits
All phase-out obligations were met or exceeded
HCFC consumption 152 ozone-depleting potential tonnes compared to Montreal Protocol limit of 357 ozone-depleting potential tonnes
Methyl bromide consumption 119 metric tonnes compared to Montreal Protocol limit of 147 metric tonnes. All other consumption was nil
Packaging waste
Number of company signatories to the National Packaging Covenant
423 as of July 2006
Agreement is reached by 2006 to phase out plastic bags by 2008
Draft phase-out agreement negotiated, considered by Environment Protection and Heritage Council in October 2005
Department is negotiating an alternative voluntary option with retailers
Department is working with states and territories to develop legislative options for consideration by ministers should voluntary approach be assessed as unlikely to succeed
Department is contributing to a regulatory impact statement for consideration by ministers. This includes providing $50 000 towards development of cost-benefi t analysis
Ministers considered options at June meeting of Environment Protection and Heritage Council
165
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Uranium mining
Percentage measured as (i) median and (ii) maximum annual concentrations of the limit of uranium concentrations allowed downstream of the Ranger mine (6 micrograms per litre)
[The limit value was recalculated from 5.8 micrograms per litre to 6 micrograms per litre. The fi gure of 5.8 incorrectly appears in the Portfolio Budget Statements]
(i) 0.055 µg/l or 0.93% of limit
(ii) 0.153 µg/l or 2.55% of limit
Number of times limit exceeded None
Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Account (administered item)
The Australian Government’s obligations under the Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act 1989 (the Act) are met, including effective administration of the Act, management of the Halon Bank and programmes to phase out ozone depleting substances and minimise emissions of ozone depleting substances and synthetic greenhouse gas
8.9 tonnes of halon 1211 and 1.6 tonnes of halon 1301 were collected from the community for safe disposal at the National Halon Bank
No signifi cant losses were recorded from stored halon at the National Halon Bank
Licence and enforcement actions are undertaken within statutory timeframes
100%. 568 applications assessed within statutory timeframes
Supplies of essential use halon are provided within the requested timeframe
100%. 9 requests for halon met within customer’s timeframe
Number of facility inspections meets local ordinance requirements
3. Inspections covered water quality and effl uent; air quality and stack emissions; occupational health and safety and industrial safety
Launceston’s air quality (administered item)
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities (CERF) (administered item)
The extent to which funded projects successfully contribute to furthering Australia’s understanding of critical areas of environment research
19 transition projects were funded under the Marine and Tropical Sciences Research Facility which will contribute signifi cantly to understanding of how to conserve and manage north Queensland’s environmental assets within the Great Barrier Reef, tropical rainforests and the Torres Strait. Many of these projects will be further developed under the fi rst annual research plan in 2006–07
4 research hubs were announced with grants totaling $23.5 million. Research will commence in 2006–07
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 166
Outco
me—
1 Enviro
nment
Hum
an settlements
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities (CERF) (administered item) continued ...
Percentage of projects delivered to a satisfactory standard in accordance with the terms and conditions of the project contract (Target: 100%)
95% under Marine and Tropical Science Research Facility Transition Projects
Number of projects funded 19 under Marine and Tropical Science Research Facility Transition Projects
Sub-output 1.5.1—Environmental assessments
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)(b)
85% of statutory timeframes were met for decision-making in the referral, assessment and approval process. Details and reasons are contained in the EPBC Act annual report volume 2, legislation annual reports
Note: A review of EPBC Act statistics undertaken after the 2004–05 reporting period revealed that 90% of statutory timeframes were met, rather than 83% as reported in the 2004–05 annual report
Sub-output 1.5.2—Pollution prevention—Air quality
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
90%. Some milestones were not met under the CycleConnect Programme due to delays in infrastructure projects
Sub-output 1.5.2—Pollution prevention—Fuel quality
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)(a)
100%
Sub-output 1.5.2—Pollution prevention—Used oil
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Sub-output 1.5.2—Pollution prevention—Packaging
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
90%
Sub-output 1.5.2—Pollution prevention—Hazardous waste
Percentage of statutory timeframes triggered that are met (Target: >90%)
>90%
(a) Applies to provision of grants programmes funded entirely from the Department of the Environment and Heritage appropriations for the output (i.e. not those marked administered items).
(b) Applies to areas that administer legislation, for example reporting timeframes triggered under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
167
Out
com
e—1
Env
ironm
ent
Hum
an s
ettle
men
ts
Resources
Departmental outputs Budget prices $’000
Actual expenses $’000
Sub-output: 1.5.1 Environmental assessments
Sub-output: 1.5.2 Pollution prevention strategies
Sub-output: 1.5.3 Supervision of uranium mines
14 202
40 047
8 630
14 912
40 383
9 306
Total (Output 1.5: Response to the impacts of human settlements) 62 879 64 601
Administered items
Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities
Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Account
Bio Fuels – Ministerial Council on Energy Additional and Australian Government Task Force
National Environment Protection Council
Water Effi ciency Labelling Scheme
Australian Wildlife Hospital(a)
Launceston’s air quality
2 885
1 600
355
429
582
2 500
200
2 815
1 294
356
429
245
2 500
200
Total (Administered) 8 551 7 839
(a) Results appear in the chapter on Land and Inland Waters on page 46.
Other annual reports providing information on this output
Included in the second volume of this set of annual reports are the annual reports on the operation of the following legislation administered by the department:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Product Stewardship (Oil) Act 2000
Water Effi ciency and Labelling Standards Act 2005
Hazardous Waste (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1989
Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act 1989
Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000
Other relevant reports are:
Annual report on the operation of the National Environment Protection Council Act 1994 at www.ephc.gov.au/nepc/annual_reports.html
Annual report of the Supervising Scientist at www.deh.gov.au/about/publications/annual-report/
OUTCOME 2—ANTARCTICA
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 170
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
Antarctica
The Department of the Environment and Heritage is advancing Australia’s
interests in Antarctica by carrying out Antarctic and Southern Ocean programmes,
participating in international forums, and conducting scientifi c research.
Main responsibilities for this outcome
Output 2.1: Antarctic policy
• Infl uence the Antarctic Treaty System
• Protect the Antarctic and Southern Ocean
environment
• Negotiate international whaling matters
• Administer the Australian Antarctic Territory and
the Territory of Heard Island and MacDonald
IslandsAustralian
Antarctic Division
Output 2.2: Antarctic science
• Carry out research in Antarctica and the Southern
Ocean
• Provide data to Australian and international
institutions and support them to undertake
research
Objectives
• Maintain the Antarctic Treaty System, to enhance Australia’s infl uence in it and
enhance international protection for whales and seabirds
• Protect the environment of Antarctica, the Southern Ocean and the Territory of
Heard Island and McDonald Islands including its marine living resources
• Improve understanding of Antarctica’s role in the global climate system
• Support practical and signifi cant Antarctic scientifi c research
171
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Results 2005–06
• Australia continued efforts to pursue a permanent global ban on
commercial whaling and worldwide protection for whales at the 58th
annual International Whaling Commission meeting. Australia helped to
defeat pro-whaling countries’ proposals to remove consideration of small
cetaceans from the agenda, to introduce a mechanism for secret ballots,
to increase commercial ‘coastal’ whaling, and to abolish the Southern
Ocean Whale Sanctuary.
• At the meeting the Australian delegation also successfully defended
Australia’s resolution, put at last year’s meeting, to condemn ‘scientifi c
whaling’. Australia’s defence was supported by the Australian Antarctic
Division’s scientifi c contributions to developing non-lethal research
methods, and highlights the fl aws in ‘scientifi c’ whaling.
• Results from research conducted under Australia’s fi ve-year Antarctic
research programme (Antarctic Science Strategy 2004–2009) are helping
scientists to better understand the Southern Ocean ecosystem and the
effects upon it of a changing climate. Extensive populations of krill, an
important food source for whales, seals and seabirds, were encountered
throughout the south-west Indian Ocean sector during a major
multidisciplinary survey.
• Australia’s new blue-ice runway in Antarctica is on track for the fi rst
regular intercontinental fl ights in 2007. The airlink between Hobart and
Antarctica will make research more effi cient by enabling scientists to
spend less time travelling by ship and more time conducting research.
• The Australian Antarctic Division established a new set of quarantine
principles to protect Antarctica and the subantarctic islands from the
threat of introduced alien species of plants and animals and from disease.
Antarctic policy
The department’s Australian Antarctic Division advances Australia’s policy interests
in Antarctica by supporting and participating in the Antarctic Treaty system,
including taking an active role in forums of the Antarctic Treaty Consultative
Meeting, the Committee for Environmental Protection, the Commission for
the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (fi shing and ecosystem
management), the International Whaling Commission, and the Agreement on
Albatrosses and Petrels (seabird conservation).
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 172
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
The division administers the Australian Antarctic Territory, which covers 42 per
cent of Antarctica, as well as the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands.
Antarctic Treaty System
The Australian Government considers that support for the Antarctic Treaty system
is the best way to advance Australia’s Antarctic policy interests. The Antarctic Treaty
system has grown into a wide-ranging regime for managing Antarctica, with a
particular emphasis on environmental protection. It also provides for scientifi c and
logistic cooperation. Since 1961, 45 countries have become parties to the treaty.
In 2005–06 the department’s Australian Antarctic Division continued to represent
Australia’s interests at Antarctic Treaty meetings. The most signifi cant forums are
the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting, the annual meeting of the Committee
for Environmental Protection and meetings under the Convention for the
Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources.
The Committee for Environmental Protection is responsible for developing the
regulatory framework established by the Protocol on Environmental Protection.
The director of the Australian Antarctic Division was chair of the committee from
2002 until June 2006.
Australian Antarctic Territory and stations
#*
#*
#*
#*
Heard Island and McDonald Islands
Davis Station
ANTARCTICA
StationsIce shelfLandAustralian Antarctic Territory
Mawson Station
Casey Station
173
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Improvements to tourism management
While Antarctic tourism is a relatively small component of the industry worldwide,
the number and diversity of operations is increasing and each year more people
visit Antarctica. Tourist numbers have doubled over the past decade and the
Australian Government is concerned about possible environmental impacts.
In February 2006, the division participated in an inspection of popular tourist sites
in the Antarctic Peninsula. This follows from the June 2005 Stockholm Antarctic
Treaty meetings where it was agreed to continue work on the Australian Antarctic
Division’s previous proposals for accrediting tour operators. Since those meetings,
the division’s draft proposal for improving the management of Antarctic tourism
was endorsed at an international meeting of Antarctic tourism operators.
At its annual meeting held in Edinburgh in June 2006, the Committee for
Environmental Protection endorsed new guidelines protecting sites in Antarctica
that are subject to tourism. The guidelines were adopted at the 29th Antarctic
Treaty Consultative Meeting also held in Edinburgh from 8–19 June 2006.
The Committee for Environmental Protection also endorsed the Australian
Antarctic Division management plans for the Clark Peninsula and Hawker Island,
which provide for the management of two environmentally sensitive areas within
Antarctica.
Protecting the Antarctic environment
The Antarctic Treaty’s Protocol on Environmental Protection requires Australia and
other signatories to minimise the environmental impacts of activities in Antarctica.
The Australian Antarctic Division implements Australia’s environment protection
programmes and legislation in Antarctica.
Environment protection laws
The Australian Government is scrupulous in minimising the environmental
impacts of Antarctic operations, including cumulative impacts. This includes
assessing possible impacts under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection)
Act 1980 and the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Australia has quarantine procedures in place to protect Antarctica and the
subantarctic islands from introduced species. The Australian Antarctic Division
seeks to develop and promulgate these procedures through the Antarctic Treaty
system. Australia presented a working paper on quarantine to the 2005 meeting
of the Committee for Environmental Protection and for the 2006 meeting the
Australian Antarctic Division prepared several working and information papers,
including a management plan to complete a suite of protected areas covering the
three breeding colonies of endangered southern giant petrels in the Australian
Antarctic Territory.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 174
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
The Australian Antarctic Division continues to be active in the Committee on
Environmental Protection Steering Group on ‘CEP Futures’, which is intended to
set the processes and focus of the committee’s work for the next 15 years.
Antarctic Approvals Online project
Each year the Australian Antarctic Division receives about 160 research applications
from scientists and another 30 or so applications to conduct other activities, such
as tourism, in Antarctica. The Australian Government has a range of laws and
processes to protect the Antarctic environment and people working in Antarctica.
The Australian Antarctic Division has invested $500 000 in the Antarctic Approvals
Online project. This website has streamlined the applications process, saving time
and costs for applicants as well as the division.
Cape Denison site and Mawson’s huts
Cape Denison site and Mawson’s huts: Australia’s most signifi cant Antarctic
heritage site, Cape Denison, contains the national heritage listed Mawson’s huts.
Mawson’s huts rank alongside those of Scott, Amundsen and Shackleton as icons
of the ‘heroic age’ of Antarctic exploration.
The Australian Antarctic Division manages the Mawson’s huts site. In May 2006
the Australian Government provided a grant of $320 000 to the Mawson’s Huts
Foundation for conservation work at Cape Denison. This work will be carried out
in the summer of 2006–07. The Australian Antarctic Division will continue to work
closely with the Mawson’s Huts Foundation to manage this important conservation
work and raise awareness of the site.
Environmental management system
The Australian Antarctic Division’s environmental management system provides a
transparent way to identify and manage the environmentally signifi cant aspects of
Antarctic activities. The Australian Antarctic Division was the fi rst national operator
among Antarctic Treaty parties to have its environmental management system
certifi ed to the international ISO 14001 standard.
Renewable energy at Mawson
The Australian Antarctic Division has installed two wind turbines at Mawson
station. In suitable wind conditions the turbines contribute approximately
90 per cent of the station’s energy needs, so that fuel use in 2005–06 was
approximately 30 per cent less than 2002 levels. The next stage in this project is to
install equipment to use excess wind energy to generate hydrogen. This is planned
for the 2006–07 Antarctic summer.
175
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Clean-up operations
The Australian Antarctic Division has embarked upon an extensive clean-up
campaign to remove 30-year-old waste from disused tip sites at Australia’s
Antarctic stations, and to remediate the effects of fuel spills that have occurred.
Approximately 1 000 tonnes of excavated material remains in a bunded stockpile at
Thala Valley near Casey station, pending fi nal disposal.
Research on the effects of the waste site on the marine environment has been
undertaken, and ongoing research and monitoring will evaluate the remediation
work. The results of this research will be shared with Australia’s Antarctic Treaty
partners in a major clean-up workshop to be held in Hobart in 2007.
The Australian Antarctic Division began planning for the removal of the old Davis
station, which was abandoned in the mid-1990s. The old station is now structurally
unsound, contains asbestos cement sheeting, has unstable foundations and is
releasing lead-based paint, insulation and other materials into the environment.
Approvals for the work were received under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment
Protection) Act 1980 and Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999.
Protecting the Southern Ocean
The Southern Ocean has abundant wildlife but fi shing and whaling are pressure
points. Since 2002 the Australian Government has pushed for improvements
to fi sheries management in the Southern Ocean under the Convention on the
Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources.
Under the convention the 24-member international Commission for the
Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (often referred to as CCAMLR)
is responsible for fi sheries in much of the Southern Ocean. Australia is a founding
member of the commission. The director of the Australian Antarctic Division leads
Australian delegations to the commission, which meets annually.
In recent years highly organised illegal, unregulated and unreported fi shing for
Patagonian toothfi sh in the Southern Ocean has heavily depleted several stocks.
Most fi shers use longlines and make no attempt to avoid seabird bycatch. Such
fi shing is killing tens of thousands of albatrosses and petrels each year, and has
brought some seabird populations to the brink of extinction.
The Australian Antarctic Division works with other departments and agencies to
develop Australia’s response to illegal, unregulated and unreported fi shing and
provides support to the Australian Government’s armed patrols in the Southern
Ocean. Partly as a result of the division’s efforts, Australia has a strong record
of action against illegal fi shing in the Southern Ocean, particularly in Australian
waters off the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 176
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
Monitoring fi shing
The Australian Antarctic Division continued to play a key role in actions aimed
at combating illegal, unregulated and unreported fi shing, and is working with
other government departments in developing and implementing the Australian
Government’s position. While illegal fi shing within subantarctic regions of
Australia’s Economic Exclusion Zone has reduced dramatically, the threat from
illegal, unregulated and unreported fi shing remains and continues unchecked on
the adjacent high seas, seriously threatening conservation goals.
Ecosystem-based management
The Australian Antarctic Division is active in research on the ecosystem approach
to management adopted by the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic
Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR). In 2005–06 this involved further development
of the CCAMLR Ecosystem Monitoring System, developing ecosystem models and
surveying krill in the south-west Indian Ocean so that precautionary catch limits
can be set by CCAMLR.
Conservation of albatrosses
Albatrosses are one of the most threatened seabird groups in the world —a
total of 21 out of 24 species of albatross are considered threatened under
the World Conservation Union criteria. The Tasmanian Shy Albatross is
listed as vulnerable under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999.
The biggest threat facing albatross and other seabird populations is the
interaction with fi shing operations, particularly longline fi shing.
The department is helping to conserve albatross and other seabirds
by leading Australia’s
participation in the
Agreement on the
Conservation of Albatrosses
and Petrels, and supporting
projects to reduce the
impacts of longline fi shing.
A threat abatement plan
is in place under the
Environment Protection
and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 for
incidental catch of seabirds
during longline fi shing.A Tasmanian shy albatross in fl ight. Photo: Mike Double
177
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Albatrosses and petrels
The Australian Antarctic Division leads Australian participation in the Agreement
on the Conservation of Albatrosses and Petrels. The agreement, which was
developed under the auspices of the Convention on the Conservation of Migratory
Species of Wild Animals, came into force on 1 February 2004.
Under the agreement Australia supports projects to reduce the impacts of longline
fi shing, and to tackle emergency situations where a particular species of albatross
or petrel is in rapid decline. Australia also supports the control and eradication of
non-native species threatening breeding colonies.
The Australian Antarctic Division has continued to lead the negotiations on
headquarters for the Agreement on the Conservation of Albatrosses and Petrels
secretariat. This is a key step toward establishing a permanent secretariat to
support the agreement. The Australian Antarctic Division currently supports the
interim secretariat. The division led discussions with the parties to the agreement
at the June 2006 meeting of the advisory committee, in the lead up to the meeting
of the parties in November 2006.
Heard Island and McDonald Islands Marine Reserve
The Australian Antarctic Division manages the Heard Island and McDonald Islands
Marine Reserve on behalf of the Director of National Parks. Management results for
2005–06 are reported in the annual report of the Director of National Parks
(see www.deh.gov.au/parks/publications).
International whaling negotiations
The International Whaling Commission has maintained a moratorium on
commercial whaling for nearly two decades. Australia opposes all commercial and
scientifi c whaling. Australia supports the needs of some subsistence cultures for
continued access to whaling and whale products to meet demonstrated traditional,
cultural and dietary needs.
It is Australian Government policy to work through the International Whaling
Commission to achieve a permanent international ban on commercial whaling,
and worldwide protection for all cetaceans.
The Australian Antarctic Division was responsible during 2005–06 for carrying out
the government’s whale protection policy through relevant international forums,
including the International Whaling Commission.
Moves to resume commercial whaling
The International Whaling Commission held its 58th annual meeting in Basseterre,
St Kitts and Nevis from 16–20 June 2006. The Australian delegation argued against
moves to reintroduce commercial whaling.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 178
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
Australia worked with like-minded parties to monitor the moratorium on
commercial whaling, maintain existing International Whaling Commission whale
sanctuaries and to ensure conservation of small cetaceans, such as dolphins, would
continue to be discussed by the International Whaling Commission.
Antarctic science
A core component of advancing Australia’s Antarctic interests is to carry out
scientifi c research in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean. The Australian Antarctic
Division undertakes research and provides data on physical, biological and human
sciences. This research contributes to Australia’s knowledge of global climate,
Southern Ocean ecosystems, adaptation by plants and animals to global change,
meteorology, and the impact of human activities in Antarctica.
Antarctica’s infl uence on climate
Antarctica infl uences the global climate because of its low temperatures,
circumpolar ocean and immense size. Antarctica’s vast ice sheets affect the fl ow
of heat in the oceans and atmosphere, the shape of the southern ozone hole, and
how much carbon dioxide the oceans absorb.
Climate change is beginning to cause large-scale changes to Antarctica’s ice sheets,
including the collapse of the Larsen B ice shelf in 2002. These changes could affect
major ocean currents and food webs.
The Australian Government
has a fi ve-year research
plan called the Antarctic
Science Strategy 2004–05
to 2008–09. One of the
four priorities is adding
to knowledge about
Antarctica’s infl uence on
the climate. The Australian
Antarctic Division works
closely with the Antarctic
Climate and Ecosystem
Cooperative Research
Centre and the Australian
Greenhouse Offi ce to carry out this research. The division also works closely
with the CSIRO Marine and Atmosphere Division’s Wealth from Oceans Flagship
programme.
An iceberg off Antarctica. Photo: Alison McMorrow
179
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Latest research on the Southern Ocean
The Australian Antarctic Division’s chartered research ship Aurora Australis
carried out a 10-week research voyage between January and March 2006.
The Baseline Research on Oceanography, Krill and the Environment—or BROKE-
West—voyage was led by the Australian Antarctic Division and the Antarctic
Climate and Ecosystem Cooperative Research Centre and covered more than
1.5 million square kilometres of the Southern Ocean off Australia’s Antarctic
Territory.
During the survey researchers found extensive krill populations—the main food
source for whales, seals and seabirds. The distribution and abundance of krill is
being matched to that of krill predators, and to other elements of the ecosystem
that are food for krill. This study is one of the most comprehensive marine
ecosystem analyses ever undertaken.
While most sectors of the survey area confi rm earlier fi ndings of cooler Antarctic
waters and less salinity, the easternmost line of the survey showed an increase
in both temperature and salinity. This is possibly due to a convergence of ocean
fronts and a movement of currents south. Researchers will undertake further
analysis over the coming year to determine why this has happened and what it
means for ecosystems in the region.
Researchers on the voyage also confi rmed the presence of a source of very deep
Antarctic waters—among the densest waters found on earth. These waters, known
as ‘bottom waters’, fi ll the abyssal ocean around Antarctica and are important in
carrying oxygen-rich waters and driving global deep ocean circulation.
Law Dome ice core project
Law Dome, 100 kilometres inland from Casey station, has been a focal point for
Australian glaciological research since the 1960s. Its ice sheet preserves a record
of the climate. In October 2004 scientists retrieved a 120-metre ice core from near
the summit. Preliminary analysis of the material indicates that the record covers
650 years. It will be used to validate recent reports of a 20 per cent decline in sea
ice over the past half-century and to extend this record back over past centuries.
Detailed analysis is proceeding at the Antarctic Climate and Ecosystem Cooperative
Research Centre.
Amery Ice Shelf
Research into the dynamics of heat transfer between the waters fl owing
underneath the Amery Ice Shelf (Prydz Bay) continued in 2005–06, with the
completion of two further bore holes made with a hot-water drill. The project is
part of a strong research focus into the factors affecting local climate conditions.
Both holes (722 and 603 metres deep, respectively) were instrumented with
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 180
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
thermistors and upward-looking sonars to reveal details of the freeze-melt
interface and the crystal structure of re-forming marine ice. Samples from the sea
fl oor underneath the ice were extracted for examination of past glacial events.
Initial photographic analysis of the cavity beneath the ice reveals the presence of
Antarctic krill—an unexpected observation—and other invertebrates.
Also on the Amery Ice Shelf work is being conducted on a large block of ‘calving’
ice at the margin. Detailed observations are showing that rifting occurs faster
in summer than winter and occurs in short, sharp bursts followed by periods of
relative quiet. It is expected this block of ice will calve within the next few years into
a substantial iceberg. Observations are expected to continue for the next two years
with joint studies being undertaken by United States and Australian scientists.
The good atmospheric and weather conditions experienced during the 2005–06
Antarctic season allowed many observations of high altitude clouds to be made
by both lidar and radar. The status and prevalence of these high altitude clouds
is not well known in Antarctica and the division’s studies are in the forefront of
knowledge of this phenomenon. Changes in high altitude cloud abundance are
important indicators of environmental change.
Australian Antarctic Programme
Antarctic science provides direct benefi ts to Australians. Examples include more
reliable weather forecasts, the geological history of the Australian continent,
and new ways to contain and treat pollutants in cold environments. Support for
Antarctic research reinforces Australia’s infl uence in the Antarctic Treaty system.
Providing logistical support for researchers is one of the main responsibilities of
the Australian Antarctic Division. The division maintains three permanent stations
in Antarctica and one at Macquarie Island. Each summer the Australian Antarctic
Division deploys around 200 people to these stations and to fi eld camps. The
expeditions are supplied using chartered ships and aircraft.
In 2005–06 the Antarctic science programme supported 122 projects, leading to
316 publications (the best measure of scientifi c output) of which 127 are peer-
reviewed papers. Since 1999 the programme has produced 1 191 peer reviewed
publications. A recent review of publications output from the world’s Antarctic
programmes has shown that Australia’s output ranks third, behind the United
States and the United Kingdom.
Antarctic science grants
The Australian Antarctic Division supports the Australian Antarctic Science Grants
scheme. Applications for 2005–06 grants were sought nationally in May 2004,
prompting 159 research proposals. Following independent assessment 47
proposals were awarded grants with a total value of almost $800 000.
181
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Antarctic air link
The Australian Government provided funding of $46.3 million in the May 2005
Budget over four years to establish a permanent, intercontinental air link between
Hobart and Antarctica. The air link will make research more effi cient by enabling
scientists to spend less time travelling by ship and more time conducting research.
The Australian Antarctic Division completed a feasibility study, including runway
construction trials, at a cost of $3.2 million. The construction of a 4 000 metre ice
runway near Casey station commenced in October 2005 and will continue over
the summer of 2006–07, to allow a long-range jet aircraft to land in Antarctica. The
Australian Antarctic Division expects to fi nalise the aircraft type for the service by
late 2006, with trial fl ights scheduled to commence in 2006–07.
International management meetings
Australian Antarctic Division scientists and managers participate in the
international Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programmes and the
Standing Committee on Antarctic Logistics and Operations. These bodies
represent countries with a national presence in Antarctica. They promote better
management through sharing operational experience and innovations.
Concurrent meetings of the Scientifi c Committee on Antarctic Research and
Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programmes will be hosted by the
Australian Antarctic Division in Hobart from 26–30 July 2006.
International Polar Year preparations
The International Polar Year will be held over 24 months from March 2007 to
March 2009. It will mark the 50th anniversary of the International Geophysical
Year, which lasted 18 months from July 1957 to December 1958, and helped to
stimulate development of the Antarctic Treaty. The Australian Antarctic Division is
coordinating the Census of Antarctic Marine Life for the International Polar Year.
Pollution research
Research over the 2005–06 summer continued on the sensitivity of marine
invertebrates to heavy metal and other pollutants. Following a partial but
signifi cant clean-up of the old rubbish tip at Casey Station (Thala Valley) the fate of
hydrocarbon and other polluting run-off is being studied in the adjacent Brown Bay
and on land. The marine ecosystem is particularly sensitive to pollutants due to the
high prevalence of reproductive brooding among marine invertebrate species.
A new ‘geo-active’ barrier composed of different materials has been established
between the old oil spill site and the coast to intercept the plume of hydrocarbons
fl owing through the soil. Preliminary results suggest the barrier is acting effectively
and the technology might be transferable to other locations both in Antarctica and
in the Arctic.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 182
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Antarctic Treaty System
The degree to which Australia’s policy interests are advanced through international forums, particularly: (i) the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meetings; (ii) the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources; and (iii) the Committee for Environmental Protection
(i) Australia’s interests were advanced through the June 2006 Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting. Australian-designed tourist site use guidelines for 12 frequently visited sites in the Antarctic Peninsula region were endorsed. Commitment to support International Polar Year scientifi c research was obtained through a formal declaration. Australia assisted the Antarctic Treaty Secretariat: now fully functional, and thoroughly monitored by the Consultative Meeting. Non-Antarctic Treaty member Malaysia agreed to announce a timeline to sign the treaty
(ii) A range of high priority Australian interests and goals were signifi cantly advanced through participation in the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources, including with regard to increasing international support for the commission; combating illegal, unreported and unregulated fi shing; improving the sustainability of legal fi sheries and conserving high seas biodiversity. In addition to longer-term policy interests, several shorter-term fi shery management goals were achieved
(iii) Australia chaired the June 2006 Committee for Environmental Protection meeting and its strategic workshop on environmental challenges, which ensured Australia’s interests were advanced to a very high degree. Australia’s revised management plan for the Clark Peninsula was endorsed. Australia’s proposal to designate Hawker Island as a specially protected area was endorsed. New quarantine guidelines, to prevent introducing non-native species into Antarctic waters in ballast water, were agreed, codifying standards Australia already applies
Illegal, unregulated and unreported fi shing
The extent of Australia’s impact within the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources on measures to combat illegal, unreported and unregulated fi shing for toothfi sh
Australia has conducted extensive fi sheries enforcement patrols in the waters managed by the commission and has submitted several reports that collectively present information about the extent of illegal, unreported and unregulated fi shing and the offenders involved. Australia has also successfully proposed to the commission that it adopt improvements to existing measures and new measures to combat such fi shing
183
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
International seabird conservation
The extent of Australia’s impact in changing fi shery practices, including reduction in the number of albatrosses caught by fi shing gear
Australia advanced its interests through meetings of the Agreement on the Conservation of Albatrosses and Petrels Advisory Committee and meetings of the parties. Australia took a leading role in developing the agreement, and currently provides the interim secretariat. 3 of the 4 working group chairs are from Australia, including the chair of the Seabird Bycatch Working Group
Australia promoted the uptake of bycatch mitigation measures in Regional Fisheries Management Organisations, including the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources, Commission for the Convention of Southern Bluefi n Tuna and the Indian Ocean Tuna Commission
Australia ensured that the reduced bycatch limits specifi ed in the threat abatement plan for the incidental catch of seabirds in oceanic longline fi shing were met in domestic longline fi sheries through a combination of measures including education, enforcement, and monitoring through fi sheries-independent observer programmes and fi shing closures
International whaling
The degree to which Australia’s policy interests are advanced through the International Whaling Commission
Australia and other pro-conservation countries were successful at the 58th International Whaling Commission meeting in retaining the simple majority in all circumstances except one. As such the moratorium on commercial whaling, existing International Whaling Commission whale sanctuaries, and transparency were retained, and conservation issues associated with whales continue to be discussed. Australia also opposed scientifi c whaling and highlighted the fl aws with such programmes
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 184
Outco
me—
2 Antarctica
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Protecting the Antarctic environment
No outbreaks of introduced diseases, pests or weeds
A number of alien invertebrates were discovered in various food items and were reported and returned to Australia for analysis. The mushroom gnat has reappeared in the living quarters at Casey station and is the subject of an eradication plan to be undertaken in August 2006. None of these species could survive outside warm buildings
Number and extent of oil spills and remediation action taken
2 minor fuel spills (2 litres and 12 litres) were reported and cleaned up using fuel spill equipment. In July 2005 there was a spill of 200 litres when a fork was accidentally put through a full drum of diesel near the bunded refuelling area at Mawson station. All contaminated snow was removed, melted and fuel recovered. In October 2005 approximately 1 000 litres of fuel leaked from a damaged (now replaced) fuel bowser at Casey station and is the subject of a bioremediation project
Number of environmental impact assessments: (i) completed by the department; and (ii) submitted by third parties and assessed by the department
(i) 32 assessed (ii) 52 submitted under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980, and 3 referrals under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Percentage of completed environmental impact assessments that are subsequently audited under Australia’s Antarctic Environmental Management System
Audit process commences in 2007
Support for Antarctic science
Successful completion of the 2005–06 elements of the Antarctic Science Strategy 2004/05–2008/09
A total of 122 projects from 34 institutions were undertaken to address 4 priority areas. 51 projects addressed the ice, ocean, atmosphere, climate priority area, 34 addressed the Southern Ocean ecosystems, 37 addressed adaptations to environmental change and 28 addressed impacts of human activity in Antarctica. Many projects address more than one priority area
Number of peer-reviewed scientifi c papers produced by scientists participating in the Antarctic science programme
127
Number of scientists active in Antarctica and the Southern Ocean
162
185
Out
com
e—2
Ant
arct
ica
Performance indicator 2005–06 result
Outcome 2—Individual outputs
The minister is satisfi ed with the timeliness and accuracy of briefs and draft ministerial correspondence provided by the department
The minister was satisfi ed
Percentage of payments that are consistent with the terms and conditions of funding (Target: 100%)
100%
Percentage of participants in the Australian Antarctic programme whose participation is consistent with the terms and conditions of logistic support (Target: 100%)
100%
Resources
Departmental outputs Budget prices $’000
Actual expenses $’000
Output 2.1 Antarctic policy 31 987 44 676
Total (Output 2: Antarctic policy) 31 987 44 676
Administered items
Mawson’s Hut Foundation – expedition 320 320
Total (Administered) 320 320
Departmental outputs Budget prices $’000
Actual expenses $’000
Output 2.2: Antarctic science 63 569 79 430
Total (Output 2.2: Antarctic science) 63 569 79 430
CROSS-CUTTING ACTIVITIES
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 188
Cro
ss-cutting activities
Cross-cutting activities
The department provides other services that contribute to all of the outputs under
outcome 1 and outcome 2.
Main responsibilities for this work
• International policy advice
• Support for environment and heritage
organisations
• Environmental information
• Public affairs
Policy Coordination
Division
• Online information
• Environmental education
Corporate Strategies
Division
International policy advice
The department represents Australia’s interests on environment, heritage and
sustainable development issues in the region, and in broader international forums.
This work includes formulating policy and providing briefi ng material for the
minister and offi cials attending international meetings and events.
This year the department contributed to policy decisions at meetings of the
Commission on Sustainable Development, the United Nations Environment
Programme, and the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD). The department also engaged in bilateral forums with selected countries
in the Asia–Pacifi c region. Many specifi c activities are detailed in other chapters of
the report.
Commission on Sustainable Development
The United Nations Commission on Sustainable Development is a multilateral
forum that promotes dialogue on issues relating to sustainable development and
builds partnerships between governments and stakeholders.
The 14th session of the United Nations Commission on Sustainable Development
was held in May 2006. The main themes under discussion were energy for
sustainable development, industrial development, air pollution and the
atmosphere, and climate change. The Minister for the Environment and Heritage
189
Cro
ss-c
uttin
g a
ctiv
ities
participated in the high level segment of the meeting. The minister emphasised
the need for improved national level governance and for economic growth to
foster sustainable development. The meeting gave impetus to the Johannesburg
Plan of Implementation by sharing experiences and case studies about the main
themes. Australian case studies were well received, particularly studies on the
Greenhouse Friendly Programme and on Bushlight—Indigenous Renewable
Energy Services.
United Nations Environment Programme
The United Nations Environment Programme is the principal United Nations body
in the fi eld of the environment. Its role is to provide leadership and promote
partnerships for environmental protection.
A meeting of the programme’s governing council was held in February 2006. Major
themes were international chemicals management, energy, tourism, international
environmental governance, environmental assessment and reporting, capacity
building, and water policy and strategy. The department actively represented
Australia’s interests and the fi nal decisions of the meeting refl ected Australian
objectives.
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development
The department represented Australia’s interests at meetings of the Organisation
for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Environment Policy
Committee held in November 2005 and March 2006. The committee continued
to direct OECD studies on issues linking economic and environmental policy
formulation. At the March 2006 meeting an offi cer of the department was
appointed chair of the committee. The department was active in meetings of the
committee’s working groups and an expert group on climate change.
OECD Environment Performance Review of Australia
The department is coordinating the OECD’s Environment Performance Review
of Australia. The review focuses on Australia’s environmental progress since the
last review (published in 1998) and will provide recommendations for future
action. The major themes of the review are environmental effectiveness, economic
effi ciency and sustainable development.
During 2005–06 the department completed the fi rst stage of the review by
providing environmental information and data to the OECD and completing
the OECD questionnaire. The department managed the coordination of these
tasks across Australian, state and territory governments. The fi nal report will be
published in late 2007.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 190
Cro
ss-cutting activities
Bilateral activities
Papua New Guinea: The department continued to assist Papua New Guinea’s
Department of Environment and Conservation in the areas of governance and
natural resource management, forestry and forest biodiversity conservation,
and partnership building. The department is supporting a national capacity
self assessment to help Papua New Guinea meet its international environment
obligations and improve environmental governance at the national level.
Indonesia: The department collaborated closely with Indonesia on environment
and heritage issues. A successful meeting of the Joint Working Group on the
Environment held in October 2005 identifi ed a number of areas for collaboration
including sustainability education, hazardous waste and illegal trade in ozone
depleting substances. Other areas for bilateral cooperation with Indonesia
included climate change, illegal fi shing and management of the traditional fi shing
area near Ashmore Reef, migratory marine species and waterbirds, management of
world heritage areas and meteorological issues.
Japan: The department continued to work with Japan on a range of issues and
engaged with Japanese counterparts at international meetings. Discussions
covered topics such as sustainability education, migratory waterbird conservation,
climate change, joint polar research activities and international whaling.
New Zealand: The department held bilateral environment policy discussions
with New Zealand covering climate change and whales, chemicals management,
biodiversity issues, sustainable forest management and engagement with Pacifi c
island countries.
Pacifi c islands: Engagement with the South Pacifi c Regional Environment
Programme continued through Australia’s involvement in the 16th annual meeting
of offi cials in September 2005. Australia was commended by Pacifi c island countries
for its assistance in pollution prevention.
Australia has assisted Pacifi c island countries to manage the threat posed by
persistent organic pollutants to the environment and human health. Pacifi c
countries have stockpiles of persistent organic pollutants in the form of agricultural
pesticides, waste chemicals and PCBs (polychlorinated biphenyls). The persistent
organic pollutants are identifi ed, collected and shipped to Australia for safe
destruction. The department has made a large contribution to this project by
arranging all transportation permits and approvals.
The department continued to assist Pacifi c Island countries in ratifying treaties,
meeting obligations or building capacity to implement environment treaties.
The department also provided specifi c advice and assistance on environmental
governance, climate monitoring and prediction, chemicals and waste management,
wetlands and biodiversity conservation, and the conservation of marine and
migratory species.
191
Cro
ss-c
uttin
g a
ctiv
ities
Support for environment and heritage organisations
Taxation concessions
The Register of Environmental Organisations is a list of approved environmental
organisations to which donations of money or property for the conservation of
the natural environment are tax deductible. Statistics for 2004–05, which are the
most recent available, show that the public donated more than $69 million to
environmental tax-deductible organisations to protect and enhance the natural
environment. This is down by around $4 million from the previous year, possibly
as a result of the massive public response to fund-raising appeals following the
26 December 2004 tsunami.
During 2005–06 the department assisted 76 organisations interested in applying to
join the register. The Minister for the Environment and Heritage and the Assistant
Treasurer approved the entry of 45 organisations on the register, and
11 organisations were removed at their own request. At 30 June 2006 the register
contained 357 organisations, compared to 323 organisations at 30 June 2005.
Grants to Voluntary Environment and Heritage Organisations
The programme of Grants to Voluntary Environment and Heritage Organisations
assists community-based environment and heritage groups to meet the
administrative costs of their activities. In this year’s funding round 144
organisations received a total of $413 200. Twenty of these groups were offered
multi-year grants for up to three years. In addition 28 voluntary organisations that
were awarded multi-year funding in the previous year received their second year of
support, totalling $354 000 in 2005–06.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 192
Cro
ss-cutting activities
Environmental information
The department collects information and data to inform policy advice and to
monitor progress on environmental protection.
2006 State of the Environment Report
The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 requires
that a report on the State of the Environment is released every fi ve years.
The State of the Environment Report assesses the Australian environment under
eight themes: atmosphere, coasts and oceans, inland waters, biodiversity, human
settlements, natural and cultural heritage, land, and Australia’s Antarctic Territories.
The Minister for the Environment and Heritage appointed an independent State
of the Environment Committee in early 2004 to prepare the 2006 State of the
Environment Report. During 2005–06, the committee compiled its report, tested
it with a group of experts and considered the comments from a number of peer
reviewers. The department supported the committee’s work by commissioning
commentaries and papers. The committee expects to deliver the fi nal report to the
minister later in 2006.
Environmental Resources Information Network
The department’s Environmental Resources Information Network develops new
information products and improves existing products to support the department’s
core functions, and for use by other government agencies and the public.
The department updated the Species Profi le and Threats database and the
National Vegetation Information System, and developed a spatial analysis tool to
help assess Community Water Grant applications.
The department’s biodiversity analysis tool allows users to produce maps of
the distribution of species in terms of their diversity, endemism and taxonomic
distinctiveness. The department presented the tool to the Global Biodiversity
Information Facility Governing Board in Stockholm, Sweden, and at an
international workshop on biodiversity information tesources in Japan. It is also
being used by the National Institute of Genetics in Mishima, Japan.
The department began work on the fi rst stage of Australia’s Resources Online which
will allow users to access information on Australia’s natural resources, including the
monitoring and evaluation of management programmes.
193
Cro
ss-c
uttin
g a
ctiv
ities
The department has been developing My Environment, a web-based tool that
enables people to generate a personal environment and heritage report for their
home, school or property by entering their address details. My Environment
allows people to search the department’s national environmental databases to fi nd
information specifi c to their needs. It is expected to be available later in the year.
Online information
The department’s websites provide public access to substantial holdings of
information and knowledge. The websites meet the Australian Government’s
online accessibility standards.
During 2005–06 there were over 11 million visits to the department’s websites,
up by more than three million from last year. The most popular site was the
department’s main website (www.deh.gov.au) with over seven million visits.
This was an increase of about two million from 2004–05 and was followed by the
Australian Greenhouse Offi ce site with nearly 1.7 million visits.
Visits to the department’s websites (2005–06)
National Pollutant Inventory website 4%
Department’s main website 15%
Other departmental websites 66%
Natural Heritage Trust website 4%
Australian Greenhouse Office website 12%
Results are based on ‘unique user sessions’. ‘Other departmental websites’ include: Natural Resource Management, Australian Heritage Council, Australian Heritage Directory, Community Water Grants, Australian Government Environment Portal, Travel Smart Australia, Australian Natural Resources Atlas, National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality, Used Oil Recycling, Waterwatch, Water Rating, National Centre for Tropical Wetland Research, and Lake Eyre Basin Ministerial Forum.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 194
Cro
ss-cutting activities
Public affairs
The department aims to communicate clearly, consistently and effectively with the
Australian public, other agencies and governments, industry, community groups
and non-government organisations. Community awareness of, and engagement
with, the government’s programmes and policies to protect the environment and
heritage is central to their success.
Priorities for communications were to engage Australians more actively in:
• on-ground work and regional planning across Australia’s 56 natural resource
management regions
• encouraging wise use of water with the uptake of Community Water Grants
• participating in the government’s campaign for whale conservation
• raising awareness of climate change and Australia’s efforts to combat climate
change and adapt to global warming
• raising awareness of the National Heritage List and of Australia’s rich natural
and cultural heritage.
Environmental education
The goal of the department’s sustainability education activities is to develop the
skills, knowledge and values that the Australian community needs to protect the
environment.
The department continued to work with the Australian Government’s advisory
body on environmental education, the National Environmental Education
Council, to implement the National Action Plan for Environmental Education. In
conjunction with the council, the department began work on a new national action
plan. The revised plan will take into account Australia’s response to the United
Nations Decade of Education for Sustainable Development (2005–2014).
The department helped to prepare and disseminate the fi rst National
Environmental Education Statement for Australian Schools. The statement
provides a model of good practice for delivering sustainability education.
Sustainability education is being delivered in schools in all states and territories
through the Australian Sustainable Schools Initiative and other programmes.
The Australian Sustainable Schools Initiative helps schools to improve
management of their resources and grounds (including energy, waste, water,
biodiversity, landscape design, products and materials) and to integrate the
principles of sustainable development into the curriculum and daily running
of the school. For more information on sustainability education see
www.deh.gov.au/education.
195
Cro
ss-c
uttin
g a
ctiv
ities
The department continued to support the Australian Research Institute in
Education for Sustainability at Macquarie University to carry out research on
applied sustainability education. Under the national component of the Natural
Heritage Trust, the department is commissioning $1.7 million of research over
two years (2006–2008). In 2005–06 the institute completed fi ve research projects
including a national review of environmental education and its contribution to
sustainability in Australia, the effectiveness of air quality and coastal management
education, whole-school approaches to sustainability, and models for professional
development in the education of new teachers (for more information see
www.aries.mq.edu.au).
MANAGING THE DEPARTMENT
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 198
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entC
orp
orate g
overnance
Managing the department
Corporate governanceThe department is committed to sound governance and has established a
comprehensive range of mechanisms and documentation to control and safeguard
the organisation’s business systems and assets.
Results 2005–06
• Completed assessments of the Bureau of Meteorology, the National
Environment Protection Council Service Corporation and the Director
of National Parks against recommendations of the Review of Corporate
Governance of Statutory Authorities and Offi ce Holders
• Completed the review of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975
• Resolved all the main issues identifi ed by the Australian National Audit
Offi ce through the 2004–05 and 2005–06 fi nancial statements audits
• Implemented new arrangements for corporate governance and internal audit
• Updated the department’s service charter and created a new role of client
service offi cer
• Completed the department’s 2005–2007 fraud control plan and the business
continuity plan for the period 1 January 2006 to 31 December 2007.
Senior executive and responsibilities
The secretary, Mr David Borthwick, is the chief executive offi cer of the department.
He is assisted in the management of the organisation by an executive team
consisting of three deputy secretaries and 14 fi rst assistant secretaries.
During 2005–06 the department made the following new appointments to the
executive team:
• Ms Mary Harwood was appointed fi rst assistant secretary of the newly created
Environment Quality Division
• Mr Alan Hughes was appointed as the Supervising Scientist and the fi rst
assistant secretary of the Supervising Scientist Division
• Ms Virginia Mudie was appointed deputy director of the Australian Antarctic Division
• Ms Donna Petrachenko was appointed fi rst assistant secretary of the Marine Division
• Mr Barry Sterland was appointed fi rst assistant secretary of the International,
Land and Analysis Division
• Mr Darren Schaeffer was appointed to chief fi nance offi cer and assistant
Secretary of the Financial Management Branch, Corporate Strategies Division
199
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tC
orp
ora
te g
ove
rnan
ce
• Ms Lynden Ayliffe, Ms Vicki Dickman, Mr Richard McAllister, Mr Andrew McNee,
Ms Alex Rankin, Ms Kerry Smith, Mr Greg Terrill, and Dr Charlie Zammit were
appointed to assistant secretary positions in the department.
Three senior executives retired from the department in 2005–06: Dr Arthur
Johnson, Mr Mark Hyman and Ms Alison Russell-French.
Dr Arthur Johnston
Dr Arthur Johnston retired from the department in
October 2005 after six years as the Supervising Scientist
and over 20 years of distinguished service in the
department. The position of Supervising Scientist plays
a vital role in ensuring that the environment of the
Northern Territory’s Alligator Rivers Region, which includes Kakadu National
Park, remains protected from any potential impacts of uranium mining.
Dr Johnston joined the Environmental Research Institute of the Supervising
Scientist in 1982. He was director of the Institute for nine years and was head
of the research programme on environmental radioactivity at the Institute.
Dr Johnston was awarded the Public Service Medal on Australia Day in
2003 for outstanding public service in the development of environmental
standards, particularly relating to the Kakadu National Park, ensuring the
highest levels of scientifi c integrity of the environmental research programme.
Mark Hyman
Mark Hyman retired from the department in October 2005
after 13 years of distinguished service. Mr Hyman was
assistant secretary of the Environment Protection Branch
since 2003. His responsibilities included policy relating to
environmental management of chemicals and hazardous
wastes, environmental aspects of biotechnology, the National Pollutant Inventory,
ozone protection, state of the environment reporting and the development
of partnerships with industry, especially relating to sustainability in business.
Prior to this Mr Hyman was in charge of the Department’s International
Branch, when that was a separate organisational unit, with general
responsibility for international environmental and sustainable development
matters, including coordinating Australia’s preparations for the World Summit
on Sustainable Development.
Mr Hyman’s extensive experience included science, technology and industry
policy, with a wide variety of environmental responsibilities, especially relating
to environment protection.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 200
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entC
orp
orate g
overnance
Alison Russell-French
Alison Russell-French retired from the department in
July 2006 after 16 years of distinguished service having
joined the department in 1990. Prior to this, Ms Russell-
French worked in a broad range of natural resource
management areas of the Australian Public Service.
Alison Russell-French was a member of the senior executive team delivering
the Australian Government’s Natural Heritage Trust and the National Action
Plan for Salinity and Water Quality.
Ms Russell-French’s experience covers a wide range of policy development
and programme administration in natural resource management particularly
in the areas of wetlands, coastal and marine, introduced marine pests,
migratory waterbird conservation, and world heritage. She also represented
the Australian Government in international environment forums.
Executive committees
The Executive Roundtable is the key senior management forum. It meets weekly
to monitor performance and review signifi cant issues across the department and
portfolio. Members are the secretary (chair), deputy secretaries and heads of
all divisions of the department and portfolio agencies. A summary of outcomes
from meetings is made available to all employees via the department’s intranet
and through regular meetings with staff held in each division and agency. The
names and responsibilities of the department’s senior managers are shown in the
organisation chart on page 11.
The department has eight committees that direct specifi c aspects of the
department’s internal affairs. Each committee reports its decisions and
recommendations to the Executive Roundtable after major meetings. The major
achievements of the committees in 2005–06 are summarised in the table below.
In late 2005 the Executive Roundtable agreed to establish a senior forum across
the portfolio to consider climate change impacts and adaptation. The role of the
Executive Group on Climate Change Adaptation is to ensure effective integration
of work on climate change impacts and adaptation into environment and heritage
policies, strategies and programmes. The fi rst meeting was held in February 2006.
201
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tC
orp
ora
te g
ove
rnan
ce
Roles and achievements of the department’s Executive Roundtable committees 2005–06
Committee Role Major achievements in 2005–06
Audit Committee Oversees the internal and external audit programme and reviews, risk management, fraud prevention, fi nancial processes, legislation and compliance
Reviewed the committee’s charter, operating procedures and performance
Updated the 2005–2007 fraud control plan for the department
Completed the 2005–06 internal audit programme of the department
Budget, Finance and Strategy Committee
Considers strategic budget and signifi cant fi nancial matters, and guides corporate governance and strategic policy activities
Undertook a rigorous review of the resources allocated to the seven outputs, reprioritising 2006–07 funding to ensure priority functions are properly resourced and to allow the department to respond to emerging issues
Set the initial budget strategy for 2007–08 and 2008–09
Adopted an internal budget management strategy which sets out clear lines of responsibility between strategic policy and fi nancial management aspects of the budget process
Implemented change management initiatives to enhance the fi nancial management of the department
Developed and implemented activity tracking for major and/or sensitive projects to identify and monitor risks
Developed detailed guides for line areas and agencies on the budget and new policy processes
Compliance Executive Committee
Sets the department’s policy and direction for legislative compliance, endorses operational policies and practices, sets performance measures and reviews performance on compliance and governance
Endorsed the 2006 compliance and enforcement strategy setting the direction for department-wide compliance and enforcement activities
Initiated a review of the department’s investigation services in line with audit recommendations
Endorsed an operational draft of the departmental investigation procedures manual
International Steering Committee
Oversees and provides strategic direction to the international work of the department, and sets priorities for its international activities
Endorsed a Pacifi c strategy for the portfolio
Endorsed a strategy for participation in the conference of the parties to the Convention on Biological Diversity
Established a 2005–06 international engagement strategy
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 202
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entC
orp
orate g
overnance
Committee Role Major achievements in 2005–06
Knowledge Management Committee
Supports improved information and knowledge management in the portfolio, including implementation of new information and communications technology
Created training programmes to improve the department’s recordkeeping and developed a new intranet site to improve communication
Established subcommittees to improve access to and application of environmental information and to progress the cultural and work practice aspects of knowledge management
Endorsed a new information and communications technology strategic plan
Marine and Coastal Coordination Committee
Coordinates domestic and international marine and coastal policies and programmes across the portfolio
Initiated the Natural Resource Management Marine and Coastal Committee Strategic Directions Workshop to be held in July 2006
Coordinated departmental input to the Marine Pollution Response Plan
Portfolio Indigenous Affairs Coordination Group
Coordinates Indigenous issues across the portfolio and sets the portfolio’s strategic focus on Indigenous matters
Provided leadership and advice on a future direction for shared responsibility agreements, and for communicating changes in regional marine planning to Indigenous people
Championed the ‘Healthy Country, Healthy People’ schedule under the Overarching Agreement on Indigenous Affairs between the Commonwealth of Australia and the Northern Territory of Australia. Leadership from this committee has improved coordination of Indigenous issues across the portfolio and forged stronger external links, particularly with the Offi ce of Indigenous Policy Coordination and Indigenous Coordination Centres
Championed a successful NAIDOC week in the department
Workforce Management Committee
Provides strategic oversight for workforce issues such as recruitment, performance management, learning and development, occupational health and safety
Approved changes to the graduate development programme and signifi cantly increased the graduate intake for 2007 and 2008
Created three subcommittees to develop respectively a workforce plan for the department, a project management tool accessible on the intranet, and a leadership development programme for senior employees of the department
Roles and achievements of the department’s Executive Roundtable committees 2005–06 continued ...
203
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tC
orp
ora
te g
ove
rnan
ce
Corporate governance developments
Uhrig review
The department is assessing the governance arrangements of statutory authorities
and offi ce holders in the portfolio against the recommendations of the 2003
Review of the Corporate Governance of Statutory Authorities and Offi ce Holders
(the Uhrig Report).
Having completed assessments of the Offi ce of the Renewable Energy Regulator
and the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust in 2004–05, this year the department
completed assessments of the Bureau of Meteorology, the National Environment
Protection Council Service Corporation, and the Director of National Parks. The
governance arrangements for all of these entities were found to be generally
consistent with the Uhrig Report.
In relation to the National Environment Protection Council Service Corporation,
a review of the National Environment Protection Council Act 1994 (and the
corresponding legislation in other jurisdictions) commenced in late June 2006.
Building on the department’s assessment in the context of the Uhrig Report, this
review will consider the governance framework for the National Environment
Protection Council Service Corporation.
A review panel completed the assessment of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Authority against the Uhrig Report as part of a broader review of the Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park Act 1975. It is now some 30 years since the Act came into force
and established the authority. In the 2004 federal election, the government made
a commitment to review the Act to improve the performance of the Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park Authority, its offi ce holders and its accountability frameworks.
The minister announced the review and its terms of reference on 23 August 2005.
The review was undertaken by a panel chaired by the secretary of the department
with a representative of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet and a
representative of the Department of Finance and Administration as the other panel
members. In all, 227 submissions were received, as well as a number of campaign
submissions, and 36 consultation meetings were held. The review was completed
in April 2006 and is currently subject to consideration by the government.
Internal audit
This year the department reviewed its requirements and organisational
arrangements for internal audit. A new section was created to facilitate improved
governance in the department. It provides strategic input to the internal audit
and risk management functions and manages the work programme for the
department’s external provider of internal audit, risk management and fraud
prevention services. The section also provides the secretariat to the Audit
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 204
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entC
orp
orate g
overnance
Committee and the Risk Assessment Panel, provides advice to the executive on
programme implementation and performance, and prepares the department’s
annual report.
The department’s Audit Committee provides independent assurance and
assistance to the secretary on the integrity of the department’s fi nancial
management processes, its risk, fraud control and legislative compliance
framework, and its external accountability responsibilities.
The Audit Committee has fi ve members, as set out in the table below. The current
membership of the committee was formally appointed from 1 September 2005
with a new chair and one new member appointed at that time.
Audit Committee membership 2005–06
Member Role
Howard Bamsey Chair
Rod Allen Member
David Anderson Member
Greg Wood Independent member
Jenny Morison Independent member
All members attended the fi ve meetings held in 2005–06.
Observers at meetings of the committee are the chief fi nance offi cer, chair of the
Risk Assessment Panel, the director of the Governance Unit and representatives of
the Australian National Audit Offi ce and internal audit.
This year, the Audit Committee’s major activities included:
• reviewing and updating the committee’s charter in light of the Better Practice
Guide for Public Sector Audit Committees produced by the Australian National
Audit Offi ce. The charter was endorsed by the secretary in March 2006. The
charter documents the roles, responsibilities, accountability and operating
procedures of the committee
• fi nalising the department’s fraud control plan for 2005–2007. The fraud control
plan helps to prevent and manage fraud and complements the department’s
fraud management guidelines for staff
• completion of the 2005–06 internal audit plan and agreement to the strategic
internal audit programme for 2006–2009 and the 2006–07 internal audit plan.
The 2006–09 internal audit programme was developed in consultation with the
department’s senior executive. The planning process incorporated:
• a review of key departmental documentation
205
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tC
orp
ora
te g
ove
rnan
ce
• consideration of internal audit coverage over the past two years
• identifi cation of signifi cant operational and fi nancial risks, key projects and
challenges facing divisions across the department
• identifi cation of areas where there is signifi cant reliance on controls that are
crucial to ensuring accuracy, integrity and reliability of systems.
The internal audit team developed a list of audit topics based on an understanding
of the key risks of the department and areas where internal audit activity can
best assist staff to continuously develop and upgrade processes to improve the
department’s overall effi ciency and effectiveness in achieving its outcomes. The
2006–07 internal audit plan was approved by the Audit Committee. The Audit
Committee will monitor and follow-up audit fi ndings and recommendations.
Risk management
Risk management is integral to the department’s planning and review systems.
A senior management subcommittee, the Risk Assessment Panel, implements the
department’s risk management policy, maintains an overall risk management plan
for the department, and reports to the Audit Committee. The risk management
service provider and the director of the Governance Unit are observers at Risk
Assessment Panel meetings.
Risk Assessment Panel membership 2005–06
Member Role Meetings attended (of 4 meetings held)
Mark Tucker Chair 4
Gerard Early Member 3
David Anderson Member 4
Malcolm Forbes Member 3
Rod Allen Member 4
This year the Risk Assessment Panel began investigating ways to identify risks
at an early stage in programme implementation. As part of this process, in
February 2006, the Budget, Finance and Strategy Committee began trialling a new
reporting tool to allow the department’s executive to monitor the progress of key
departmental activities and identify emerging risks. In April 2006 the department
commissioned a review of the risk management framework. The results are
expected in early 2006–07.
The department’s insurable risks are identifi ed annually as part of Comcover’s
insurance renewal process. Both actual and potential insurance claims are
reported to Comcover. For risks associated with injury to staff the department is
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 206
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entC
orp
orate g
overnance
covered by Comcare. The department maintains an occupational health and safety
unit, which helps to reduce claims. Comcare conducts inspections to help the
department measure its performance. Success in managing business risks led to
the department receiving a six per cent discount off its Comcover premium with
the completion of the 2006 Comcover Risk Management Benchmarking Survey in
April 2006.
Fraud control
The department has a fraud control plan and conducts risk assessments to prevent
and manage fraud within the department, in accordance with the Commonwealth
Fraud Control Guidelines.
The secretary endorsed the department’s current fraud control plan in October 2005.
The plan covers the period 2005–2007.
Business continuity plan
The department has a business continuity plan for the period 1 January 2006
to 31 December 2007 endorsed by the secretary. The business continuity plan
describes the arrangements that the department will use to ensure the continuity
of its key services after a major, unexpected and disruptive incident (such as a fi re).
It describes the management structure, staff roles and responsibilities, and actions
that are to be implemented after a major incident.
Knowledge management
The department is committed to basing its decision-making on the best available
information and acknowledges the need to develop and effectively manage its
knowledge base. This year the department established subcommittees of the
Knowledge Management Committee to look at the department’s environmental
information needs, particularly in the area of natural resource management, and at
cultural and work practices that are needed for effective knowledge sharing.
This year a new intranet was launched to assist with internal communications and
knowledge sharing. The department has been focusing on learning from staff who
have already built up experience and understanding in specifi c areas, and has used
their experience in practical ways including participating in the design of the new
intranet.
207
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tC
orp
ora
te g
ove
rnan
ce
Environmental economics advice
The Environmental Economics Unit supports the department with economic
analysis that brings together environmental and economic considerations when
developing advice about policies and programmes. The unit identifi es issues
where economic policies need to take into account environmental considerations.
During the year the unit assisted with submissions to Productivity Commission
inquiries into heritage and waste management. The unit continued to participate
in the management of the $10 million National Market Based Instruments
Pilot Programme under the National Action Plan for Salinity and Water Quality.
Nine of the 11 pilot projects approved under round one of the programme are
now complete. A focus during the year was to address the issue of providing
environmental outcomes at least cost (see www.napswq.gov.au/mbi/round1/index.
html). Additional pilot projects will be funded under round two of the programme
over coming years.
Other activities included assessing impact estimates associated with marine
protected areas, the use of market based instruments in programme development
for the Tasmanian Forests Conservation Fund, management and advice for
projects associated with the Reef Water Quality Protection Plan, and advice on
environmental economics proposals under the Commonwealth Environment
Research Facilities programme.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 208
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entS
takehold
er relations
Stakeholder relations
The department strives to provide a high standard of service to its clients. These
include ministers; other Australian Government departments and agencies; state,
territory and local government bodies; non-government organisations; industry;
and members of the wider community.
The department values the views of its clients and stakeholders, and acknowledges
and values the rights of stakeholders to scrutinise its actions. In doing so, offi cers
of the department maintain the ethical standards required of the Australian Public
Service.
Ethical standards
The department’s employees must comply with the Australian Public Service
Values and Code of Conduct. Detailed guidance is available to employees via
the department’s intranet. The guidance includes a code of conduct specifi c to
the department and procedures for handling suspected breaches. Individual
performance agreements require a personal commitment to the Australian Public
Service Values and Code of Conduct.
The department maintains a network of workplace contact offi cers to raise
awareness about acceptable behaviour in the workplace and to assist employees
with complaints. When new employees join the department they attend an
orientation programme that introduces them to the specifi c requirements of
the Australian Public Service code of conduct, including the need to disclose any
potential confl icts of interest. The programme illustrates commonly encountered
ethical issues. Participants in the graduate programme also attend an ethics course.
Guidelines available on the department’s intranet warn staff against the
inappropriate use of information technology. The department’s whistleblower
policy ensures that allegations are treated seriously and investigated promptly and
independently.
Ministerial and parliamentary services
The department advises and supports the minister and the parliamentary secretary
through briefi ngs, correspondence, website maintenance and offi ce support
services.
The department has been reviewing its workfl ow systems and databases currently
used to support the minister. The department expects to implement a new
and more integrated system before the end of 2006. The new system will offer
electronic workfl ow for important areas of ministerial and parliamentary business,
209
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tS
take
hold
er r
elat
ions
namely correspondence, briefi ngs and parliamentary questions. The system will
also automate and streamline management reporting to a much greater degree
than is currently possible, improve document (version) control, and improve the
overall quality of the material being produced.
The minister, the parliamentary secretary and their staff regularly provide informal
feedback in the normal course of their routine contacts with senior offi cers of the
department. Such feedback, positive or negative, is useful in framing the approach
to similar matters in the future.
The department provides a fortnightly report to the executive and to the
minister’s staff on workfl ows relating to briefi ngs, correspondence, parliamentary
questions, Cabinet and parliamentary business and legal, legislation and freedom
of information matters. In 2005–06, 10 890 items of correspondence were received
by the minister and parliamentary secretary and registered on the department’s
database. Between 100 and 150 draft replies to correspondence were submitted
for the minister’s signature each week. Reports on overdue correspondence are
discussed at the relevant meeting of the department’s executive including, where
appropriate, mitigating circumstances and steps needed to improve performance.
Nearly 3 000 briefi ng submissions for the minister and parliamentary secretary
were prepared in 2005–06. The department modifi ed its procedures to ensure
a minimum fi ve working day period between when a submission arrived in the
minister’s offi ce and when a decision was required.
Results for performance indicators
Performance indicator—parliamentary Result 2005–06
The minister is satisfi ed with the timeliness and accuracy of briefs and draft ministerial correspondence provided by the department
Minister was satisfi ed—procedural adjustments have improved timeliness and quality while responsiveness to requests continues at a high level
Services to the community
The department’s Community Information Unit and the department’s switchboard
(02 6274 1111) receive requests for information from the community, feedback on
the department’s services and redirect enquiries to the appropriate action offi cer.
The Community Information Unit responded to 38 927 enquiries from the
Australian community. Grant related enquiries accounted for 53.8 per cent of the
enquiries, while the remaining 46.2 per cent were for general information about
the department and its programmes. The unit distributed 253 759 publications in
response to requests.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 210
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entS
takehold
er relations
Service charter
The department released a new service charter in October 2005 for the period
2005–2008. The charter sets out the standards of service clients can expect from
the department, their rights and responsibilities, and how to fi nd out more about
the department. The charter is available at www.deh.gov.au/about/publications/
charter.html or in hard copy by contacting the Community Information Unit toll-
free on 1800 803 772.
Clients can provide feedback to the department on its performance by emailing
[email protected]. A feature of the new service charter is the creation
of a client service offi cer position, an impartial contact point to accept feedback
and coordinate the department’s response to members of the public who raise
concerns about service standards. The client service offi cer can be contacted at:
Client Service Offi cer
Department of the Environment and Heritage
GPO Box 787
Canberra ACT 2601
Phone: 02 6274 3199
Fax: 02 6274 1322
Email: [email protected]
Complaints about service
No formal complaints were received about service in 2005–06 through the client
service offi cer.
Five client service complaints were received through the Community Information
Unit and these were redirected to the appropriate area for resolution.
All future client service complaints received through the Community Information
Unit will be forwarded to the department’s client service offi cer.
Access and equity
The department contributes to the Australian Government’s access and equity
annual report on whole-of-government progress in implementing the Australian
Government’s Charter of Public Service in a Culturally Diverse Society
(see www.dimia.gov.au/multicultural/access_equity).
The department’s performance in implementing the charter in 2005–06 for its core
roles as policy adviser, regulator, purchaser, and provider is summarised in the
following table.
211
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tS
take
hold
er r
elat
ions
Department’s performance in implementing the Charter of Public Service in a Culturally Diverse Society
Performance indicator Results 2005–06
Policy adviser role
New or revised policy/programmes that impact in different ways on the lives of people from different cultural and linguistic backgrounds are developed in consultation with people from those backgrounds
Indigenous people have been involved in the development of policy and programmes through participation on the Bushlight Steering Committee, Indigenous Advisory Committee, Envirofund state and national assessment panels, natural resource management regional bodies and the Community Water Grants National Advisory Panel
Indigenous people have been consulted on new or revised policies/programmes including developing priorities for environmental research under the Marine and Tropical Sciences Research Facility in north Queensland, revising the guidelines for the delivery of future Envirofund grant funding rounds and implementing integrated waste and used oil management practices in remote and Indigenous Australia
New or revised policy/programme proposals assess the direct impact on the lives of people from a range of cultural and linguistic backgrounds prior to decision
Impacts on the lives of Indigenous people were considered in relation to programmes such as the review of the Bushlight Project and accessing Natural Heritage Trust resources and Community Water Grants
The national review of environmental education in Australia considered existing environment education programmes that specifi cally involve communities of culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds and made recommendations for future resources, programmes, research and policy development
New or revised policy/programme initiatives have a communication strategy developed and suffi ciently resourced to inform people from relevant cultural and linguistic backgrounds
Communication strategies for new or revised policy/programme initiatives have included the use of plain English in all communications, advertising grant funding rounds via the Indigenous media network and non-English speaking media, providing translator services and incorporating Indigenous art and imagery in targeted promotional material
Regulator role
Resources are provided so that publicly available and accessible information on regulations is communicated appropriately to people from a range of cultural and linguistic backgrounds, and especially to those identifi ed as having a high level of non-compliance
Indigenous people were informed about how the department helps to protect and preserve areas and objects in Australia that are of particular signifi cance to Indigenous peoples through the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage Protection Act 1984 and the Protection of Movable Cultural Heritage Act 1986 by using plain English correspondence and by providing opportunities for telephone and face-to-face meetings
Purchaser role
Purchasing processes that impact in different ways on the lives of people from different cultural and linguistic backgrounds are developed in consultation with people from those backgrounds
Indigenous people helped develop purchasing processes for Commonwealth reserve management plans, and service level agreements between the Wreck Bay Aboriginal Community and the Director of National Parks, to help the Wreck Bay community provide services to Booderee National Park
Parks Australia examined how to involve traditional owners more in the delivery of services such as construction and maintenance of park assets for reserves in the Northern Territory
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 212
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entS
takehold
er relations
Performance indicator Results 2005–06
Tendering specifi cations and contract requirements for the purchase of goods or services are consistent with the requirements of the Charter
The department’s tendering specifi cations and contract requirements comply with the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines. The principles of the guidelines are consistent with the Charter of Public Service
Complaints mechanisms enable people regardless of cultural and linguistic backgrounds to address issues and raise concerns about the performance of service providers and the purchasing agency
Complaint mechanisms are built into the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines which apply to the department’s purchasing arrangements
Provider role
Providers have established mechanisms for planning for implementation, implementation, monitoring and review that incorporate the principles underpinning the Charter
Indigenous people are represented on the regional bodies responsible for developing natural resource management plans and are assisted by facilitators funded through the Natural Heritage Trust
Indigenous culture is presented to visitors to Commonwealth reserves, following consultation with Indigenous representatives on the boards of management and advisory committees of these reserves
Providers have established service standards that utilise the cultural and linguistic diversity of their staff, or their staff’s cross-cultural awareness to facilitate and enhance service delivery
Service delivery was enhanced by providing cross-cultural awareness training for staff. Regional bodies implementing the Natural Heritage Trust were encouraged to provide cross-cultural awareness training
The department supported Indigenous participation in natural resource management through the Indigenous Land Management Facilitator Network and the National Indigenous Engagement Coordinator, which are identifi ed Indigenous positions. Access for non-English speaking applicants was also assisted through the provision of translator services for the Envirofund and Community Water Grants rounds
Complaints mechanisms enable people regardless of cultural and linguistic background to address issues and raise concerns about the performance of Providers
The department has a service charter and a client service manager to deal with complaints by phone and internet
The department has a ‘Contact Us’ facility on the website inviting comments, queries and feedback
Employer role
No indicator The department promotes recruitment and career development of Indigenous employees especially for positions that deal with Indigenous clients. The department also promotes awareness of Indigenous issues through the annual celebration of NAIDOC week
Department’s performance in implementing the Charter of Public Service in a Culturally Diverse Society continued ...
213
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tE
xter
nal s
crut
iny
External scrutiny
Courts and tribunals
The decision of the Full Federal Court in Save the Ridge Inc v Commonwealth
handed down on 16 September 2005 affi rmed the scope of the application of the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 to government
decision-making. The case concerned amendments to the National Capital Plan
relating to the construction of the Gungahlin Drive extension (major roadworks in
the Australian Capital Territory).
The court upheld the Commonwealth view that the amendments were not an
‘action’ under the Act because they were a governmental authorisation under
section 524 of the Act.
Auditor-General reports
Audit Report No. 21 2004–05 Audit of Financial Statements of Australian
Government Entities for the Period Ended 30 June 2005. The focus of the report
is on the year end results of the fi nancial statement audits of all general purpose
reporting entities for the 2004–05 fi nancial year.
The Australian National Audit Offi ce identifi ed eight moderate issues and one
legislative breach in the interim phase of the 2005–06 audit relating to defi ciencies
in the fi nancial statement preparation process, the reconciliation of leave balances,
the reconciliation of fi nancial records, the reconciliation of special accounts and
access management. All issues were satisfactorily resolved in 2005–06.
Parliamentary committees
One report was tabled by the Senate Environment, Communications, Information
Technology and the Arts Committee: Report 2343 tabled on 28 March 2006:
• Living with Salinity – A Report on Progress. The committee considered the
extent and economic impact of salinity, focusing attention on the effectiveness
of current arrangements to manage salinity across Australia. The report makes
23 recommendations to build on the work that has taken place over the last
fi ve years.
One report was tabled by the House of Representatives Standing Committee
on Environment and Heritage: Parliamentary paper 215/2005 tabled on
12 September 2005:
• Inquiry into Sustainable Cities. The report encompassed a wide ranging set
of recommendations related to the complex matter of urban sustainability. The
Australian Government is formulating its response to the report.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 214
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entE
xternal scrutiny
Commonwealth Ombudsman
There were no formal reports from the Commonwealth Ombudsman during the year.
Freedom of information
This section is presented in accordance with the requirements of section 8 of the
Freedom of Information Act 1982. The Act gives the Australian community the
right to access information held by the Australian Government. The only limits are
exemptions needed to protect essential public interests and privacy.
Applications received
The department received 35 applications pursuant to the Act during 2005–06.
There were no requests for review by the Administrative Appeals Tribunal.
Information about the department
Under section 8 of the Act the department has to make available information about
its functions, organisation, operations and powers that affect members of the
public. Relevant information is contained elsewhere in this annual report
(the executive summary, beginning on page 2, presents an overview).
Information about categories of documents
Under section 8 of the Act the department has to report details of certain
categories of documents it maintains. The department holds a large range of
documents in the following categories:
• General policy: administrative fi les, consultants’ reports, memoranda of
understanding, agreements, permits, licences, submissions, guidelines for
programmes, grant documents, manuals, fi nancial records, staffi ng records,
instructions of the secretary, legal documents, and tender evaluations
• Specifi c: Australian Antarctic Division records, committee records, and court
documents and records
• Parliamentary: briefi ng documents, Cabinet documents, ministerial
submissions, policy advice, ministerial correspondence, explanatory
memoranda to Acts, Ordinances and Regulations.
Some documents may have been transferred into archival custody or destroyed in
accordance with the Archives Act 1983.
Arrangements for outside participation
Under section 8 of the Act the department has to report details of arrangements
whereby members of the public can participate in certain kinds of decision-making.
The department consults members of the public and bodies outside the Australian
Government’s administration when developing policy and programmes, and
administering legislation and schemes. In addition to general public consultation,
215
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tE
xter
nal s
crut
iny
which may be a requirement of particular legislation, the department and the
minister receive advice from various scientifi c and expert committees and other
bodies. These include the Australian Heritage Council, the Threatened Species
Scientifi c Committee, the Biological Diversity Advisory Committee, the Indigenous
Advisory Committee and the Antarctic Science Advisory Committee.
Generally people can participate by making oral or written representations to
the minister or the department or by putting submissions to the various working
groups chaired by the department.
Formal arrangements under the Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act
1981, Sea Installations Act 1987, Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999, and the environmental impact assessment provisions of
the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980 provide for proposals to
be examined publicly and for comments to be received.
Formal arrangements under the Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands
Environment Protection and Management Ordinance 1987 provide for public
consultation during the development of management plans.
Formal arrangements under the Environment Protection (Alligator Rivers Region)
Act 1978 provide for public consultation on scientifi c research programmes and
matters relating to the effects on the environment in the Alligator Rivers region of
uranium mining operations.
Procedures for gaining access to information
Freedom of information matters within the department are handled by the Legal
Section in the Policy Coordination Division. Contact details for the freedom of
information offi cer are:
Phone: (02) 6274 1578
Fax: (02) 6274 1587
Email: foi_contact_offi [email protected]
Written requests for access to documents should be addressed to:
The Freedom of Information Coordinator
Legal Section
Department of the Environment and Heritage
GPO Box 787
Canberra ACT 2601
For enquiries specifi c to the Antarctic contact:
The Director
Australian Antarctic Division
Kingston TAS 7050
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 216
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entE
nvironm
ental sustainability
Environmental sustainability
This section is presented in accordance with the requirements of section 516A of
the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
Section 516A requires government departments to report on:
• how the department’s activities accord with the principles of ecologically
sustainable development (subsection 6a)
• how the department’s outcomes contribute to ecologically sustainable
development (subsection 6b)
• the environmental impacts of the department’s operations during the year, and
measures taken to minimise the impacts (subsections 6c, d and e).
How the department applies the principles
The principles of ecologically sustainable development1 are central to the
department’s environment and natural heritage protection activities, all of which
aim to conserve biodiversity and ecological integrity, and to maintain the health,
diversity and productivity of the environment for the benefi t of future generations.
The department administers the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 and the Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Act 1997, both
of which explicitly recognise these principles.
Examples of how the department applies the principles of ecologically sustainable
development are summarised in the table on page 217. More details on specifi c
programmes are contained in other chapters of this annual report.
Contribution of outcomes
The Department of the Environment and Heritage is the lead Australian
Government agency for developing and implementing national policy,
programmes and legislation to protect and conserve the natural environment.
One of the key functions of the department is to promote and support ecologically
sustainable development.
The department’s outcomes contribute to ecologically sustainable development as
follows:
Outcome 1: Protecting and conserving the environment helps to maintain the
ecological processes on which life depends.
Outcome 2: Australia’s Antarctic interests include a strong focus on protecting the
Antarctic environment, as well as managing the sustainable use of Antarctic marine
resources.
1 The principles of ecologically sustainable development are set out in sections 3A and (in the case of the precautionary
principle) 391 of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
217
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tE
nviro
nmen
tal s
usta
inab
ility
How the department applies the principles of ecologically sustainable development
Principles Activities
Integration principle: decision-making processes should effectively integrate both long-term and short-term economic, environmental, social and equitable considerations
Integrated natural resource management: develops and invests in natural resource management plans and other strategies for integrating management based on the need to maintain ecosystems, including the regional component of the Natural Heritage Trust and regional marine plans. These plans integrate both long-term and short-term economic, environmental, social and equitable considerations
Integrated reporting: publishes its own triple bottom line report (renamed sustainability report) and State of the Environment report
Precautionary principle: if there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental damage, lack of full scientifi c certainty should not be used as a reason for postponing measures to prevent environmental degradation
Environmental impact assessments: applies the precautionary principle to prevent serious environmental damage when assessing the possible environmental impacts of proposed actions, often in the absence of full scientifi c certainty, most notably through the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, and through chemical and gene technology assessment schemes
National response to climate change: develops Australia’s national and international response to the threat of climate change in the absence of full scientifi c certainty, and manages for uncertainty, including preparing Australia for unavoidable climate change impacts
Intergenerational principle: the present generation should ensure that the health, diversity and productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced for the benefi t of future generations
Pollution prevention: applies laws and other national measures to prevent environmentally harmful substances from entering the environment, notably the various national environment protection measures, the Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act 1981, the Hazardous Waste (Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1989, and the Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act 1989
Whole-of-government policy development: advocates environmental protection in the development of other Australian Government policies, including major energy and water reforms
Community capacity building: administers the Australian Government’s major natural resource management programmes that have an environmental focus, including the Natural Heritage Trust. These programmes increase the capacity of Australians to conserve ecosystems for future generations
Biodiversity principle: the conservation of biological diversity and ecological integrity should be a fundamental consideration in decision-making
Biodiversity conservation: applies laws for the conservation of biodiversity to protect wildlife and places with environmental values, including the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, and through the Natural Heritage Trust, marine protected areas, terrestrial parks and reserves
Valuation principle: improved valuation, pricing and incentive mechanisms should be promoted
Conservation incentives: promotes incentives for protecting wildlife and habitats on private land through covenants. Supports fi shing industry adjustment processes to reduce pressures on the marine environment
Waste reduction incentives: provides incentives for more effi cient uses of resources, including markets for waste products such as used lubricating oils, water effi ciency labelling, and product stewardship programmes to reduce plastic bag consumption and to recycle used oil
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 218
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entE
nvironm
ental sustainability
Environmental impacts of operations
The department is a strong advocate of environmental accountability and
sustainability reporting. The department reports in detail on its environmental,
social and economic performance in a sustainability report (previously called a
triple bottom line report). Reporting is in accordance with the Global Reporting
Initiative sustainability reporting (see www.globalreporting.org).
The following section summarises the environmental performance of the
department’s operations during the year. It covers how the department is
minimising the environmental impacts of its operations, and is increasing the
effectiveness of the measures it takes to minimise its environmental impacts.
The department reports on the environmental impacts of four major operational
areas:
• head offi ce in the John Gorton Building and the Edmund Barton Building in
Canberra
• Australian Antarctic Division in Hobart and the Australian Antarctic Territory
• Parks Australia Division
• Supervising Scientist Division in Darwin.
The department will be publishing its sustainability report for 2005–06 later in
the year. The Sustainability Report will contain more detailed information on
the department’s environmental performance and goals. Information on last
year’s Triple Bottom Line Report can also be obtained at www.deh.gov.au/about/
publications/tbl/04-05/index.html.
Results 2005–06
John Gorton Building and Edmund Barton Building
• The department’s environmental management system, which covers the
department’s Canberra-based operations, was recertifi ed in May 2006 to
the upgraded international environmental management system standard
ISO14001:2004.
• The department’s environmental management system moved from a paper-
based to electronic system, in order to streamline maintenance, reporting and
scheduling of environmental objectives, targets and activities.
• A contract was let for the supply and installation of upgraded electricity
metering in part of the John Gorton Building and the Communications Centre.
• Total tenant light and power consumption was up by six per cent from last year
(1 687 601 kWh compared to 1 782 875 kWh).
• Electricity consumption per person per year was 11 per cent higher, rising from
4 849 megajoules to 5 376 megajoules. The department’s consumption is still
well below the Australian Government energy use target of 10 000 MJ/pp/pa.
219
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tE
nviro
nmen
tal s
usta
inab
ility
• The department continued purchasing 100 per cent accredited greenpower for
the John Gorton Building.
• A water audit of the John Gorton Building conducted in 2005 indicated that,
while the department’s performance was above average for comparable
offi ce-based operations, further improvement can be achieved. The audit
recommendations are being implemented.
• General waste sent to landfi ll decreased by four per cent from 45 to 43.5 tonnes
in 2005–06.
• Recycled waste comprising paper, cardboard, commingled and organic material
increased by seven per cent from 134 to 144 tonnes.
• Greenhouse gas emissions are up 14 per cent from last year (637 compared to
544 kilograms per person per year).
• Membership of the Environmentally Conscious Offi cer Network (ECONet)
support group is now 18 strong, the highest it has been, following the
recruitment of six new members and despite the loss of three members moving
to other areas.
Australian Antarctic Division
• The divisions’ environmental management system was recertifi ed to meet the
requirements of the Australian/New Zealand Standard AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004
in September 2005. This system has operated since 2002 and the current
certifi cation is due to expire in September 2008.
• The division’s environmental policy was reviewed in September 2005 and
reissued.
• An internal environmental audit programme was instituted. Regular audits will
be conducted of all major activity groups of the division.
• An inventory of all the division’s environmental training was prepared for
2006–07 and will be reviewed annually.
• A controlled document system was implemented across the division in
August 2005. This system will ensure that all controlled documents are
reviewed regularly.
• The Kingston, Tasmania offi ces consumed 3.86 million kWh of electricity.
• The Kingston offi ces consumed 6 216 kilolitres of water, unchanged from
last year.
• The division reused or recycled 26 per cent of waste, landfi lled 27 per cent and
treated and disposed of 47 per cent of all waste.
• The warehouse ordered 3 897 reams of A4 and A3 paper on behalf of the
Kingston offi ce and stations.
Parks Australia Division
• Plans of management for individual protected areas include environmental
management goals.
• The Australian National Botanic Gardens introduced a computerised water
management system and has met water restrictions for the past three years.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 220
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entE
nvironm
ental sustainability
• Several parks have water metering: Booderee National Park consumed
15 270 kilolitres of water (up 39 per cent), Kakadu National Park headquarters
consumed 35 830 kilolitres and the Australian National Botanic Gardens
consumed 166 356 kilolitres (up 14 per cent).
• At Booderee National Park, where statistics are available, 1 200 cubic metres of
waste was recycled.
• Available data suggests staff used eight reams of paper per person per year, up
from 6.5 reems last year.
• Electricity use was reduced from last year by nearly eight per cent across Parks
Australia Division, largely due to more effi cient cooling systems.
Supervising Scientist Division
• The division reviewed how scientifi c research activities can be incorporated
into the draft environmental management system, and implemented an action
plan to track achievement of the goals set in the 2004–05 Triple Bottom Line
report against the Global Reporting Initiatives.
• Electricity usage by the Darwin and Jabiru offi ces and Parks Australia North
Darwin offi ce increased by four per cent from last year due to the increased
number of occupants, while the total megajoules per person decreased by
six per cent.
• Fuel usage (transport and other usage) was reduced by 17.7 per cent and distance
travelled by vehicles decreased by 18.3 per cent for the same period last year.
• Water usage at the Darwin offi ce increased from 724 kilolitres last year to
1 403 kilolitres this year, partly because of an increase in aquaculture work in
the Environmental Research Institute of the Supervising Scientist.
• It is the division’s practice, where possible, to purchase ‘green’ stationery and
toiletry products rather than standard products.
• The division used 20.2 per cent less paper this year than last year, exceeding
the 10 per cent target set in the 2004–05 Triple Bottom Line report. This was
achieved through reusing paper printed on one side, installing duplex trays
in printers for double-sided printing, encouraging staff to edit documents on
screen, and disseminating information electronically.
• There was also a 40.4 per cent reduction in the use of non-recycled paper, and
an 8.5 per cent reduction in partly recycled paper.
• Greenhouse gas emissions this year are down by almost 380 tonnes or
33 per cent (1 202.5 tonnes in 2004–05 compared to 822.67 tonnes in 2005–06).
The lower emissions can be attributed to lower fuel usage, reduced distance
travelled by vehicles and less waste produced on site.
• To reduce landfi ll waste, staff sort waste including toner cartridges, glass, paper
and plastic products into recycle bins. Organic waste is recycled through the
worm farm established to provide live feed for breeding populations of fi sh
(purple spotted gudgeon) used for research purposes.
221
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Human resources
The Department of the Environment and Heritage manages its people to ensure
the achievement of corporate goals and to meet its changing business needs.
Results 2005–06
• Negotiated a new comprehensive three-year collective agreement with
staff and unions, which came into effect in August 2006
• Developed a new comprehensive Australian Workplace Agreement for
non-senior executive service staff, which came into effect in August 2006
• Made substantial progress on a new workforce plan
• Revised the graduate programme and approved an intake of 30 graduates
for 2007
• Finalised the department’s people strategy 2005–2007
• Developed divisional improvement plans to follow up fi ndings of the 2004
staff survey
• Made substantial progress on the development of a leadership programme
• Finalised and approved a new project management methodology
• Audited the Investors in People programme and continued certifi cation to
the international standard.
Workforce Management Committee
The Workforce Management Committee plays a key role in reviewing people
management policies and programmes across the department and ensuring that all
people management activity is closely aligned to the department’s business goals.
The committee is chaired by a deputy secretary and includes all division heads. The
committee’s achievements for the year are summarised in the table on page 201.
People Management Branch restructure
The People Management Branch was restructured during the year. The changes
were made to improve the branch’s services to management and employees
and to increase capacity to develop and deliver new people management and
accommodation projects for the department.
A People Assistance and Advisory Group was established to provide services
to managers and employees in such areas as pay and conditions, recruitment,
occupational health and safety, performance and wellbeing.
A new team-based Human Resource Strategies Group replaced two previously
separate sections with responsibility for the workforce and performance. The
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 222
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
group concentrated on key people management projects, including negotiating
a new collective agreement and Australian Workplace Agreements, workforce
planning, recruitment and leadership programmes.
The programme services area provides accommodation solutions and is responsible
for offi ce services, the environmental management system and fl eet management.
Staff turnover and retention rates
The department’s retention rate of its ongoing staff for 2005–06 was 89.2 per cent
(compared to 87.5 per cent for the 2004–05 year). The overall separation rate for
the department (including promotions and transfers to other Australian Public
Service agencies) was 28.3 per cent. This fi gure includes the department’s above
average percentage of non-ongoing staff primarily required to meet operational
and seasonal employment needs in the Australian Antarctic Division and some
of the national parks. Excluding these staff, the separation rate for ongoing
departmental staff was 10.9 per cent in 2005–06, slightly above the 2004–05
separation rate of 10.7 per cent.
Makeup of workforce
The department has a diverse workforce carrying out a wide range of
responsibilities and tasks across Australia and in Australia’s external territories.
Key to job classifi cation symbols in the following tables
Secretary Secretary of the department
PEO Principal Executive Offi cer. Refers to Director of National Parks, a
statutory offi ce holder
SES 1–3 Senior Executive Service bands 1–3. Includes Chief of Division,
Australian Antarctic Division
EL 1–2 Executive Level bands 1–2. Includes equivalent Australian Antarctic
Division bands 7–8
APS 1–6 Australian Public Service levels 1–6. Includes equivalent Australian
Antarctic Division levels 1–6. Includes graduate programme recruits
RS 1–3 Research Scientist (equivalent to APS 6 or EL 1), Senior Research
Scientist (equivalent to EL 2) and Principal Research Scientist
(equivalent to EL 2)
AMP 1–2 Antarctic Medical Practitioner levels 1–2 (Expeditioner)
AE 1–3 Antarctic Expeditioner bands 1–3
LO 1–3 Legal Offi cer (equivalent to APS 3–6), Senior Legal Offi cer (equivalent
to EL 1) and Principal Legal Offi cer (equivalent to EL 2)
PAO 1–4 Public Affairs Offi cer 1–2 (equivalent to APS 3–6), Public Affairs Offi cer 3
(equivalent to EL 1) and Senior Public Affairs Offi cer (equivalent to EL 2)
223
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Job
cla
ssifi
catio
n, g
end
er a
nd lo
catio
n (a
s at
30
June
200
6)
Loca
tio
nG
end
er
Cla
ssifi
cati
on
Tota
lS
ecre
tary
PE
OS
ES
1–3
EL
1–2
AP
S 1
–6R
S 1
–4A
MP
1–2
AE
1–3
PAO
1–4
Aus
tral
ian
Cap
ital
Terr
itory
Fe
mal
e
15
254
505
20
794
Mal
e1
130
277
266
4
6
585
New
Sou
th W
ales
Fe
mal
e
5
5
Mal
e
1
1
Nor
ther
n Te
rrito
ry
Fem
ale
18
842
95
Mal
e
2
1691
8
117
Que
ensl
and
Fem
ale
1
1
Mal
e
4
4
Sou
th A
ustr
alia
Fem
ale
1
1
Mal
e
3
3
Tasm
ania
Fem
ale
320
966
12
5
Mal
e
5
4910
937
3
20
3
Vic
toria
Fem
ale
1
1
Mal
e
21
3
Wes
tern
Aus
tral
ia
Fem
ale
2
1
3
Mal
e
31
4
Jerv
is B
ay
Fem
ale
2
17
19
Mal
e
319
22
Nor
folk
Isla
nd
Fem
ale
0
Mal
e
3
3
Ind
ian
Oce
an
Fem
ale
3
3
Mal
e
117
18
Ant
arct
ica
Fem
ale
6
6
Mal
e
6
40
46
Tota
l 1
156
653
1 21
357
946
262
062
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 224
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
Ful
l-tim
e em
plo
yees
und
er t
he P
ublic
Ser
vice
Act
199
9 as
at
30 J
une
2006
No
n-o
ngo
ing
Ong
oin
gTo
tal b
y g
end
er
Tota
lD
ivis
ion
Fem
ale
Mal
eS
ub-t
ota
lFe
mal
eM
ale
Sub
-to
tal
Fem
ale
Mal
e
Aus
tral
ian
Ant
arct
ic D
ivis
ion
2574
9963
154
217
8822
831
6
Par
ks A
ustr
alia
Div
isio
n28
3058
6113
920
089
169
258
Dep
artm
ent–
othe
r d
ivis
ions
6543
108
599
499
1 09
866
454
21
206
Tota
l11
814
726
572
379
21
515
841
939
1 78
0
Par
t-tim
e em
plo
yees
und
er t
he P
ublic
Ser
vice
Act
199
9 as
at
30 J
une
2006
No
n-o
ngo
ing
O
ngo
ing
To
tal b
y g
end
er
Tota
l D
ivis
ion
Fem
ale
Mal
eS
ub-t
ota
lFe
mal
eM
ale
Sub
-to
tal
Fem
ale
Mal
e
Aus
tral
ian
Ant
arct
ic D
ivis
ion
84
1210
616
1810
28
Par
ks A
ustr
alia
Div
isio
n47
2067
171
1864
2185
Dep
artm
ent–
othe
r d
ivis
ions
188
2611
231
143
130
3916
9
Tota
l73
3210
513
938
177
212
7028
2
225
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Employment agreements
All senior executive service employees have Australian Workplace Agreements.
All ongoing substantive executive level 1 and 2 employees and equivalent
classifi cations are also offered Australian Workplace Agreements. Agreements are
offered to other employees on a case-by-case basis. Existing non-senior executive
service Australian Workplace Agreements expired on 30 June 2006. A revised
Australian Workplace Agreement was developed during the year and a new round
of offers was made in August 2006. Current senior executive service Australian
Workplace Agreements have a nominal expiry date of June 2007.
Remuneration for employees on Australian Workplace Agreements is based on
ensuring that individuals are rewarded according to their assessed contribution in
meeting performance expectations, remuneration is competitive with other similar
organisations, and that remuneration arrangements are fl exible so that the department
can recruit and retain staff with special skills. The payment of a performance bonus is
based on the individual’s performance during an appraisal cycle.
The department’s other Australian Public Service employees, who make up the
bulk of the workforce, are covered by either the department’s certifi ed agreement,
which notionally expired on 30 June 2006, or the Australian Antarctic Division’s
certifi ed agreement. Development of a new whole of department collective
agreement under the work choices provisions of the Workplace Relations Act 2006
to replace the two current certifi ed agreements was substantially completed by
30 June 2006. The new collective agreement will run for three years and includes
for the fi rst time the Australian Antarctic Division. The new collective agreement
will provide pay rises to staff over the life of the agreement and improve some
conditions. The increased cost of the agreement is offset by productivity
improvements.
Number of employees under various types of employment agreements (as at 30 June 2006)
Type of agreement
Classifi cation
TotalSES non-SES
Australian Workplace Agreements 49 483 532
Certifi ed agreement (department) 0 1 188 1 188
Certifi ed agreement (Australian Antarctic Division) 0 275 275
Total 49 1 946 1 995
Note:
• Australian Workplace Agreement fi gures include the Australian Antarctic Division.
• The fi gures for Australian Workplace Agreements do not include the principal executive offi cer position and exclude employees on temporary transfer to another agency who would otherwise be covered by an Australian Workplace Agreement.
• All fi gures include staff on leave without pay and exclude irregular or intermittent employees.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 226
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
Base salaries—excluding the Australian Antarctic Division (as at 30 June 2006)
Classifi cation Certifi ed agreement Australian Workplace Agreement
Australian Public Service Level 1–2 $31 665–$40 998 $31 665–$40 998
Australian Public Service Level 3 $41 877–$46 119
Australian Public Service Level 4 $46 938–$50 652 $46 938–$50 652
Australian Public Service Level 5 $51 370–$55 062 $51 370–$55 062
Australian Public Service Level 6 $56 028–$64 841 $56 028–$64 841
Executive Level 1 $70 254–$78 061 $70 254–$88 061
Executive Level 2 $81 029–$94 936 $81 029–$108 150
Public Affairs Offi cer 1 $46 938–$55 063
Public Affairs Offi cer 2 $59 805–$66 101
Public Affairs Offi cer 3 $73 902–$91 865 $73 902–$91 865
Senior Public Affairs Offi cer 1–2 $94 936–$99 700 $97 936–$102 700
Legal Offi cer $42 942–$64 841
Senior Legal Offi cer $70 254–$85 482 $70 254–$85 482
Principal Legal Offi cer $91 865–$97 361 $91 865–$100 361
Research Scientist $59 805–$78 061 $59 805–$78 061
Senior Research Scientist $81 029–$96 552 $81 029–$99 552
Principal Research Scientist $98 170–$109 934 $98 170–$112 934
Senior Principal Research Scientist $116 189–$126 690 $116 189–$127 800
Senior Executive Service 1 $114 800–$132 200
Senior Executive Service 2 $138 400–$157 100
Senior Executive Service 3 $171 400–$198 400
Note:
• Does not include salaries relating to the principal executive offi cer position or the secretary as they are not employed under the certifi ed agreement or an Australian Workplace Agreement.
227
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Base salaries—Australian Antarctic Division (as at 30 June 2006)
Classifi cation Certifi ed agreement Australian Workplace Agreement
Australian Antarctic Division Band 1 $32 685–$35 715
Australian Antarctic Division Band 2 $36 787–$42 483
Australian Antarctic Division Band 3 $42 644–$45 239
Australian Antarctic Division Band 4 $46 599–$50 920
Australian Antarctic Division Band 5 $52 448–$55 639
Australian Antarctic Division Band 6 $57 310–$64 501
Executive Level 1 $72 599–$77 020 $73 325–$77 790
Executive Level 2 $84 160–$100 495 $85 002–$101 500
Research Scientist $57 310–$77 020 $67 101–$77 790
Senior Research Scientist $79 330–$100 495 $80 123–$101 500
Principal Research Scientist $103 510–$113 108 $104 545–$114 239
Senior Principal Research Scientist $119 998–$131 125 $121 198–$132 436
Antarctic Medical Practitioner Level 1 (Head Offi ce) $94 728–$106 614 $95 675–$107 680
Antarctic Medical Practitioner Level 2 (Head Offi ce) $109 814–$119 998 $110 912–$121 198
Expeditioner Band 1 $45 072–$60 354
Expeditioner Band 2 $55 473–$74 866
Expeditioner Band 3 $77 047–$88 349
Antarctic Medical Practitioner Level 1 (Expeditioner) $108 894–$121 991
Senior Executive Service 1 $114 800–$127 800
Senior Executive Service 2 $138 400–$157 100
Chief of Division 1 $147 200–$160 100
Note:
• Senior executive service employees may access a further salary point, subject to continuing high performance.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 228
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
Performance pay for employees up to executive level 2
Performance pay statistic
Classifi cation
APS 1–6 Executive Level 1 Executive Level 2
2004–05 2005–06 2004–05 2005–06 2004–05 2005–06
Number of performance payments
11 18 194 252 154 161
Average performance pay
$2 597 $2 659 $4 533 $4 112 $5 580 $5 732
Range of performance pay
$1 135–$3 715
$422–$5 259
$491–$9 519
$243–$9 007
$999–$10 893
$416–$12 135
Total paid $28 562 $47 854 $879 341 $1 036 289 $859 299 $922 807
Notes:
• Performance pay bonuses for the 2003–04 appraisal cycle were paid during 2004–05. Performance pay bonuses for the 2004–05 appraisal cycle were paid during 2005–06.
• Some payments were made on a pro-rata basis as employment did not span the full appraisal period.
Performance pay for senior executive service employees
Performance pay statistic
Classifi cation
SES bands 2 and 3 SES band 1
2004–05 2005–06 2004–05 2005–06
Number of performance payments 10 12 31 26
Average performance pay $11 455 $12 533 $7 932 $8 682
Range of performance pay $7 156–$14 658
$7 476–$23 678
$2 309–$8 897
$2 591–$15 728
Total paid $114 553 $150 402 $245 898 $225 743
Notes:
• Performance pay bonuses for the 2003–04 appraisal cycle were paid during 2004–05. Performance pay bonuses for the 2004–05 appraisal cycle were paid during 2005–06.
• Some payments were made on a pro-rata basis as employment did not span the full appraisal period.
• Payments do not include the secretary and the principal executive offi cer
229
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Performance management
Following feedback from the staff survey, the department revised the performance
development scheme and implemented changes on 1 July 2005. Key changes
included:
• simpler forms
• clearer responsibilities for each employee and supervisor for completing
performance agreements
• improved links between the individual learning plans and wider departmental
development programmes
• new training programmes on how to write a good performance agreement,
how to develop good performance expectations, and how to give and receive
feedback.
Participation in the scheme is expected for all ongoing staff and for non-ongoing
staff engaged for three months or more. Salary rises set out in the certifi ed
agreement are subject to a 95 per cent participation rate in the scheme, which the
department has achieved.
Learning and development
Ongoing strategies
Graduate programme: The department places signifi cant importance on
recruiting graduates from a variety of academic disciplines to participate in the
graduate programme. Existing departmental employees also have the opportunity
to participate in the programme. The department also offers a number of positions
to graduates recruited through the Australian Public Service Commission’s
Indigenous Graduate Programme. Graduates are provided with professional
development including training courses, work rotations, and mentoring. In
2005, 18 graduates completed the department’s graduate programme and have
been placed within the department. In 2006, 16 graduates were recruited. The
department is planning to expand its graduate intake for 2007 to 30 and has
actively sought applicants from all academic disciplines with particular emphasis
on economics, commerce and law backgrounds. The programme continues to
increase the diversity and depth of talent in the department’s workforce while
introducing fresh ideas and attitudes to the workplace.
Online learning: The department continued to use online learning to educate
employees about concepts, business processes and how to use computer
applications. Online learning programmes developed during the year included
an orientation programme for new staff, an occupational health and safety
programme, and a vendor request and purchasing cards programme. A number
of programmes were used as an assessment and compliance tool to help staff
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 230
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
remember information they need to carry out a particular business function, for
example, ensuring purchasing cardholders know their responsibilities.
Cultural diversity programmes: The department held cross-cultural and
cultural diversity development programmes to enhance the appreciation of
cultural diversity. Employees participating in these programmes can broaden
their understanding of Indigenous and other cultural groups and gain experience
in collaborating with these groups. As part of NAIDOC week the department
provided cross-cultural training courses. Feedback from participants, who ranged
from graduates to senior executives, highlighted the understanding they gained of
working with people from Indigenous cultures.
Seminar programmes: The department holds an executive seminar series and a
human resources seminar series throughout the year. These seminars are open to
all staff. They enable senior managers of the department to share their knowledge
and experience and help staff to build their supervisory and people management
skills.
In 2006 the seminar series was expanded to include an ‘insights’ series, which
highlights signifi cant work being undertaken across the department, and a
programme on environmental economics for non-economists. The environmental
economics programme was tailored to the needs of the department and targeted
staff at executive level 1 and above. The fi rst course attracted a high level of
interest, and was substantially over-subscribed, with over 90 applications received
for the 30 places on offer.
New strategies
Online occupational health and safety training package: The department
implemented an online occupational health and safety training package, which all
staff were required to complete.
People strategy: In October 2005 the workforce management committee
approved the department’s people strategy 2005–2007. This strategy supports the
department’s corporate and strategic plans. The strategy sets out the values, policy
framework, delivery model, goals and strategies of the department for the next
two years in relation to people management.
Workplace diversity programme: The department’s workplace diversity
programme has three objectives:
• to increase awareness and acceptance of workplace diversity principles among
staff at all levels of the organisation
• to foster diversity in the department and use the diverse skills, experiences and
cultural backgrounds of staff
• to ensure the department has fl exible workplace practices to allow staff to
balance their work and personal lives.
231
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Individual learning: As part of the department’s performance and development
scheme, individual employees must complete learning plans with their supervisor,
to identify learning needs and solutions related to the work they are required
to complete under their performance agreement. The staff survey raised some
concerns about the lack of links between individual learning plans and the wider
divisional and departmental learning and development programmes. As a result,
the learning plans have been redesigned to clearly identify both the learning
needs and the solutions. Procedures have been put in place to ensure the agreed
learning solutions are passed on to the support units within each division and
the department’s People Management Branch, to be taken into account in
their planning for both divisional and departmental learning and development
programmes.
Leadership development: The department is preparing a leadership
development programme based on the Integrated Leadership System developed
for the Australian Public Service Commission. The programme is for all staff with
supervisory responsibilities. It will provide development to support leaders and
managers and will improve leadership skills in the department. The programme
will be launched in the latter half of 2006.
Mobility and development: Eight executive level staff participated in a new
mobility programme during the year. The programme aims to broaden the
leadership skills, experience and opportunities of employees at this level.
Rewards and recognition
The department participated in formal Australian Public Service wide recognition
programmes in 2005–06 as well as holding department-wide employee recognition
schemes to reward outstanding performance.
Twenty-one Australia Day
achievement awards were
presented to individuals and
teams within the portfolio at the
department’s 2006 Australia Day
award ceremony on 25 January.
In September 2005 the Minister
for the Environment and Heritage
presented presented six team
awards and two individual awards
in recognition of outstanding
achievements for the portfolio.
The Secretary’s Awards continued
to recognise the outstanding
Peter Graham receiving an award from Howard Bamsey. Peter received an Australia Day award from the department in 2006 for his role in leading the team that produced the department’s 2004–05 annual report. Photo: Mark Mohell
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 232
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
contributions of staff. Fifteen awards were presented to individuals and teams
in December 2005 in three categories: sharing knowledge and experience
within teams, mentoring and role models for staff, and consistent and effective
contribution to the department’s goals.
Work–life balance
The department remains committed to the work–life balance of its employees. The
department’s certifi ed agreements offer a range of leave provisions which assist
employees to meet commitments outside work.
As part of the 2004–2006 certifi ed agreement the department conducted a
feasibility study into the provision of childcare services for employees located in
Canberra. The report provided a number of options which are currently under
consideration by management.
The department involves its staff in decision-making processes through
informal and formal mechanisms such as workshops, surveys, the department’s
Consultative Committee and related divisional consultative committees.
Occupational health and safety
This section is presented in accordance with the requirements of section 74 of the
Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) Act 1991.
The department is committed to preserving the health, safety and welfare of its
staff and any other persons at or near work sites.
The department’s occupational health and safety policy aims to provide and
maintain a safe and healthy workplace in line with the requirements of the
Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) Act 1991. The
department works to achieve high standards of occupational health, safety and
rehabilitation in all its work locations and operations by providing a safe system of
work to prevent work-related injuries and illnesses.
Under its rehabilitation policy and guidelines, the department supports injured
and ill employees and provides an early-return-to-work programme.
The department’s Canberra-based Occupational Health and Safety Committee
meets regularly to address a wide range of issues. Each of the mainland national
parks, other departmental offi ces on the mainland and in Tasmania, and the
Antarctic stations maintain local occupational health and safety committees to
address site-specifi c issues.
A network of health and safety representatives looks after the health and welfare
of employees within designated workgroups throughout the department. On
appointment, all health and safety representatives undergo Comcare-approved
training to enable them to fulfi l their roles.
233
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Number of reports under section 68 of the Act
Section 68 of the Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment)
Act 1991 relates to the requirement for employees to report to Comcare accidents
or incidents that cause death or serious personal injury or incapacity, or that are
otherwise dangerous. The following table shows the number of accidents or
occurrences that were reported to Comcare under section 68 of the Act.
Workplace Number of reports
Canberra workplaces 3
Parks Australia remote workplaces 25
Australian Antarctic Division 6
Investigations conducted during the year
Four internal investigation reports relating to the department’s Antarctic
operations were provided to Comcare. No directions were issued under section 45
of the Occupational Health and Safety (Commonwealth Employment) Act 1991,
nor were any notices given under sections 29, 46 or 47 of the Act.
Contaminated water incident
On Friday 16 December 2005 the department received a report on the quality of
the rain water supply to the refurbished former Communications Centre of the
John Gorton Building.
The report indicated the levels for lead, zinc and copper were above those
prescribed in the Australian Drinking Water Guidelines and the pH level was
below that prescribed in the guidelines. The contaminated rain water supply was
immediately turned off and replaced with mains water supplied by ACTEW/AGL.
Comcare was advised of the incident. The ACT Chief Health Offi cer was
immediately requested to assess the level of public health risk associated with
these readings and advised the department that there was a low risk.
The department engaged a consultant occupational physician to assist staff and the
department in the assessment of any health impacts.
The risk to individuals was best determined by testing for blood lead. The
department contacted and tested employees who may have been exposed;
170 employees presented for testing.
All results received were within the limits specifi ed by the National Health and Medical
Research Council for blood lead and no cases of lead poisoning were identifi ed.
Comcare conducted an independent investigation. The report was provided to the
department in August 2006.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 234
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
Agreements with employees
The department has an Occupational Health and Safety Policy and Agreement which
covers all aspects of its work other than Antarctic operations. The Australian Antarctic
Division has a separate agreement in light of the specialised occupational health and
safety challenges faced by expeditioners and others working in the Antarctic.
The agreements recognise sharing of responsibilities and the commitment of
all parties to maintaining health and safety in the workplace, with the aim of
minimising the human and fi nancial costs of injury and illness through active
prevention strategies.
Routine support for employees
The following measures undertaken during the year are routine support that the
department provides for its employees.
Measure Results 2005–06
Orientation sessions to inform new and ongoing employees of occupational health and safety legislation, responsibilities and procedures
136 employees from the department attended orientation sessions
All new employees of the Australian Antarctic Division attended orientation sessions
Supervisors and managers of the Australian Antarctic Division attended general training, incident analysis and asbestos awareness training
Training for fi rst aid offi cers, health and safety representatives and workplace contact offi cers
20 employees, 39 fi rst aid offi cers and 43 park rangers were trained in fi rst aid; 22 health and safety representatives received appropriate training
All wintering Antarctic expeditioners attended fi rst aid training
Ergonomic and work station assessments by in-house and external occupational therapists
328 work station assessments were conducted for the department
52 work station assessments were conducted—all in-house—for the Australian Antarctic Division
Reimbursement of the costs of having eyesight tests for using screen-based equipment
60 tests were reimbursed
Reimbursement of the costs of being screened for skin cancer and hearing loss, for fi eld-based employees
All Antarctic expeditioners have hearing tests as part of their recruitment medical
Employees Assistance Programme, which is also available to the families of employees
216 new appointments were made with Davidson Trahaire Corpsych, the department’s provider
31 people used the service of OSA Group, the Australian Antarctic Division’s provider
Testing and tagging of electrical equipment in the Canberra offi ces
793 items were tested and tagged
Blood tests in relation to John Gorton Building basement water contamination
170 blood tests were conducted
235
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Compensation and rehabilitation
Under the rehabilitation policy and guidelines, the department continued to
provide support for injured and ill employees and provided an early-return-to-
work programme. The following table summarises activity in this area.
Measure Results 2005–06
Number of claims lodged with Comcare 48 claims, includes 16 from the Australian Antarctic Division
Return-to-work plans in place for injured staff 14 plans, includes 1 from the Australian Antarctic Division
Response to workers compensation claims All new claims were responded to with 13 being referred to an approved rehabilitation provider for the management of a return-to-work plan. Of these 13 claims, 11 achieved a successful return to work within 11.5 weeks.
Other measures taken during the year
The department undertook other measures during the year to ensure the health,
safety and welfare at work of employees and contractors as follows:
• introduced an online occupational health and safety training programme called
SAFETRAC
• improved the occupational health and safety programme (ParkSafe) for staff
working in the Parks Division
• developed an online occupational health and safety management system
(Safety-Suite), which enables online reporting of incidents to Comcare,
investigation and management of incidents and hazards, processing of
compensation claims and monitoring of rehabilitation programmes
• developed an online occupational health and safety information system for the
department’s intranet, including a policy database and relevant information
required by staff
• developed a new online orientation programme containing occupational health
and safety and emergency procedures for new employees.
The Australian Antarctic Division:
• revised its fi eld manual in October 2005. The manual describes the currently
recommended practices for Antarctic expeditions to protect personal safety
and the environment
• continued to improve occupational health and safety management systems.
Each branch has a two-year safety action plan with key performance indicators
to measure progress. Training is provided to all expeditioners and a series of
training sessions are provided for Kingston-based staff.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 236
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
Commonwealth Disability Strategy
The Commonwealth Disability Strategy 2005 includes a performance reporting
framework built around the fi ve key roles performed by Australian Government
organisations. These roles are policy adviser, regulator, purchaser, provider and
employer. This framework was established to ensure consistency in measurement
of and reporting on achievements in implementing the strategy.
The department’s performance in implementing the strategy is summarised in the
following table.
The department’s disability action plan 2004–2006 is being reviewed and revised
to ensure that the department continues to meet the performance reporting
requirements established by the Commonwealth Disability Strategy.
237
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Department’s performance in implementing the Commonwealth Disability Strategy
Performance indicator Results 2005-06
Policy adviser
New or revised policy/programme proposals assess the impact on the lives of people with disabilities prior to decision
The department will shortly launch the 2006–07 disability action plan. The plan applies to all employees, contractors, and clients of the department
People with disabilities are included in consultation about new or revised policy/ programme proposals
The current disability action plan provides a checklist for developing reports, policies and procedures on consultation with people with disabilities. Directors and policy developers are required to complete this checklist before fi nalising their policy documents
Public announcements of new or proposed policy/programme initiatives are available in accessible formats for people with disabilities
Community Information Unit provides access to information on the department’s activities
The department maintains extensive websites where documents are available in PDF and html format. The department’s website meets the Australian Government online standards that relate to access for people with disabilities (www.deh.gov.au/about/accessibility.html). The website has been developed to display adequately on all commonly used browsers and to work effectively with accessibility hardware and/or software. Although it is designed for an 800 x 600 screen resolution, this site will scale to both higher and lower screen resolutions
The department makes online resources accessible to people with technical constraints, such as old browsers and low speed internet connections
For technical reasons and to meet some legal requirements, the department’s website has a limited number of documents that cannot be provided in the preferred HTML format. In such cases, contact details have been provided for their supply in alternative formats
Regulator role
Publicly available information on regulations and quasi-regulations is available in accessible formats for people with disabilities
Publicly available regulatory compliance reporting is available in accessible formats for people with disabilities
Legislation is accessible via the internet (www.deh.gov.au/about/legislation.html)
Additional fact sheets are made available on request from the Community Information Unit
Legislative instruments are accessible via the internet (www.comlaw.gov.au)
Administrative instruments are available in the Australian Government Gazette, and where required on the department’s website
The department responds to specifi c requests by fax, email or post
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 238
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entH
uman reso
urces
Performance indicator Results 2005-06
Purchaser role
Processes for purchasing goods and services with a direct impact on the lives of people with disabilities are developed in consultation with people with disabilities
The department’s procurement policies are consistent with the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act 1992
The department has complaints and grievance mechanisms in place
Purchasing specifi cations and contract requirements for the purchase of goods and/or services are consistent with the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act 1992
The department’s procurement guidelines complement the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines, January 2005, and are consistent with the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act 1992
Long and short form contracts both make reference to the Disability Discrimination Act 1992. The department’s request for tender template does not make reference to the Act
Publicly available information on agreed purchase specifi cations is provided in accessible formats for people with disabilities
The department’s procurements valued at $80 000 or more are advertised and are available for download on AusTender, which meets the Australian Government online standards that relate to access for people with disabilities
Complaints/grievance mechanisms, including access to external mechanisms, are available to address issues and concerns about purchasers’ performance
The department has a complaints and grievance mechanism in place in accordance with the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines
Provider role
Mechanisms are in place for quality improvement and assurance
Information regarding parks and reserves is available in accessible formats on the department’s website (www.deh.gov.au/parks/commonwealth) and in hard copy from park management
Wheel chair access is provided in some parks for people with a disability. However, physical access to the terrestrial reserves varies according to the nature of the terrain
Service charters have been developed that specify the roles of the provider and consumer and adequately refl ect the needs of people with disabilities
The department has a new service charter. The charter commits the department to be respectful and sensitive to the needs of all clients
Complaints/grievance mechanisms, including access to external mechanisms, are available to address concerns raised about performance
A client service offi cer is available to accept feedback and coordinate the department’s response to members of the public who raise concerns about service standards
There were no disability related complaints in 2005–06
Department’s performance in implementing the Commonwealth Disability Strategy continued...
239
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tH
uman
res
our
ces
Performance indicator Results 2005-06
Employer role
Recruitment information for potential job applicants is available in accessible formats on request
Applicants are requested to advise whether they require accessible formats when preparing their application. Applicants are also asked to advise whether special arrangements are required for them during the recruitment process
Agency recruiters and managers apply the principle of reasonable adjustment
The department’s recruitment and selection policy was implemented on 1 July 2005 requiring recruiters and managers to apply this principle
Training and development programmes consider the needs of staff with disabilities
All managers are responsible for ensuring the training and development needs of all of their staff are appropriately met
Training and development programmes include information on disability issues as they relate to the content of the programmes
For in-house training, all internal and external providers must ensure that disability issues are addressed in the delivery of their programmes
Managers are responsible for monitoring whether information on disability issues is provided when referring staff to individual programmes provided on the private market
Complaints or grievance mechanisms, including access to external mechanisms, are in place to address issues and concerns raised by staff
The certifi ed agreement 2004–2006 sets out complete procedures for complaints and grievances. These procedures apply to all employees and situations
Department’s performance in implementing the Commonwealth Disability Strategy continued...
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 240
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Finances
Financial performance
The department performed well against its budget this fi nancial year.
Departmental and administered expenses were $906.324 million. This is slightly
greater than expected (by $4.847 million or 0.5 per cent).
Outcome 1 recorded a $3.7 million defi cit, which was slightly favourable to the budget,
primarily due to investments in information technology infrastructure to improve
productivity and effi ciencies. Outcome 2 recorded a $25.5 million defi cit primarily
due to the adoption of the new Australian Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards and increased operating costs such as fuel and shipping.
The Natural Heritage Trust expended 99.95 per cent of its $312.3 million budget.
Other administered programmes were generally in line with budget expectations
apart from a $27 million transaction relating to Point Nepean, which under the new
accounting standards was treated as a prepayment.
Summary of fi nancial results
2005
Actuals$000’s
2006PSAES(a)
budget$000’s
2006
Actuals$000’s
2006
Variance$000’s
Department of the Environment and Heritage
Departmental Outcome 1 RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
242 714(232 012)
10 702
275 814(280 650)
(4 836)
277 375(281 114)
(3 739)
1 561(464)
1 097
Departmental Outcome 2 RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
90 245(116 839)
(26 594)
95 556(95 556)
0
98 623(124 106)
(25 483)
3 067(28 550)(25 483)
Total departmental RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
332 959(348 851)
(15 892)
371 370(376 206)
(4 836)
375 998(405 220)
(29 222)
4 628(29 014)(24 386)
Administered expenses, specifi c payments to the states and territories and special accounts
Administered expenses Outcome 1
RevenuesExpenses
10 418(97 018)
9 392(177 365)
13 078(154 672)
3 68622 693
Administered expensesOutcome 2
RevenuesExpenses
00
0(320)
0(320)
00
Administered specifi c payments to the states and territories and special accounts
RevenuesExpenses
4 466(327 968)
3 498(347 586)
7 948(346 112)
4 4501 474
Total administered RevenuesExpenses
14 884(424 986)
12 890(525 271)
21 026(501 104)
8 13624 167
(a) PSAES = Portfolio Supplementary Additional Estimates Statements
241
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
The two comparison tables below explain the main features of the department’s
funding in 2005–06. The department’s funding is listed in more detail in the
summary resource tables on the following pages.
Comparison of departmental funding with budget
Funding class Revenues Expenses
DepartmentalOutcome 1
Increased from 2004–05 by $34.661 million due to the fi rst full year impact of the absorption of the Australian Greenhouse Offi ce and the National Oceans Offi ce ($9.64 million), and the following new measures:
• Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement ($4.8 million)
• Kakadu and Uluru–Kata Tjuta National Parks ($1.2 million)
• Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities ($1.8 million)
• Regional Marine Planning ($9.4 million)
• ATSIS(a) funding ($1.5 million)
• Water wise communities ($0.4 million)
• National Pollutant Inventory ($1.3 million)
• Protecting Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots ($2.47 million)
• Other minor adjustments to programmes ($2.15 million)
Are favourable to budget by $1.561 million due to additional recoveries from the Natural Heritage Trust
Increased from 2004–05 by $49.102 million due to the fi rst full year impact of the absorption into the department of the Australian Greenhouse Offi ce and the National Oceans Offi ce and new measures as outlined in the adjacent column
Are greater than budget by $0.464 million due to additional Comcare insurance expenses for workers compensation offset by minor timing of programme expenses
DepartmentalOutcome 2
Increased from 2004–05 by $8.378 million due to the new measure for the Australia–Antarctica Airlink ($6.820 million) and additional insurance recoveries ($1.558 million)
Are favourable to budget ($3.067 million) due to greater than expected insurance recoveries
Increased from 2004–05 by $7.267 million due to the new measure for the Australia–Antarctica Airlink and the adoption of the AEIFRS(b) as well as higher fuel and shipping costs
Are unfavourable to budget by $28.550 million due to the unbudgeted adjustments relating to AEIFRS and the increases in fuel and shipping costs
(a) ATSIS = Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Services(b) AEIFRS = Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 242
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Comparison of administered funding with budget
Funding class Revenues Expenses
AdministeredOutcome 1
Grant refunds were greater than expected to budget by $2.355 million and greater than expected regulatory fees by $1.331 million
Are greater than 2004–05 by $57.654 million due to:
• Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities ($3.0 million)
• Natural Heritage Investment Initiative ($2.2 million)
• Cathedral restorations ($9.0 million)
• Australian Wildlife Hospital ($2.5 million)
• HMAS Sydney ($1.3 million)
• Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement ($2.2 million)
• ATSIS(a) funding ($3.4 million)
• Great Barrier Reef Structural Adjustment ($4.0 million)
• Daintree Conservation Initiative ($2.7 million)
• Maintaining Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots ($7.2 million)
• Regional Natural Heritage Programmes ($3.64 million)
• Climate Change Programmes ($16.51 million)
Are favourable to budget ($22.693 million) due to the different accounting treatment from actuals to budget. This includes a prepayment for restoration works of $27 million to Pt Nepean Community Trust offset by administrative costs for Tasmanian Community Forests initiatives
AdministeredOutcome 2
Not applicable Are greater than 2004–05 by $0.320 million due to the new measure to restore Mawson’s Huts in the Antarctic
No variance
AdministeredSpecifi c payment to the states and special accounts
Not applicable Are greater than 2004–05 due to new monies as above but attributable to the states and territories
(a) ATSIS = Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Services
243
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Summary resource tables
Key to column headings in the following tables
2005 Actuals Actual revenues and expenses for 2004–05 as at 30 June 2005
2006 PSAES Budget The department’s revised budget shown in the 2005–06
Portfolio Additional Estimates Statements plus adjustments
through the Portfolio Supplementary Additional Estimates
Statements
2006 Actuals Actual revenues and expenses for 2005–06 as at 30 June 2006
2006 Variance The difference between the revised budget and the actual
results for 2005–06, i.e. 2006 Actuals minus 2006 Budget
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 244
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Overview of Financial Results
Outcome 1 – Departmental resourcing
2005
Actuals$000’s
2006PSAESBudget$000’s
2006
Actuals$000’s
2006
Variance$000’s
Response to climate change
RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
48 473(39 875)
8 598
65 029(65 867)
(838)
64 972(64 029)
943
(57)1 8381 781
Conservation of the land and inland waters
RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
81 026(76 324)
4 702
95 154(95 650)
(496)
96 947(99 143)
(2 196)
1 793(3 493)(1 700)
Conservation of the coasts and oceans
RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
32 364(33 938)
(1 574)
29 225(29 718)
(493)
29 530(30 512)
(982)
305(794)(489)
Conservation of natural, Indigenous, and historic heritage
RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
24 121(24 551)
(430)
23 527(25 110)
(1 583)
23 398(22 830)
568
(129)2 2802 151
Response to the impacts of human settlements
RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
56 730(57 324)
(594)
62 879(64 305)
(1 426)
62 529(64 601)
(2 073)
(351)(296)(647)
Total Outcome 1 RevenueExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
242 714(232 012)
10 702
275 814(280 650)
(4 836)
277 375(281 115)
(3 740)
1,561(465)1 096
Outcome 2 – Departmental resourcing
2005
Actuals$000’s
2006PSAESBudget$000’s
2006
Actuals$000’s
2006
Variance$000’s
Antarctic policy
RevenuesExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
32 487(42 062)
(9 575)
31 987(31 987)
0
35 503(44 676)
(9 173)
3 516(12 689)
(9 173)
Antarctic science
RevenuesExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
57 758(74 777)(17 019)
63 569(63 569)
0
63 120(79 430)(16 310)
(449)(15 861)(16 310)
Total Outcome 2 RevenuesExpensesSurplus/(Defi cit)
90 245(116 839)
(26 594)
95 556(95 556)
0
98 623(124 106)
(25 483)
3 067(28 550)(25 483)
245
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Outcome 1 and 2 – Administered
2006PSAESBudget$000’s
2006
Actuals$000’s
2006
Variance$000’s
Outcome 1 – Administered revenues
Maintaining Australia’s Biodiversity HotspotsEnvironment Management ChargeWater Effi ciency Labelling SchemeWildlife protection feesMiscellaneous revenue
07 4001 992
03 498
2 0507 5001 295
2056 595
2 050100
(697)205
3 097
12 890 17 645 4 755
Maintaining Australia’s Biodiversity HotspotsTasmanian Community Forest AgreementAustralian Biological Resources StudyBio Fuels – Ministerial Council on Energy Additional and Australian Government Task ForceNational Environment Protection CouncilImproving Launceston’s Air QualityWater Effi ciency Labelling SchemeCommonwealth Environment Research FacilitiesChurches and CathedralsGrants-in-Aid National TrustsRegional Natural Heritage ProgrammeIndigenous Heritage ProgrammeDaintree Conservation InitiativeNational Heritage Investment InitiativeAustralian Wildlife HospitalRepresentative Areas Programme – Structural Adjustment PackageStructural Adjustment Package – EnhancementStructural Adjustment Package – Business Restructuring AssistanceAustralian Government’s Community Water GrantsRenewable Energy Equity FundAlternative Fuels Conversion ProgrammePhotovoltaic Rebate ProgrammeRenewable Energy Commercialisation ProgrammeRenewable Remote Power Generation ProgrammeRenewable Energy Equity Fund – writedown of receivableGreenhouse Gas Abatement Programme Action on energy effi ciencyLocal greenhouse actionGreenhouse action to enhance sustainability in regional AustraliaLow emissions technology and abatementInfl uencing international climate change policyClimate change science programmeSolar CitiesPoint Nepean Community Trust
(4 124)0
(1 869)
(355)(429)(200)(582)
(2 885)(10 500)
(842)(4 358)(3 256)(2 650)(2 200)(2 500)
(157)(4 000)
(28 460)(46 210)
(1 338)(862)(357)
(1 954)(2 103)
0(13 339)
(800)(400)
(3 400)(2 235)(1 450)(6 000)
(550)(27 000)
(1 919)(5 500)(1 865)
(356)(429)(200)(245)
(2 815)(10 500)
(842)(4 260)(3 261)(2 650)(2 200)(2 500)
(157)(4 000)
(28 460)(46 149)
(1 338)(223)(357)
(1 694)(2 103)(2 840)
(13 318)(800)(404)
(3 400)(1 950)(1 390)(6 000)
(550)0
2 205(5 500)
4
100
33770
00
98(5)000000
610
6390
2600
(2 840)21
0(4)0
2856000
27 000
Outcome 1 – Total administered expenses (177 365) (154 675) 22 690
Outcome 2 – Administered expenses
Mawson’s Huts Foundation expedition (320) (320) 0
Outcome 2 – Total administered expenses (320) (320) 0
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 246
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Outcome 1 and 2 – Administered continued ...
2006PSAESBudget$000’s
2006
Actuals$000’s
2006
Variance$000’s
Outcome 1 – Administered specifi c payments to the states and territories
Development of Sewerage Schemes for Boat Harbour and Sisters Beach TasmaniaRenewable Remote Power Generation ProgrammePhotovoltaic Rebate ProgrammeStrengthening Tasmania - Tamar River PylonsStrengthening Tasmania - Low Head Precinct
(108)
(26 655)(5 000)(1 000)
(150)
(108)
(26 643)(4 265)(1 000)
(150)
0
12736
00
Outcome 1 – Total administered specifi c payments to the states and territories
(32 913) (32 166) 748
Outcome 1 – Administered special accounts
Natural Heritage TrustOzone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas AccountNatural Cultural Heritage Account
(312 391)(1 600)
(682)
(312 170)(1 294)
(479)
221306203
Outcome 1 – Total administered special accounts (314 673) (313 943) 730
Outcome 1 – Total administered specifi c payments to the states and territories, and special accounts
(347 586) (346 109) 1 478
247
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Financial position
Assets
The written down value of assets administered directly by the department in
2005−06 amounted to $493.405 million. This was an increase from the previous
year of $36.579 million. The increase was due to the revaluation of assets and
make-good costs ($64.752 million), offset by a reduction in cash reserves due to a
formal reduction in net appropriation ($24.809 million) and inventory adjustments
stemming from an accounting policy change ($3.364 million).
Liabilities
Liabilities administered directly by the department in 2005–06 amounted to
$257.189 million. This was a decrease from the previous year of $10.638 million.
The decrease was due to a decrease in grant and supplier payables.
Total equity
The department concluded the year with total equity of $236.216 million, an
increase from the equity of $188.999 million in 2004–05.
Measurement 2004–05$ million
2005−06$ million
Assets 456.826 493.405
Liabilities 267.827 257.189
Total equity 188.999 236.216
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 248
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Major adjustments to the 2005–06 fi nancial year and the 2004–05 comparative
year fi gures were made in this year’s accounts due to the adoption of the new
Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards, accounting
policy changes, asset revaluations and some other adjustments required under the
accounting standards. The following table summarises the adjustments to equity.
Adjustments to equity 2004–05$ million
2005−06$ million
Equity opening balances 294.754 188.999
Retrospective adjustment of take-up of make-good costs (152.794) 0
Adjustments required under the accounting standards (7.292) 2.019
Accounting policy changes 0 (3.731)
Revaluations of assets 8.519 98.811
Restructuring 43.938 0
Capital injection – Antarctic Airlink 0 4.805
Reversal of receivable due to net appropriation reduction 0 (25.464)
Net operating result 1.874 (29.223)
Equity closing balances 188.999 236.216
Resolution of previous audit fi ndings
Work in 2005–06 focused on resolving the issues raised in the Audit Report No. 21
2004–05 Audit of Financial Statements of Australian Government Entities for the
Period Ended 30 June 2005.
The Australian National Audit Offi ce identifi ed eight moderate issues and one
legislative breach in the interim phase of the 2005–06 audit relating to defi ciencies
in the fi nancial statement preparation process, the reconciliation of leave balances,
the reconciliation of fi nancial records, the reconciliation of special accounts and
access management. All issues were satisfactorily resolved in 2005–06.
For each issue a detailed project plan was prepared, which was monitored at
senior levels. Further investment in resources was made to progress a number of
complex accounting treatments surrounding assets and their make-good costs
particularly in the Antarctic. As well as this, a large number of unresolved issues
going back over a number of years are now satisfactorily completed. A number of
assurance processes have been implemented and internal controls strengthened.
Challenges remain with the issue of attracting and retaining appropriately qualifi ed
and experienced accounting personnel.
249
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Assets management
The department’s assets are located throughout Australia. The largest material
component of assets is attached to the Australian Antarctic Division. Assets are
ageing and are perpetually putting pressure on funding streams for their upkeep
and replacement. The replacement of assets is of particular concern due to the
large unfunded component.
The Australian Accounting Standards Board has issued replacement Australian
Accounting Standards to apply from 2005–06. The new standards are the
Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards. Under the
new standard, a requirement sees, for the fi rst time, a ‘make-good’ provision for
departmental assets, obliging the department to remove and restore assets to the
amount of approximately $156 million.
Work is under way to implement a capital infrastructure plan which will outline
the requirements of capital replacement and maintenance over the next 10 years.
The plan is expected to be implemented progressively across the department in
2006–07.
Purchasing and procurement
The department’s purchasing and procurement activities were conducted
in accordance with the core principle of the Commonwealth Procurement
Guidelines. This principle is value for money. The principle is underpinned by
encouraging competition (including non-discrimination), effi ciency, effectiveness,
the ethical use of resources, accountability and transparency.
Procurement Review Board
The Procurement Review Board is a committee within the department responsible
for overseeing procurement. The Procurement Review Board ensures that all
aspects of the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines and the department’s
procurement requirements are adequately met.
All purchases valued over $80 000 are subject to review by the Procurement Review
Board. Delegates also refer any purchases below this threshold that are considered
to be particularly complex or controversial to the Procurement Review Board.
During the year the department’s Procurement Review Board examined
127 submissions for contracts over $80 000.
The department’s procurement framework places responsibility for procurement
with the appropriate fi nancial delegates. To support these delegates the
department provides awareness training; maintains relevant documentation;
provides central advice on risk management, probity, specifi cation and writing; and
maintains standard tender and contract templates.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 250
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
The department’s procurement policies are available on its website
(www.deh.gov.au/business). The department implements the Commonwealth
Procurement Guidelines through its Chief Executive’s Instructions. These
instructions are supported by the department’s procurement guidelines and
procedures. During the year the department reviewed its procurement guidelines
and released amended guidelines to refl ect updates provided by the Department
of Finance and Administration and to ensure better practice such as the issuing of
tender documentation via the AusTender website.
The department advertises tender opportunities through the AusTender website.
In December 2005, the department implemented the dissemination of tender
documentation and issued amendments or addenda via the AusTender website.
Procurement benchmarks
The department’s procurement benchmarks were changed from 1 July 2005 to
align with the reporting requirements and the Commonwealth Procurement
Guidelines. During 2005–06 the procurement benchmarks were as follows.
Benchmark Procurement method
Up to $1 999 Quotes are not required (but may be advisable if it is believed there is a possible material disparity between suppliers)
$2 000–$9 999 Obtain at least three competitive verbal quotes
$10 000–$79 999 Obtain at least three competitive written quotes. However, depending on the value, complexity and risk of the proposed project, consideration should be given to open or select tenders
$80 000+ Covered procurement (or open competition), subject to the Commonwealth Procurement Procedures, unless specifi cally exempt
Reporting
The department met the requirement to report to the Department of Finance and
Administration on projects requiring Regulation 10 authorisation.
The department met the requirement to report on the Senate Order on
Government Agency contracts for the fi nancial year and the calendar year. All
contracts over $100 000 are listed at www.deh.gov.au/about/contracts.
Small and medium enterprises
The department is committed to the Australian Government’s policy of supporting
small and medium enterprises, as was demonstrated by the department’s
15.8 per cent usage of the smaller airlines in 2005–06. The department’s Australian
Antarctic Division has working relationships with small and medium enterprises
and notifi es them of business opportunities in Tasmania.
251
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Consultancy services2
As with its policy on general purchasing activities, the department’s policy on the
selection and engagement of consultants is based on the principles contained in
the Commonwealth Procurement Guidelines, Financial Management Guidance
No. 12–Guidance on Identifying Consultancies for Annual Reporting Purposes,
Requirements for Annual Reports, the department’s Chief Executive’s Instructions
and the department’s procurement guidelines.
Selection methods are outlined in the department’s procurement guidelines, in
line with the department’s procurement benchmarks.
The department’s internal audit team conducts periodic probity reviews to help
ensure compliance with the general probity principles of the Commonwealth
Procurement Guidelines and the Chief Executive’s Instructions.
Expenditure on consultancies during 2005–06
During 2005–06, 329 new consultancy contracts were entered into involving
total actual expenditure of $12.334 million. In addition 289 ongoing consultancy
contracts were active during the year, involving total actual expenditure of
$40.032 million.
A list of all consultancy contracts let in 2005–06 to the value of $10 000 or more is
available at www.deh.gov.au/about/annual-report/05–06.
Competitive tendering and contracting3
During 2005–06 the department continued to source its internal audit and
information technology support service delivery from external providers.
Exempt contracts
During 2005–06 there were no standing offers or contracts in excess of $10 000
(inclusive of GST) exempted by the chief executive from being published in the
Purchasing and Disposal Gazette under the Freedom of Information Act 1982.
2 The defi nition of ‘consultant’ used by the department is the defi nition in the Requirements for Annual Reports published
on the website of the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet at www.dpmc.gov.au/guidelines/index.cfm.
3 For the purposes of departmental annual reports ‘competitive tendering and contracting’ means the process of contracting
out the delivery of government activities that were previously performed by the department to another organisation.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 252
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Advertising and market research
This section is presented in accordance with the requirements of section 311A of
the Commonwealth Electoral Act 1918.
Type of expense 2005–06 expenses
Market research
Open Mind Research GroupElliott and ShanahanSub-total—market research
$142 196$116 092$258 288
Advertising
CreativeZooMedia buyUniversal McCannHMA BlazeSub-total—advertising
$91 287
$3 248 822$2 678 334$6 018 443
Direct mail
Complete Mail and WarehousingKWP Pty LtdCultural PartnersCox InallSub-total—direct mail
$91 978$58 685
$129 208$98 351
$378 202
Total $6 654 933
Legal expenditure
This is a statement of legal services expenditure by the department for 2005–06,
published in compliance with paragraph 11.1 (ba) of the Legal Services
Directions 2005.
Legal expenditure GST-exclusive
Department’s total legal services expenditure $2 940 534
Agency’s total external legal services expenditure $2 380 618
External expenditure on solicitorsExternal expenditure on counsel Number of male counsel briefed Value of briefs to male counsel Number of female counsel briefed Value of briefs to female counselOther disbursements on external legal services
$1 943 042$245 965
11$223 943
1$22 022
$191 611
Department’s total internal legal services expenditure $559 916
Salaries Other (includes travel, training and legal resources)
$519 690$40 225
Explanatory note: The salary component of the department’s internal legal services expenditure includes salaries, superannuation and other staff allowances.
253
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Discretionary grant programmes
The department administers a range of discretionary grant programmes.
Discretionary grants are payments made to particular applicants, either
organisations or individuals, at the discretion of the portfolio minister or the
paying agency. Conditions may or may not be imposed in return for the grant.
Discretionary grants may be single ad hoc payments, or grants renewed under
continuing programmes.
Programmes for which grants were approved in 2005–06 are listed below. A list of
grant recipients is available on request from the department.
Climate change
Action on Energy Effi ciency: Assists industry, business, the community
and governments to increase the uptake of cost effective energy effi ciency
opportunities that will reduce greenhouse emissions, reduce energy demand, and
improve Australia’s competitiveness.
Alternative Fuels Conversion Programme: Assists fl eet operators of heavy
commercial vehicles and buses to convert from diesel and petrol motors to
gaseous fuels, including natural gas, liquefi ed petroleum gas (LPG) and hydrogen.
Australian Greenhouse Science Programme: Aims to better understand
climate systems and the factors which infl uence them, the role of human activity in
bringing about changes to climate, and how climate changes may affect natural and
managed environments.
Greenhouse Action to Enhance Sustainability in Regional Australia:
Addresses challenges and knowledge gaps about climate change in regional
Australia (agriculture, forestry and natural resource management sectors).
Infl uencing International Climate Change Policy: Provides specialist advice
on international climate change arrangements and on building the capacity of
key developing countries to take effective climate change action through bilateral
partnerships.
Low Emissions Technology and Abatement: Supports cost effective
greenhouse gas emissions abatement opportunities and the uptake of small-scale
low emission technologies in business, industry and local communities.
National Climate Change Adaptation Programme: Provides national
leadership and coordination on assessment of climate change impacts, and enables
risks to be managed and opportunities to be captured through effective adaptation.
Solar Cities: Provides funding to demonstrate the costs and benefi ts of
integrating solar power, smart electricity technologies, energy effi ciency and
pricing mechanisms in urban settings.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 254
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Greenhouse Gas Abatement Programme: Provides funding for mainly
large-scale projects that use low emissions technologies and practices to deliver
emissions reductions from 2008–2012.
Wind Energy Forecasting Capability Initiative: Supports a wind energy
forecasting system to assist electricity network management and increase the value
of wind energy in the electricity market.
Local Greenhouse Action: Assists local government, communities and
individual households to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions, particularly in
the areas of energy use, transport and waste.
Land and inland waters
Australian Government’s Community Water Grants Programme: Supports
communities, organisations, local governments, schools, businesses and natural
resource management regional bodies to develop on-ground water savings and
water quality improvement projects.
Bushcare: Invests in activities that contribute to conserving and restoring habitat
for Australia’s unique native fl ora and fauna. Part of the Natural Heritage Trust.
National Competitive Component: Funds innovative national projects that will
most effectively improve regional natural resource management delivery. Part of
the Natural Heritage Trust.
Rivercare: Invests in activities that contribute to improved water quality and
environmental condition in Australia’s river systems and wetlands. Part of the
Natural Heritage Trust.
Landcare: Invests in activities that contribute to reversing land degradation and
promoting sustainable agriculture. Part of the Natural Heritage Trust.
Envirofund: Provides grants to communities for on-ground activities targeting
local government problems, including improving water quality, protecting native
vegetation, and combating salinity and coastal erosion. Part of the Natural Heritage
Trust.
Australian Biological Resources Study Participatory Programme: Supports
the documentation of Australia’s biological diversity and facilitates training to
increase the national taxonomic effort.
National Reserve System Programme: Assists with the establishment and
maintenance of a comprehensively adequate and representative system of
terrestrial protected areas in Australia. Part of the Natural Heritage Trust.
Tri-National Wetlands Programme: Protects the environment of Australia
through international leadership and cooperation.
255
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Coasts and oceans
Facilitation of Community Involvement in Marine Issues and Decision-
making: Enhances community involvement in marine issues and decision-making
by raising community awareness, building the capacity of stakeholder groups and
facilitating communication. Part of the Natural Heritage Trust.
Introduced Marine Pests Programme: Supports actions that lead to the
control and local eradication of introduced marine pests. Part of the Natural
Heritage Trust.
Marine Protected Areas: Facilitates the establishment of the National
Representative System of Marine Protected Areas and the management of existing
reserves. Part of the Natural Heritage Trust.
Coasts and Clean Seas—Oceans Protection: Provides fi nancial assistance for
specifi c domestic and international activities that contribute to the prevention and
clean-up of pollution from shipping.
Coastal Catchments Initiative: Maintains ecologically sustainable pollutant
loads consistent with agreed environmental values for coastal waters.
Coastcare: Invests in activities that contribute to protecting Australia’s coastal
catchments, ecosystems and the marine environment. Part of the Natural
Heritage Trust.
Natural, Indigenous and historic heritage
Commemorating Historic Events and Famous Persons: Provides funding to
projects for the maintenance of graves of former Australian prime ministers and
governors-general buried in Australia and projects commemorating people, events
and places of national historical signifi cance.
Historic Shipwrecks Programme: Assist Australian Government, state and
territory government agencies and the Institute of Marine Archaeology to protect
and preserve historic shipwrecks and associated relics and educate the public
about this cultural resource.
Indigenous Heritage Programme: Supports projects that identify, conserve and
promote the Indigenous heritage values of places. The programme may also help
identify places likely to have outstanding Indigenous heritage value to Australia
suitable for inclusion on the National Heritage List.
Regional Natural Heritage Programme: Provides grants to non-government
organisations and other relevant agencies to protect outstanding biodiversity in
hotspot areas of South-East Asia and the Pacifi c. The programme is over four years
(2003–04 to 2006–07).
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 256
Manag
ing the d
epartm
entF
inances
Sharing Australia’s Stories: Supports creative projects that contribute to an
understanding of the great events and themes that have shaped Australia.
National Heritage Investment Initiative: Provides assistance to restore and
conserve Australia’s most important historic heritage places. Priority is given to
places included in the National Heritage List.
Cultural Heritage Projects Programme: Supports projects that conserve
places of cultural signifi cance or identify Indigenous places for conservation
planning and listing. This programme has fi nished.
Grants to Historic Churches and Cathedrals: Not a programme, although
the department administers ad hoc grants to assist with the conservation and
restoration of historic churches and cathedrals.
Indigenous Protected Areas: Supports Indigenous landowners to establish and
manage Indigenous Protected Areas.
Human settlements
Assessments and Legislation Programme: Protects matters of national
environmental signifi cance through the assessment regime of the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 and promotes and facilitates
community awareness and understanding of the Act.
Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities: Supports world class,
public good research on the signifi cant environmental challenges facing Australia.
Diesel National Environment Protection Measure: Supports the
development and implementation of in-service emissions testing capabilities for
diesel and petrol vehicles.
Environment Protection and Ad Hoc Grants Programme: Protects the
environment of Australia through national leadership and cooperation.
Launceston Clean Air Industry Programme: Makes co-contributions towards
the reduction of industrial wood smoke by improvements to, or replacement of,
existing plant and equipment.
Used Oil Recycling—Transitional Assistance: Provides grants for strategic
initiatives to increase used oil recycling and ensure a sustainable oil recycling
industry. Part of the Product Stewardship for Oil Programme.
Sustainable Cities—Urban Environment Initiatives: Provides funding for a
range of urban environment initiatives to address water quality, public information
promotion, improved air quality and renewable energy, chemicals and waste
management.
257
Man
agin
g t
he d
epar
tmen
tF
inan
ces
Cross-cutting activities
Environment International Obligations: Protects the environment of Australia
through national leadership and contributing to international programmes.
Eureka Environmental Journalism Award: Encourages excellence in
environmental journalism.
Grants to Voluntary Environment and Heritage Organisations: Provides
administrative funds to help community based environment and heritage
organisations to involve the community in the conservation and protection of
Australia’s natural environment and cultural heritage.
Public Affairs and Environmental Education: Raises the profi le of
environmental challenges and solutions through activities and awards that
promote best practice and leadership. Part of the National Action Plan for
Environmental Education.
Environmental Education Grants Programme: Supports strategic
environmental education activities that are national in focus or that have the
potential to act as a catalyst for national change.
Antarctica
Australian Antarctic Science Grants Programme: Provides grants for high
quality scientifi c research relevant to the government’s Antarctic programme.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 260
Financial statem
ents
261
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 262
Financial statem
ents
263
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 264
Financial statem
ents
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGEINCOME STATEMENTfor the year ended 30 June 2006
2006 2005Notes $'000 $'000
INCOMERevenue
Revenues from Government 4.1 329,358 294,447Goods and services 4.2 42,976 36,066Interest 4.3 - 1Other revenue 4.6 2,291 915
Total revenue 374,625 331,429
GainsNet Gains from disposal of assets 4.4 138 -Reversals of previous asset write-downs 4.5 25 11Other gains 4.7 1,210 1,519
Total gains 1,373 1,530TOTAL INCOME 375,998 332,959
EXPENSESEmployees 5.1 138,812 120,930Suppliers 5.2 155,920 127,573Grants 5.3 24,728 19,595Transfer funding 5.3 41,962 40,085Depreciation and amortisation 5.4 25,822 25,898Finance costs 6.0 9,986 8,031Write-down and impairment of assets 5.5 7,659 6,243Net losses from disposal of assets 4.4 - 406Other expenses 5.6 332 90
405,221 348,851
OPERATING (LOSS) (29,223) (15,892)
The above statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
TOTAL EXPENSES
265
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGEBALANCE SHEETas at 30 June 2006
2006 2005Notes $'000 $'000
ASSETSFinancial Assets
Cash 7.1 5,144 3,879Receivables 7.2 66,784 91,665Accrued revenue 7.3 466 910
Total Financial Assets 72,394 96,454Non-Financial Assets
Land and buildings 8.1/8.4 254,492 200,831Infrastructure, plant and equipment 8.2/8.4 147,678 137,133Intangibles 8.3/8.4 11,183 9,937Inventories 8.5 7,360 10,724Other non-financial assets 8.6 298 1,747
Total Non-Financial Assets 421,011 360,372TOTAL ASSETS 493,405 456,826
LIABILITIESPayables
Suppliers 9.1 1,292 7,579Grants 9.2 842 5,029Other payables 9.3 14,928 16,926
Total Payables 17,062 29,534Interest Bearing Liabilities
Loans 10.1 2,102 3,065Other interest bearing liabilities 10.2 498 601
Total Interest Bearing Liabilities 2,600 3,666Provisions
Employees 11.1 39,534 36,563Other provisions 11.2 197,993 198,064
Total Provisions 237,527 234,627TOTAL LIABILITIES 257,189 267,827
NET ASSETS 236,216 188,999
EQUITYContributed equity 37,169 49,901Reserves 236,903 138,092Retained surpluses or (accumulated deficits) (37,856) 1,006
TOTAL EQUITY 236,216 188,999
Current assets 80,052 104,821Non-current assets 413,353 352,005Current liabilities 37,376 39,874Non-current liabilities 219,813 227,953
The above statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 266
Financial statem
ents
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGESTATEMENT OF CASH FLOWSfor the year ended 30 June 2006
2006 2005Notes $'000 $'000
OPERATING ACTIVITIESCash received
Appropriations 331,440 265,641Goods and services 47,441 40,881Interest - 1Net GST received from the ATO 12,520 10,005Other cash received from operating activities 2,850 1,138
Total cash received 394,251 317,666Cash used
Employees 137,406 122,296Suppliers 171,467 134,354Grants 28,915 16,794Transfer funding 41,962 40,085Financing costs 260 233Other cash paid for operating activities 332 -
Total cash used 380,342 313,762Net cash from operating activities 13 13,909 3,904
INVESTING ACTIVITIESCash received
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment 4.4 312 248Total cash received 312 248Cash used
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 8.4 13,090 7,747Purchase of intangibles 8.4 3,708 3,030
Total cash used 16,798 10,777Net cash (used by) investing activities (16,486) (10,529)
FINANCING ACTIVITIESCash received
Capital Injections 4,805 -Other - 4,588
Total cash received 4,805 4,588Cash used
Repayment of debt 963 1,012Total cash used 963 1,012Net cash from financing activities 3,842 3,576
Net increase or (decrease) in cash held 1,265 (3,049)Cash at the beginning of the reporting period 3,879 6,928Cash at the end of the reporting period 13 5,144 3,879
The above statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
267
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
EG
ATI
RE
HD
NA
TN
EM
NO
RIV
NE
EH
TF
OT
NE
MT
RA
PE
DY
TIU
QE
niS
EG
NA
HC
foT
NE
ME
TA
TS6002
enu J03
ded neraey
ehtrof
60 025002
600 25 002
600250 02
6002500 2
000'$000'$
000'$000'$
000'$000'$
000'$000'$
600 ,1ec nala
Bgn inep
O898,6 1
290,831515,921
109 ,94120,6
999,881434,251
sro rrerof
s tnemtsujd
A)809,5(
--
-729,7
-910,2
-s eici lop
g nitnuoccani
seg nahcr of
st nemtsujd
A)1 37,3 (
--
--
-)13 7,3 (
-)336,8(
ecnalaB
gninepO
detsujdA
898,61290,831
515,921828,75
120,6782,781
434,251
esnepxE
dnae
mocnIt ne
m tsu jdanoitau lave
R-
-031,28
915, 8-
-031,28
91 5,8snoisivorp
doogeka
m-tne
mercn inoi tau lave
R-
-186,61
--
-186,61
--
ytiuqeni
yltcer iddes ingocer
esnep xed na
emocn ilat otbu S
-118,89
915,8-
-118,89
915,8
luseR
gnit arepOte
Nt
)32 2,92 ()2 98,5 1(
--
--
)322 ,92 ()2 98,51(
)322,92(ses nepx
Edna
emocnIlato
T)298,51(
118,89915,8
--
885,96)373,7(
s renw
Ohti
wsno itca snar
Ts ren
wO
ybsno itubirtno
C)noitcejni
ytiuqe(noitairporpp
A-
--
-508,4
-508,4
-gni rutc urtse
R-
--
85-
088, 34-
8 39,3 4)2.7
etonrefe
R(reht
O-
--
-)464,52(
-)464,52(
--
srenw
Oh ti
wsnoitca snartl atot buS
--
85)95 6,02(
088,34)95 6,02(
839,34
enuJ03
taecna lab
gn iso lC
)65 8,73(600,1
309,632290,831
961,73109,94
612,632999,881
setong ni ynap
moccaeht
htiw
noitc ujnocni
d aereb
dluohstnemetats
e vobaeh
T.
ytiuqElato
Tlatipa
C/ytiuqE
detubirtnoC
evreseR
noitaulaveR
tessA
stlu seR
det alumucc
A
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 268
Financial statem
ents
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGESCHEDULE OF COMMITMENTSas at 30 June 2006
2006 2005$'000 $'000
BY TYPE
Capital commitmentsLand and buildings 76 -Infrastructure, plant and equipment 1,184 248Intangibles 279 739
Total capital commitments 1,539 987
Other commitmentsOperating leases 135,702 150,486Project commitments 16,837 16,862Other commitments 28,691 17,727
Total other commitments 181,230 185,075
Commitments (receivable) (17,417) (16,758)
Net commitments by type 165,352 169,304
BY MATURITY
Capital commitmentsOne year or less 1,539 987
Total capital commitments 1,539 987
Operating lease commitmentsOne year or less 35,922 23,148From one to five years 69,861 84,615Over five years 29,919 42,723
Total operating lease commitments 135,702 150,486
Project commitmentsOne year or less 13,814 9,381From one to five years 3,023 7,481
Total project commitments 16,837 16,862
Other commitmentsOne year or less 21,282 12,850From one to five years 7,409 4,877
Total other commitments 28,691 17,727
Commitments (receivable) (17,417) (16,758)
Net commitments by maturity 165,352 169,304
269
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
(1) Capital commitments relate to contractual payments for new assets and assets under construction.
(2) Operating leases are effectively non-cancelable and include:
Nature of lease Leases for officeaccommodation
Leases fortransportation to andwithin the AntarcticTerritory
Leases for supportfacilities for Antarcticoperations
Lease of computerequipment
(3) Project commitments relate to grant amounts payable under agreements in respect ofwhich the grantee has yet to complete the milestone required under the agreement.
(4) Other commitments relate to contracts for goods and services in respect of which thecontracted party has yet to provide the goods and services required under the contract.
Note: All commitments are GST inclusive where relevant.
The above schedule should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
* The lessor provides all computer equipment and software designated as necessary in the supply contract for five years plus for two further two year periods at the Department's option. The Department is currently within the first two year extention of the lease. * The equipment has on average a useful life of three years.
General description of leasing arrangements* Lease payments are subject to increases in accordance with terms as negotiated under the lease. * The Department's leases for office accommodation each have options for renewal. Future options not yet exercised are not included as commitments. * Lease payments are subject to increases in accordance with terms as negotiated under the lease. * The transportation leases generally have options for renewal. Future options not yet exercised are not included as commitments.
* Lease payments are subject to increases in accordance with terms as negotiated under the lease. * The facility leases each have options for renewal. Future options not yet exercised are not included as commitments.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 270
Financial statem
ents
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGESCHEDULE OF ADMINISTERED ITEMS
2006 2005Notes $'000 $'000
Income Administered on Behalf of Governmentfor the year ended 30 June 2006
Revenue
TaxationOther taxes, fees and fines 19A 1,270 1,480
Non-taxationGoods and services 19B 4,666 1,987Interest 19C 108 9Industry contribution s 19D 7,500 7,400Grant repayment s 19E 3,761 1,406Assets recognised for the first tim e 19F 1,411 2,113Other sources of non-taxation revenue 19G 2,237 424
Total Non-Taxation 19,683 13,339
GainsResources received free of charg e 19H 73 65
Total Gains Administered on Behalf of Governmen t 73 65
Total Income Administered on Behalf of Government 21,026 14,884
Expenses Administered on Behalf of Governmentfor the year ended 30 June 2006
Grants 20A 441,784 337,418Suppliers 20B 56,342 54,147Write-down and impairment of assets 20C 2,978 32,840Other 20D - 581
Total Expenses Administered on Behalf of Government 501,104 424,986
The above schedule should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes .
271
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGESCHEDULE OF ADMINISTERED ITEMS (continued)
2006 2005Notes $'000 $'000
Assets Administered on Behalf of Governmentas at 30 June 2006
Financial AssetsCash and cash equivalents 21A 115 435Receivables 21B 14,356 6,289Investments 21C 277,597 134,801Accrued revenues 21D 38 1,562
Total Financial Assets 292,106 143,087
Non-Financial AssetsLand and buildings 21E 4,750 4,750Infrastructure, plant and equipmen t 21F 1,271 1,271Other 21G 27,129 2,899
Total Non-Financial Assets 33,150 8,920Total Assets Administered on Behalf of Government 325,256 152,007
Liabilities Administered on Behalf of Governmentas at 30 June 2006
PayablesSuppliers 22A 987 4,035Grants 22B 17,666 53,391Other payable s 22C 1,448 1,022
Total Payables 20,101 58,448Total Liabilities Administered on Behalf of the Government 20,101 58,448
Net Assets Administered on behalf of Government 23 305,155 93,559
Current assets 3,818 9,988Non-current assets 321,438 142,019Current liabilities 20,101 58,448
The above schedule should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes .
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 272
Financial statem
ents
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGESCHEDULE OF ADMINISTERED ITEMS (continued)for the year ended 30 June 2006 2006 2005
Notes $'000 $'000
Administered Cash Flowsfor the year ended 30 June 2006
OPERATING ACTIVITIESCash Received
Rendering of services 4,761 2,352Interest 108 10Net GST received from ATO 23,208 16,368Other cash received from operating activitie s 15,273 9,172
Total Cash Received 43,350 27,902
Cash UsedSuppliers 90,278 59,383Grant Payment s 500,670 339,793Other cash used by operating activitie s - 581
Total Cash Used 590,948 399,757Net Cash (used by) Operating Activities (547,598) (371,855)
INVESTING ACTIVITIESCash Received
Repayment of advance s 1,065 3,020Total Cash Received 1,065 3,020Cash Used
Issue of advance s 2,665 32,238Total Cash Used 2,665 32,238Net Cash (used by) Investing Activities (1,600) (29,218)
Net (decrease) in Cash Held (549,198) (401,073)
Cash at beginning of reporting perio d 435 (340)Cash from Official Public Account for
Appropriations (including GST appropriation) 23 256,079 129,964Special Accounts 23 334,555 309,859
590,634 439,823Cash to the Official Public Accoun t
Appropriations (including return of GST appropriation) 23 (33,872) (32,733)Special Accounts 23 (7,884) (5,242)
(41,756) (37,975)
Cash at End of Reporting Period 21A 115 435
The above schedule should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes .
273
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGESCHEDULE OF ADMINISTERED COMMITMENTS (continued)as at 30 June 2006
2006 2005$'000 $'000
BY TYPE
Other commitments
Project commitments 1 226,693 302,310
Other commitments 2 59,426 15,150Total other commitments 286,119 317,460
Commitments (receivable) (11,673) (16,713)
Net commitments by type 274,446 300,747
BY MATURITY
Other commitmentsOne year or less 177,329 218,160From one to five years 108,790 99,300
Total other commitments by maturity 286,119 317,460
Commitments (receivable) (11,673) (16,713)
Net commitments by maturity 274,446 300,747
NB: Commitments are GST inclusive where relevant. 1. Project commitments relate to grant amounts payable under agreements in respect of which
the grantee has yet to complete the milestone required under the agreement.2. Other commitments relate to contracts for goods and services in respect of which the
contracted party has yet to provide the goods and services required under the contract.
The above schedule should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 274
Financial statem
ents
DEPARTMENT OF THE ENVIRONMENT AND HERITAGENOTES TO AND FORMING PART OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note Description1 Summary of Significant Accounting Policie s2 Adoption of Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting
Standards from 2005-2006 3 Events Occurring after Reporting Dat e4 Operating Revenues 5 Operating Expenses 6 Borrowing Cost Expenses 7 Financial Assets 8 Non-financial Assets 9 Payables10 Interest Bearing Liabilitie s11 Provisions12 Restructuring13 Cash Flow Reconciliatio n14 Contingent Liabilities and Assets 15 Executive Remuneration 16 Remuneration of Auditors 17 Average Staffing Level s18 Financial Instruments 19 Revenues Administered on Behalf of Governmen t20 Expenses Administered on Behalf of Governmen t21 Assets Administered on Behalf of Governmen t22 Liabilities Administered on Behalf of Governmen t23 Administered Reconciliation Table 24 Administered Contingent Liabilities and Assets 25 Administered Investments 26 Administered Restructuring 27 Administered Financial Instrument s28 Appropriations29 Specific Payment Disclosure s30 Reporting of Outcomes
275
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
1.1 Objectives of The Department of the Environment and Heritage
The Department of the Environment and Heritage (the Department) is an AustralianPublic Service organisation.
The objectives of the Department are to:
• advise on and implement policies and programs for the protection andconservation of the environment while ensuring its use is ecologically sustainable;and
• administer the Australian Antarctic Territory and the Territory of Heard andMcDonald Islands, enhance Australia's role in the Antarctic Treaty System,conduct and support strategic research, a nd protect the Antarctic environment.
The Department is structured to meet two outcomes:
Outcome 1
The environment, especially those aspects that are matters of national environmentalsignificance, is protected and conserved.
Outcome 2
Australia's interests in Antarctica are advanced.
Department activities contributing toward these outcomes are classified as eitherdepartmental or administered. Departmental activities involve the use of assets,liabilities, revenues and expenses controlled or incurred by the Department in its ownright. Administered activities involve the management or oversight by the Department,on behalf of the Government, of items c ontrolled or incurred by the Government.
The following provides a representation of th e individual outputs unde r each of the twooutcomes.
Outcome 1
1.1 Response to Climate Change
1.2 Conservation of the land and inland waters
1.3 Conservation of the coasts and oceans
1.4 Conservation of natural, i ndigenous and historic heritage
1.5 Response to the impact of human settlements
Outcome 2
2.1 Antarctic Policy
2.2 Antarctic Science
The continued existence of the Department in its present form and with its presentprograms is dependent on Government policy and on continuing appropriations by Parliament for the Department’s administration and programs.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 276
Financial statem
ents
The financial statements are required by section 49 of the and are a general purpose financial report.
The statements have been prepared in accordance with:
Finance Minister’s Orders (or FMOs, being the
));
Australian Accounting Standards issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB) that apply for the reporting period; and
Interpretations issued by the AASB and Urgent Issues Group (UIG) that apply for the reporting period.
This is the first financial report to be prepared under Australian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AEIFRS). The impacts of adopting AEIFRS are disclosed in Note 2.
The Income Statement and Balance Sheet have been prepared on an accrual basis and are in accordance with historical cost convention, except for certain assets and liabilities, which as noted, are at fair value or amortised cost. Except where stated, no allowance is made for the effect of changing prices on the results or the financial position.
The financial report is presented in Australian dollars and values are rounded to the nearest thousand dollars unless disclosure of the full amount is specifically required.
Unless alternative treatment is specifically required by an accounting standard, assets and liabilities are recognised in the Balance Sheet when and only when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow and the amounts of the assets or liabilities can be reliably measured. However, assets and liabilities arising under agreements equally proportionately unperformed are not recognised unless required by an Accounting Standard. Liabilities and assets that are unrecognised are reported in the Schedule of Commitments; Contingent Liabilities and Assets are noted at Note 14.
Unless alternative treatment is specifically required by an accounting standard, revenues and expenses are recognised in the Income Statement when and only when the flow or consumption or loss of economic benefits has occurred and can be reliably measured
Administered revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows reported in the Schedule of Administered Items and related notes are accounted for on the same basis and using the same policies as for Department items, except where otherwise stated at Note 1.27.
277
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
1.3 Significant Accounting Judgements and Estimates
In the process of applying the accounting polic ies listed in this note, the Department hasmade the following judgements that have the most significant impact on the amountsrecorded in the financial statements:
• The fair value of land and buildings has been taken to be the market value ofsimilar properties as determined by an independent valuer. In some instances,buildings are purpose built and may in fact realise more or less in the market.
• In the case of buildings held for specialised purposes, such as buildings located inthe Antarctic, and where there is no readily available market price, the value isthe ‘depreciated replacement cost’ in accordance with AASB 116 Property Plantand Equipment.
• The estimated values for make good provisions and related as sets have beenarrived at on a reasonableness basis.
No other accounting assumptions or estimates have been identified that have a significantrisk of causing a material adjustment to carrying amounts of assets and liabilities withinthe next accounting period.
1.4 Statement of Compliance
The financial report complies with Australian Accounting Standards, which includeAustralian Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (AEIFRS).
Australian Accounting Standards require the Department to disclose AustralianAccounting Standards that have not been applied, for standard s that have been issued butare not yet effective.
The AASB has issued amendments to existing standards, these amendments are denotedby year and then number, for example 2005-1 indicates amendment 1 issued in 2005.
The table below illustrates standards and amendments that will become effective for theDepartment in the future. The nature of th e impending change within the table has beenout of necessity abbreviated and users shoul d consult the full version available on theAASB’s website to identify the full impact of the change. The expected impact on thefinancial report of adoption of these standards is based on the Department’s initialassessment at this date, but may change. The Department intends to adopt all ofstandards upon their application date.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 278
Financial statem
ents
Title Standardaffected
Applicationdate* Nature of impending change Impact expected on
financial report
2005-1 AASB 139 1 Jan 2006 Amends hedging requirements forforeign currency risk of a highlyprobable intra-group transaction.
No expectedimpact.
2005-4 AASB 139,AASB 132,AASB 1,AASB 1023and AASB1038
1 Jan 2006 Amends AASB 139, AASB 1023and AASB 1038 to restrict theoption to fair value through profit orloss and makes consequentialamendments to AASB 1 and AASB132.
No expectedimpact.
2005-5 AASB 1and AASB139
1 Jan 2006 Amends AASB 1 to allow an entityto determine whether anarrangement is, or contains, a lease.
Amends AASB 139 to scope out acontractual right to receivereimbursement (in accordance withAASB 137) in the form of cash.
No expectedimpact.
2005-6 AASB 3 1 Jan 2006 Amends the scope to excludebusiness combinations involvingentities or businesses under commoncontrol.
No expectedimpact.
2005-9 AASB 4,AASB1023,AASB 139and AASB132
1 Jan 2006 Amended standards in regards tofinancial guarantee contracts.
No expectedimpact.
2005-10 AASB 132,AASB 101,AASB 114,AASB 117,AASB 133,AASB 139,AASB 1,AASB 4,AASB 1023and AASB1038
1 Jan 2007 Amended requirements subsequentto the issuing of AASB 7.
No expectedimpact.
2006-1 AASB 121 31 Dec 2006 Changes in requirements for netinvestments in foreign subsidiariesdepending on denominatedcurrency.
No expectedimpact.
AASB7FinancialInstruments:Disclosures
1 Jan 2007 Revise the disclosure requirementsfor financial instruments fromAASB132 requirements.
No expectedimpact.
* Application date is for annual reporting periods beginning on or after the date shown
279
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
1.5 Principles of Consolidation (Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Account)
Subsection 43(1) of the Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Act 1997 requires financialstatements to be prepared for the Natural He ritage Trust of Australia Account (NHT). Reporting by the NHT reflects the NHT as a separate reporting entity, with alltransactions between the NHT and parties outside the NHT being reported.
Reporting of the NHT as part of the Department's administered disclosure in thesefinancial statements takes account of the treatment of administered items as a whole andthe administered presentation rules as prescribed in the Finance Ministers Orders. Thefinancial statements of the NHT are consolidated into the Department's administeredfinancial statements. Where accounting po licies and disclosure requirements differbetween the NHT and the Department adjust ments are made on consolidation to bringany dissimilar accounting policies and disclosures into alignment.
1.6 Revenue
Revenues from Government
Amounts appropriated for Departmental outputs appropriations for the year (adjusted forany formal additions and reductions) are recognised as revenue, except for certainamounts that relate to activities that are reciprocal in natu re, in which case revenue isrecognised only when it has been earned.
Appropriations receivable are reco gnised at their nominal amounts.
Other Revenue
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when:
• The risks and rewards of ownership ha ve been transferred to the buyer;• The seller retains no managerial involvem ent nor effective control over the goods; • The revenue and transaction costs incu rred can be reliably measured; and• It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the transaction will flow
to the entity.
Revenue from rendering of serv ices is recognised by referenc e to the stage of completionof contracts at the reporting date. The revenue is recognised when:
• The amount of revenue, stage of completi on and transaction costs incurred can bereliably measured; and
• The probable economic benefits with the tr ansaction will flow to the entity.
The stage of completion of contracts at the reporting date is determined by reference tothe proportion that costs incurred to date bear to the estimated total costs of thetransaction.
Receivables for goods and services, which ha ve 30 day terms, are recognised at thenominal amounts due less any provision for bad and doubtful debts. Collectability ofdebts is reviewed at balance date. Provisions are made when collection of the debt is nolonger probable.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 280
Financial statem
ents
Interest revenue is recognised using the effective interest method as set out in AASB 139, “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement”.
1.7 Gains
Resources Received Free of Charge
Services received free of charge are recognised as gains when and only when a fair valuecan be reliably determined and the services would have been purchased if they had notbeen donated. Use of those resources is recognised as an expense.
Contributions of assets at no cost of ac quisition or for nominal consideration arerecognised as gains at their fair value wh en the asset qualifies for recognition, unlessreceived from another government Department as a consequence of a restructuring ofadministrative arrangement s (Refer to Note 1.8).
Other Gains
Gains from disposal of non-current assets are recognised wh en control of the asset haspassed to the buyer.
1.8 Transactions with the Government as Owner
Equity injections
Amounts appropriated which are designated as ‘equity injections’ fo r a year (less anyformal reductions) are rec ognised directly in Contribu ted Equity in that year.
Restructuring of Administrative Arrangements
Net assets received from or relinquished to another Commonwealth Department orauthority under a restructuring of administrative arrangements are adjusted at their bookvalue directly against Contributed Equity.
Other distributions to owners
The FMOs require that distribut ions to owners be debited to Contributed Equity unless inthe nature of a dividend. There was no di stribution to owners during 2005-06 (2004-05nil).
281
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
1.9 Employee Benefits
As required by the FMOs, the Department has early adopted AASB 119 EmployeeBenefits as issued in December 2004.
Liabilities for services rendered by employees are recognised at the reporting date to theextent that they have not been settled.
Liabilities for ‘short-term employee benefits’ (as defined in AASB 119) and terminationbenefits due within twelve months of ba lance date are measured at their nominalamounts.
The nominal amount is calculated with regard to the rates expected to be paid onsettlement of the liability.
All other employee benefit liabili ties are measured as the present value of the estimatedfuture cash outflows to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to thereporting date.
Leave
The liability for employee bene fits includes provision for an nual leave and long serviceleave. No provision has been made for sick leave as all sick leave is non-vesting and theaverage sick leave taken in future years by employees of the Department is estimated tobe less than the annual entitlement for sick leave.
The leave liabilities are calculated on the basis of employees’ remuneration, including theDepartment’s employer superannuation contribution rates to the extent that the leave islikely to be taken during service rather than paid out on termination.
The liability for long service leave has been determined by reference to the work of anactuary. The estimate of the present value of the liability takes into account attrition ratesand pay increases through promotion and inflation.
Separation and Redundancy
Provision is made for separation and redundancy payments in circumstances where theDepartment has invited an excess employee to accept voluntary redundancy, theemployee has accepted the offer, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the paymentscan be determined.
Superannuation
Staff of the Department are members of the Commonwealth Superannuation Scheme(CSS), the Public Sector Superannuation Sc heme (PSS) or the PSS accumulation plan(PSSap).
The CSS and PSS are defined benefit schemes for the Commonwealth. The PSSap is adefined contribution scheme.
The liability for defined bene fits is recognised in the fi nancial statements of theAustralian Government and is settled by the Australian Government in due course.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 282
Financial statem
ents
The Department makes employer contributions to the Australian Government at ratesdetermined by an actuary to be sufficient to meet the cost to the Government of thesuperannuation entitlements of the Department’s employees.
From 1 July 2005, new employees are eligible to join the PSSap scheme.
The liability for superannuation recognised as at 30 June represents outstandingcontributions for the final fortnight of the year.
1.10 Leases
A distinction is made between finance leas es and operating leases. Finance leaseseffectively transfer from the lessor to the lessee substantially all the risks and rewardsincidental to ownership of leased non-current assets. An oper ating lease is a lease that isnot a finance lease. In operating leases, the lessor effectively retains substantially all suchrisks and benefits.
Where a non-current asset is acquired by means of a finance lease, the asset is capitalisedat either the fair value of the lease property or, if lower, the present value of minimumlease payments at the inception of the contra ct and a liability recognised at the same timeand for the same amount.
The discount rate used is the interest rate implicit in the lease. Leased assets areamortised over the period of the lease. Lease payments are a llocated between theprincipal component and the interest expense.
Operating lease payments are expensed on a straight line basis which is representative ofthe pattern of benefits derived from the leased assets.
1.11 Grants
The Department administers a number of diverse grant schemes.Grant liabilities are recognised to the extent that (i) the services required to be performedby the grantee have been performed or (ii) the grant eligibility criteria have been satisfied,but payments due have not been made. A co mmitment is recorded when the Departmententers into an agreement to make grants but services have not been performed or criteriasatisfied.
1.12 Borrowing Costs
All borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.
1.13 Cash
Cash means notes and coins held and any deposits held at call with a bank or financialinstitution. Cash is reco gnised at its nominal amount.
283
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
1.14 Financial Risk Management
The Department’s activities expose it to normal commercial financial risk. As a result ofthe nature of the Department’s business and internal and Australian Government policiesdealing with the management of financial risk, the Department’s exposure to market,credit, liquidity and cash flow and fair value interest rate risk is considered to be low.
1.15 Derecognition of Financial Assets and Liabilities
As prescribed in the Finance Minister’s Or ders, the Department has applied the optionavailable under AASB 1 of adopting AASB 132 and 139 from 1 July 2005 rather than1 July 2004.
Financial assets are derecognise d when the contractua l rights to the cash flows from thefinancial assets expire or the asset is transferred to another entity. In the case of a transferto another entity, it is necessary that the risks and rewards of ownership are alsotransferred.
Financial liabilities are derecognised when the obligation under the contract is dischargedor cancelled or expires.
For the comparative year, financial assets we re derecognised when the contractual rightto receive cash no longer existed. Financial liabilities were derecognised when thecontractual obligation to pay cash no longer existed.
1.16 Impairment of Financial Assets
As prescribed in the Finance Minister’s Or ders, the Department has applied the optionavailable under AASB 1 of adopting AASB 132 and 139 from 1 July 2005 rather than 1July 2004.
Financial assets are assessed for impairment at each balance date.
Financial Assets held at Amortised Cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred for loans andreceivables or held to maturity investments held at amortised cost, the amount of the lossis measured as the difference between the a ssets’s carrying amount and the present valueof estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original eff ective interest rate.The carrying amount is reduced by way of an allowance account. The loss is recognisedin profit and loss.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 284
Financial statem
ents
Financial Assets held at Cost
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on an unquotedequity instrument that is not carried at fair value because it cannot be reliably measured,or a derivative asset that is linked to and must be settled by delivery of such an unquotedequity instrument, the amount of the impairment loss is the difference between thecarrying amount of the asset a nd the present value of the estimated future cash flowsdiscounted at the current market rate for similar assets.
Available for Sale Financial Assets
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an available for sale financialasset has been incurred, the amount of the difference between its cost, less principalrepayments and amortisation, and its current fair value, less any impairment losspreviously recognised in profit and loss, is transferred from equity to the profit and loss.
Comparative Year
The above policies were not applied for the comparative year. For receivables, amountswere recognised and carried at original invoice amount less a provision for doubtful debtsbased on an estimate made when collection of the full amount was no longer probable.Bad debts were written off as incurred.
Other financial assets carried at cost which were not held to generate net cash inflows,were assessed for indicators of impairment. Where such indicators were found to exist,the recoverable amount of the assets was estimated and compared to the assets carryingamount and, if less, reduced to the carrying amount. The reduction was shown as animpairment loss.
1.17 Interest Bearing Loans and Borrowings
Government loans are carried at the balance yet to be repaid. Interest is expensed as it accrues.
1.18 Trade Creditors
Trade creditors and accruals are recognised at their nominal amounts, being the amountsat which the liabilities will be settled. Liabilities are recognised to the extent that thegoods or services have been received (and irrespective of having been invoiced).
285
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
1.19 Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets
Contingent Liabilities and Assets are not recognised in the Balance Sheet but arediscussed in the relevant schedules and notes. They may arise from uncertainty as to theexistence of a liability or asset, or represent an existing liability or asset in respect ofwhich settlement is not probable or the amount cannot be reliably measured. Remotecontingencies are part of this disclosure. Where settlement becomes probable, a liabilityor asset is recognised. A liab ility or asset is recognised when its existence is confirmedby a future event, settlement becomes probable (virtually certain for assets) or reliablemeasurement becomes possible.
1.20 Acquisition of Assets
Assets are recorded at cost on acquisition except as stated below. The cost of acquisitionincludes the fair value of assets transferred in exchange and liabilities undertaken. Financial assets are initially measured at their fair value plus transaction costs whereappropriate.
Assets acquired at no cost, or for nominal cons ideration, are initially recognised as assetsand revenues at their fair value at the date of acquisition, unless acquired as aconsequence of restructuring of administrative arrangements. In the latter case, assets areinitially recognised as contri butions by owners at the amounts at which they wererecognised in the transferor De partment’s accounts immediately prior to the restructuring.
1.21 Property, Plant and Equipment (PP&E)
Asset Recognition Threshold
Purchases of property, plant and equipment are recognised initially at cost in the BalanceSheet, except for purchases costing less than the following asset thresholds which areexpensed in the year of acquisi tion (other than where they form part of a group of similaritems which are significant in total).
Buildings $10,000
Leasehold improvements $50,000
Plant and equipment $5,000
The initial cost of an asset includes an estimate of the cost of dismantling and removingthe item and restoring the site on which it is located. This is particularly relevant to‘make good’ provisions in property leases taken up by the Department and restitutionobligations in the Antarctic where there exists an international obligation to clean-upabandoned work sites, buildings and infrastructure. These costs are included in the valueof the Department’s leasehold improvements and Antarctic assets with a correspondingprovision for the ‘make good’ taken up.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 286
Financial statem
ents
Revaluations
Land, buildings, plant and equipm ent are carried at fair value, being revalued withsufficient frequency such that the carrying amount of each asset is not materiallydifferent, at reporting date, from its fair value. Valuations undertaken in each year are asat 30 June.
Fair values for each class of asse t are determined as shown below:
Land Market selling price Buildings Market selling price or, in the case of specialised assets, depreciated replacement costLeasehold improvements Depreciated replacement costPlant and equipment Market selling price or, in the case of specialised assets, depreciated replacement cost
Following initial recognition at cost, valuati ons are conducted with sufficient frequencyto ensure that the carrying am ounts of assets do not materially differ from the assets’ fairvalues as at the reporting date. The regularity of indepe ndent valuations depends uponthe volatility of movements in market values for the relevant assets.
Revaluation adjustments are made on a class basis. Any revaluation increment is creditedto equity under the heading of asset revaluation reserve except to the extent that itreverses a previous revaluation decrement of the same asset class that was previouslyrecognised through profit and loss. Revaluat ion decrements for a class of assets arerecognised directly through profit and loss except to the extent that they reverse aprevious revaluation increment for that class.
Any accumulated depreciation as at the revaluation date is eliminated against the grosscarrying amount of the asse t and the asset restated to the revalued amount.
All valuations are conducted by an independent qualified valuer.
Depreciation
Depreciable property plant and equipment assets are written-off to their estimatedresidual values over their esti mated useful lives to the Department of the Environmentand Heritage using, in all cases, the strai ght-line method of depreciation. Leaseholdimprovements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimateduseful life of the improvements or the unexpired period of the lease.
Depreciation rates (useful lives), residual values and methods are reviewed at eachreporting date and necessary adjustments are recognised in the current, or current andfuture reporting periods, as appropriate.
287
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
Depreciation rates applying to each class of depreciable asset are based on the followinguseful lives:
2006 2005
Buildings on freehold land 3 to 50 years 3 to 50 years
Leasehold improvements Lease term Lease term
Plant and equipment 2 to 50 years 2 to 50 years
Heritage and cultural assets are assessed as having an infinite useful life and are notdepreciated. The aggregate amount of depreciation allocated for each class of assetduring the reporting period is disclosed in Note 5.4.
Impairment
All assets were assessed for impairment at 30 June 2006. Where indications ofimpairment exist, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated and an impairmentadjustment made if the asset’s recoverable amount is less than its carrying amount.
The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and itsvalue in use. Value in use is the present value of the future cash flows expected to bederived from the asset. Where the future economic benefit of an asset is not primarilydependent on the asset’s ability to generate future cash flows, and the asset would bereplaced if the Department of the Environment and Heritage were deprived of the asset,its value in use is taken to be its depreciated replacement cost.
No indicators of impairment were found for assets at fair value.
1.22 Intangibles
The Department of the Environment and Heritage’s intangibles comprise internallydeveloped software for internal use. These assets are carried at cost.
Software is amortised on a straight-line basis ov er its anticipated useful life. The usefullife of the Department’s software is 3 to 17 years (2004-05 3 to 17 years).
All software assets were assessed for indications of impairment as at 30 June 2006.
1.23 Inventories
A voluntary change to the accounting policy for inventory has been made to record asinventory only those new items held at the di stribution warehouses or , in the case of fuelheld at Antarctic stations, fuel held in bul k storage. The inventory threshold level wasalso changed to only record inventory w ith class values above $50,000. In accordancewith AASB 108 an adjustment reducing the opening equity balance at 1 July 2005 of$3.7m was made.
Inventories held for sale are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value.
Inventories held for distribution are measured at the lower of cost and currentreplacement cost.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 288
Financial statem
ents
Costs incurred in bringing each item of inventory to its present location and condition areassigned as follows:
• raw materials and stores – purchase cost on a first-in-first-out basis
• fuel –weighted average cost; and
• finished goods and work in progress – co st of direct materials and labour plusattributable costs that are capable of being allocated on a reasonable basis.
Inventories acquired at no cost or nominal considerations are measured at currentreplacement cost at the date of acquisition.
1.24 National Halon Bank
The Commonwealth operates the National Ha lon Bank which maintains sufficient stockof halon to meet Australia's essential us e needs to 2030 and also collects, decants,recycles and destroys surplus ha lon. The stock of halon (an as set) and the future costs todestroy surplus halon (a liability) are not recognised as they can not be reliably measuredand/or valued.
1.25 Make Good Provisions
Provision for Antarctic Base Restitution
Australia is required by the Ma drid Protocol to remove all accumulated waste from theAntarctic Territories. A process of gradual removal is in effect. The provision forAntarctic Base restitution is for the estimated future costs of this obligation and is derivedfrom an expert valuation which provides a “best estimate” in accordance with AASB 137.
Provision for Make Good - Antarctic Regions
This provision represents the estimated future costs of making good Australian AntarcticTerritories upon which premises occupied by the Australian Antarctic Division arelocated. The obligation to make good arises from the requirements of the MadridProtocol. The estimated future costs represent the cost of decommissioning, dismantling,and expatriation to Australia of all building and associated materials and the cost of siterehabilitation. Buildings a nd buildings support infrastructure are decommissioned andreplaced on an ongoing basis, infrequently, and the majority of costs will be incurredduring any major Antarctic Base rebuilding pr ogram. The provision is derived from anexpert valuation and a costing model which provides a “best estimate” in accordance withAASB 137.
Provision for Make Good - Other Localities
This provision represents the estimated costs of making good leasehold premisesoccupied by the Department at the John Gort on Building, Barton ACT and at the office o fthe Supervising Scientist Division in Darwin, NT. The provision is derived from anexpert valuation which provides a “best estimate” in accordance with AASB 137.
289
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
1.26 Taxation
The Department is exempt from all forms of taxation except fringe benefits tax (FBT)and the goods and se rvices tax (GST).
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of GST:
• except where the amount of GST incurred is not recoverable from the AustralianTaxation Office; and
• except for receivables and payables.
1.27 Reporting of Administered Activities
Administered revenues, expenses, assets, liabilities and cash flows are disclosed in theSchedule of Administered Items and related Notes.
Except where otherwise stated below, administered items are accounted for on the samebasis and using the same policies as for Department items, including the application ofAustralian Accounting Standards.
Administered Cash Transfers to and from Official Public Account
Revenue collected by the Department for use by the Government rather than theDepartment is Administered Revenue. Collections are transferred to the Official PublicAccount (OPA) maintained by the Department of Finance and Administration.Conversely, cash is drawn from the OPA to make payments under Parliamentaryappropriation on behalf of Government. These transfers to and from the OPA areadjustments to the administered cash held by the Department on behalf of theGovernment and reported as such in the St atement of Cash Flows in the Schedule ofAdministered Items and in the Administered Reconciliation Table in Note 23. Thus theSchedule of Administered Items largely reflects the Government’s transactions, throughthe Department, with partie s outside the Government.
All administered revenues are revenues relating to the course of ordinary activitiesperformed by the Department on behalf of the Australian Government.
Fees are charged for access to reserves holding protected Australian fauna and flora. Administered fee revenue is recognised when access occurs. It is recognised at itsnominal amount due less any provision for bad or doubtful debts. Collectability of debtsis reviewed at balance date. Provisions are made when collection of the debt is judged tobe less rather than more likely.
Loans and Receivables
Where loans and receivables are not subject to concessional treatment, they are carried atamortised cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses due to impairment,derecognition and amortisation are recognised through profit and loss. Loans andreceivables subject to concessional treatment are carried at cost.
Revenue
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 290
Financial statem
ents
Administered investments in controlled entities are not consolidated because their consolidation is relevant only at the Whole of Government level.
Administered investments other than those held for sale are measured at their fair value as at 30 June 2006. Fair value has been taken to be the net assets of the entities as at balance date. For the comparative period administered investments were measured on the cost basis, adjusted for any subsequent capital injections or withdrawals and for any impairment losses.
Administered investments were assessed for impairment at 30 June 2006. No indicators of impairment were noted.
The Department received appropriation of $4.750 million in 2002-2003 for the purchase of the Macquarie Light station and Snapper Island from the Department of Finance and Administration. The assets were acquired in 2002-2003 and will remain with the Department until such time as they are vested to the Sydney Harbour Federation Trust. As the assets are heritage assets they are not depreciated as there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which they will be held and used by the Australian Government.
The Department of the Environment and Heritage administers a number of grant and subsidy schemes on behalf of the Government.
Grant and subsidy liabilities are recognised to the extent that (i) the services required to be performed by the grantee have been performed or (ii) the grant eligibility criteria have been satisfied, but payments due have not been made. A commitment is recorded when the Government enters into an agreement to make these grants but services have not been performed or criteria satisfied.
291
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2 The impact of the transition to AEIFRS from previous AGAAP
2005 2004$'000 $'000
Total Equity under previous AGAAP 1 July 296,667 258,018Adjustments to Retained Earnings
Deferred asset expense 1 45,959 48,559
Makegood Provisions 2 (146,217) (154,091)
Insurance Receivable 3 (9,286) -
Other 4 1,876 (52)
Total equity translated to AEIFRS 1 Jul y 188,999 152,434
The cash flow statement presented under previous AGAAP is equivalent to that preparedunder AEIFRS.
3,958
(147)137(80)
Amortisation of deferred assets for make good (2,600)Unwinding of make good provision 2004-05 (7,874)
AAD Insurance receivable - reversal (9,286)
2004-05 profit translated into AEIFRS (15,892)
The impact of the transition to AEIFRS from previous AGAAP (Administered)
3 Events Occurring after Reporting Date
There are no known events occurring after balance date that could impact on the financial statements.
There has been no impact on the administered financial statements from the transition toAEIFRS from AGAAP.
Reconcilliation of total equity as presented under previous AGAAP to that under AEIFRS
1 The AEIFRS treatment where a provision for makegood exists is to create a deferred assetand amortise it over the time remaining until, the makegood event.
2 The second part of the AEIFRS treatment where make good requirement exists is to create amakegood provision and 'unwind' it to the present value of the estimated cost of the makegood. 3 Under AEIFRS the treatment of insurance receivables changed from an accrued revenue to acontingent asset. 4 Sundry AEIFRS adjustments.
Reconcilliation of total equity as presented under previous AGAAP to that under AEIFRS
2004-05 Profit as previously reported
Adjustments for errors
AEIFRS Adjustments Assets Carrying Value Provisions carrying value Interest Expense
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 292
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
4 Revenue
4.1 Revenue from Government
Appropriations for outputs 329,358 294,447Total revenues from government 329,358 294,447
4.2 Goods and Services
Provision of goods 104 146Provision of services 42,872 35,920Total sales of goods and services 42,976 36,066
Provision of goods to: - Related entities - 22 - External entities 104 124Total sales of goods 104 146
Rendering of services to: - Related entities 34,646 29,867 - External entities 8,226 6,053Total rendering of services 42,872 35,920
4.3 Interes t
Interest on deposits - 1
293
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
4.4 Net Gains/(Losses) from Disposals of Asset s
Land and Building sProceeds from disposal 150 -Net book value of assets dispose d (152) -
Net (loss) from disposal of Land and Buildings (2) -
Infrastructure, plant and equipmen tProceeds from disposal 22 248Net book value of assets dispose d (22) (654)
Net (loss) from disposal of infrastructure, plant and equipment - (406)
Non Listed Assets (Below threshold )Proceeds from disposal 140 -
Net gain from disposal of Non Listed Assets 140 -
Total proceeds from disposals 312 248Total value of assets dispose d (174) (654)Total gains/(loss) from disposal of assets 138 (406)
4.5 Reversal of previous asset write-downs
Financial assets Doubtful debts received - receivable s 25 11
4.6 Other revenue Repayments of prior years expenditur e 327 198Grants receive d 415 656Insurance recoverie s 1,173 2Miscellaneous Revenue 376 59Total other revenues 2,291 915
4.7 Other Gains Write-down of provisions and payable s 519 494Property, plant and equipment assets recognised for first tim e - 233Resources received free of charge - governmen t 691 696Assets received free of charge - governmen t - 96
1,210 1,519
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 294
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
5 Operating Expenses
5.1 Employees
Wages and Salaries 99,892 90,685Superannuation 18,401 17,060Leave and other entitlement s 11,155 8,710Separation and redundancies 828 1,722Other Employee expense s 8,536 2,753Total employee expenses 138,812 120,930
5.2 Suppliers
Provision of goods - related entities 287 150Provision of goods - external entities 21,055 5,368Provision of services - related entities 23,343 10,733Provision of services - external entities 81,194 76,401Operating lease rentals* 30,041 34,921Total suppliers expense 155,920 127,573
* These comprise minimum lease payments only .
5.3 Grants and Transfer Fundin g
Other sectors in the Commonwealt h 1,159 660State and Territory Governments 9,369 6,865Non-profit institutions 8,920 5,248Local Governments 1,852 2,853Overseas 1,275 752Universities 1,096 1,319Individuals 134 787Profit making entities 923 1,111Total grants 24,728 19,595
Payment to the Director of National Park s 41,962 40,085Total transfer funding 41,962 40,085
295
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
5.4 Depreciation and amortisation
DepreciationOther infrastructure, plant and equipmen t 14,065 13,572Buildings 9,926 10,519Total depreciation 23,991 24,091
AmortisationIntangibles - Computer softwar e 1,831 1,807Total amortisation 1,831 1,807
Total depreciation and amortisation 25,822 25,898
The aggregate amounts of depreciation or amortisation expensed during the reporting period foreach class of depreciable asset are as follows:
Plant and equipmen t 14,065 13,572Buildings 9,926 10,519Internally developed softwar e 1,304 1,215Purchased software 527 592Total depreciation and amortisation 25,822 25,898
5.5 Write-down and Impairment of Assets
Financial assetsBad and doubtful debts expense 178 94Non-financial assetsInventories - asset write-down s - 194Intangibles - asset write-down s 668 148Land and buildings - revaluation decremen t - 851Land and buildings - asset write-down s 1,576 615Infrastructure, plant and equipment - asset write-down s 5,237 4,341Total write-down of assets 7,659 6,243
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 296
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
5.6 Other Expenses
Miscellaneous expenses 332 90Total other expenses 332 90
6 Finance Costs
Loans 108 157Unwinding of discount - make good provisions 9,878 7,874Total finance costs 9,986 8,031
297
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
7 Financial Assets
7.1 Cash
Cash at ban k 4,677 3,740Cash on han d 467 139Total cash 5,144 3,879
7.2 Receivables
Goods and services - receivable s 2,046 3,276Provision for doubtful debts (146) (52)
1,900 3,224
Appropriation receivable - undraw n 61,539 59,342GST receivable from the Australian Taxation Offic e 3,030 3,398Receivable from Bureau of Meteorology (Notes 12 & 28.1 ) - 25,464 Reversed during 2005-06 following Ministerial determination. Other receivables 315 237Total receivables (net) 66,784 91,665
Receivables (gross) are aged as follows: Not overdue 66,577 90,944Overdue by: Less than 30 day s 139 226 30 to 60 days 56 67 60 to 90 days 2 53 More than 90 day s 156 427Total receivables (gross) 66,930 91,717
The provision for doubtful debts is aged as follows: Overdue by: More than 90 day s (146) (52)Total provision for doubtful debts (146) (52)
All receivables are with entities external to the Department. Credit terms are generally net 3 0days (2005: 30 days). No interest rate applies and payments are generally one-off.
Appropriations receivable undrawn are appropriations controlled by the Department but held i nthe Official Public Account under the Government's just-in-time drawdown arrangements .
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 298
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
7.3 Accrued Revenues
Goods and services accrued revenu e 466 346GST accrued - 564Total accrued revenues 466 910
All accrued revenues are current assets.
8 Non-Financial Assets
8.1 Land and Building s
Land - At 2005-2006 valuation (fair value) 240 229Total land 240 229
Buildings on land - At 2005-2006 valuation (fair value) 252,387 199,429 Accumulated depreciatio n (3,669) (1,834) Work in progress - at cos t buildings 5,534 3,007Total buildings on land at valuation 254,252 200,602
Total land and buildings (non-current) 254,492 200,831
All revaluations are independent and are conducted in accordance with the revaluation policy stated at Note 1. All revaluations have been conducted by an independent valuer, the AustralianValuation Office.
299
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
8.2 Infrastructure, Plant and Equipmen t
- At 2005-2006 valuation (fair value) 148,544 135,551 Accumulated depreciatio n (2,495) (867) Work in progress - at cost IP&E 1,629 2,449Total Infrastructure, Plant and Equipment (non-current) 147,678 137,133
All revaluations are independent and are conducted in accordance with the revaluation policy stated at Note 1. All revaluations have been conducted by an independent valuer, the AustralianValuation Office.
8.3 Intangible Asset s
- Purchased computer softwar e 4,362 4,278 Accumulated amortisation P/Software (2,582) (2,164) Work in progress P/Software 412 -Total purchased computer software 2,192 2,114
- Internally developed computer softwar e 13,996 10,482 Accumulated amortisation dev software (8,321) (7,519) Work in progress Dev Software 3,316 4,860Total internally developed computer software 8,991 7,823
- Patents, brand names and licences 623 623 Accumulated amortisation patents (623) (623)Total patents, brand names and licences - -
Total intangible assets (non-current) 11,183 9,937
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 300
Financial statem
ents
eu lav ko ob s sorG
634 ,20 2 92 2
566, 202 0 00 ,8 31
3 26 026 ,91
342,02 809,063
noita sitroma /noita icer ped detal u
muccA
) 438 ,1( -
)438,1( )326 (
)3 86 ,9( )768 (
)603,01()700,31(
eulav koob ten gninepO
-
739,9 331,731
138,002 206,002
922 109,743
739,9
esa hcr up yb -
794,4794,4
395,8807,3
-807,3
897,61
117,2552
)tnemerced(/tne
mercni noitaulaver teN
637,25-
-949,8
586,16-
--
tn em er ced no itaulave
R-
--
--
-
380,8-
kcaB etir
W noitaicerpeD detalu
m uccA
38 0, 8-
-263,21
5 44 ,0 2-
)6 29,9(-
esne pxe noita sitrom a/n oita icer pe
D)629,9(
) 138,1(-
) 13 8, 1()56 0,41 (
)228,52(
--
tsoC lacirotsi
H-
-73
)73(-
73
--
noitaic erpeD detalu
muccA
--
--
--
74141
tsoC l aciro tsi
H1 61
--
32481
-
)8(-
noitaicerpeD detalu
muccA
)8 (-
-)2(
) 01 (-
675,1-
tsoc lacirotsiH
675 ,1-
082,1903,5
5 61 ,8082,1
--
noitaicerpeD detalu
muccA
--
)116()37(
)486()116(
340,134907,22
326680,22
371,051161,852
129,752042
eulav koob ssorG
) 594, 2()966 ,3(
)96 6, 3(-
no itasi troma/n oitai cerp ed d etal u
muc cA
) 30 9, 01 ()0 96,71(
)625 ,1 1() 326(
t so c la cirot siH
noitaicerpeD detalu
muccA*
hw yb ygolodohte
m eht ni secnereffid ,metsys P
A S eht o tno noisiviD citcratn
A nailartsuA eht rof stessa lla fo re fsn art eht ht i
W era sessalc tessa eht hci
.seirogetac ni segnahc eht tcelfer ot secnala b gnin epo eht o t edam neeb evah stne
mtsujda gniwollof eh
T .devorpmi e re
w puorg .ecnalab gninepo stessa t en
HE
D eht ot egnah c on s aw ereh
T
selbignatnI dn a ,tnempiuq
E ,tnalP ,ytreporP fo sisylanA 4.8
301
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
ram
muS)b(
4.8y
oitcurtsnocrednu
stessA
fon
nos gnidliu
BmetI
dn aL
rehtO
,erutcurtsarfnIdna
tnalP
tnempiuq
E
retupmo
Cera
wtfoSreht
OselbignatnI
latoT
selbignatnIlato
T
000'$000'$
000'$000'$
000'$000' $4 35,5
6002enuJ
03ta
saeulav
s sorG
926,1827,3
827,3-
198,01
7 00,3500 2
yluJ1ta
saeulav
ssorG
944,2068 ,4
-068,4
613, 01
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 302
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
8.5 Inventories
Finished goods 170 132Total inventories held for sale 170 132
Work in progress 46 34Finished goods 7,144 10,558Total inventories not held for sale 7,190 10,592
Total inventories 7,360 10,724
Inventories are represented by: Current 7,360 6,620Non-current - 4,104Total inventories 7,360 10,724
8.6 Other Non-financial Assets
Prepayments 298 1,747Total other non-financial assets 298 1,747
All other non-financial assets are current assets.
303
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
9 Payables
9.1 Suppliers Payables
Trade creditors 1,292 7,579Total supplier payables 1,292 7,579
All supplier payables are current liabilities.
Settlement is usually made net 30 days.
9.2 Grant Payables
Non-profit institutions Payable 299 2,579Profit making entities Payable 10 880State and Territory governments Payable 499 545Local governments Payable 34 466Overseas Payable - 420Other sectors in the Commonwealth Payable - 66Universities Payable - 43Individuals Payabl e - 30Total grant payables 842 5,029
All grants payables are current liabilities.
Settlement is made according to the terms and conditions of each grant, this is usually within 30days of meeting the grant eligibility criteria .
9.3 Other Payable s
Unearned revenu e 3,096 1,209Interest payable 108 157Accrued Expenses 11,517 14,945Miscellaneous 207 615Total other payables 14,928 16,926
All other payables are current liabilities.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 304
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
10 Interest Bearing Liabilities
10.1 Loans
Loans from Governmen t 2,102 3,065
Maturity schedule for loans: Payable: - Within one yea r 1,020 963 - In one to five years 1,082 2,102Total loan liability 2,102 3,065
The loan was issued in 1998-1999 and is repayable in annual installments ending in 2007-2008. The interest rate is subject to review each year based on the 10 year bond rate as at 30 June. The current interest rate is 5.79%, (2004-05 5.28%).
10.2 Other Interest Bearing Liabilitie s
Lease incentive 498 601
Other interest bearing liabilities are represented by ;Current lease incentives 103 103Non-current lease incentives 395 498Total other interest bearing liabilities 498 601
305
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
11 Provisions
11.1 Employee Provisions
Salaries and wages 745 441Leave 32,712 30,363Superannuation Provision 6,077 5,516Separation and redundancies Provision - 243Aggregate employee benefit liability and related on-costs 39,534 36,563
Employee provisions are represented by :Current employee provisions 18,552 9,274Non-current employee provisions 20,982 27,289Aggregate employee benefit liability and related on-costs 39,534 36,563
11.2 Other Provisions
Provision for Antarctic base restitutio n 42,519 34,794Provision for make good - Antarctic region s 153,509 161,965Provision for make good - other localities 1,965 1,082Provision for Renewable Energy Certificate s - 223Total other provisions 197,993 198,064
Other provisions are represented by: Current 639 223Non-current 197,354 197,841Total other provisions 197,993 198,064
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 306
Financial statem
ents
12 Restructuring
Current year (2005-2006)
Previous year (2004-2005)There were several changes to the structure of the Department in 2004-2005 as a result of AAO's.
The first of these changes was the transfer of Indigenous program functions to the Department from the Department of Immigration and Multicultural Affairs, following the Governmentdecision on 20 June 2004 to abolish the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Commission andcease the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Services functions. The transfer took effect on1 July 2004.
The second major change was the abolition of the Australian Greenhouse Office and theNational Oceans Office as executive agencies under the Public Service Act 1999 and asprescribed agencies under the Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 on3 November 2004. These agencies were incorporated into the Department following theAdministrative Arrangements Order changes announced after the October 2004 election. Previously both agencies received annual appropriations and published their own annual reports.
On 11 September 2002 the Bureau of Meteorology was prescribed as a new agency and all meteorological functions were transferred from the Department. Unspent non-lapsing appropriations of $25,464,432 were transferred to the Bureau of Meteorology. In 2005 it transpired that a valid section 32 determination did not exist for the appropriations transferred. A receivable from the Bureau of Meteorology for $25,464,432 was brought to account and included in total assets recognised from restructuring.
This receivable was subsequently reversed during 2005-06 as a result of a Ministerial determination.
2006 2005$'000 $'000
In respect of the functions assumed, the net book value of assets and liabilities transferred to theDepartment for no consideration and recognised as at the date of transfer were:
Total assets recognised - 55,023Total liabilities recognised - (11,085)
- 43,938
Net contribution by Government as owner during the year - 43,938
There were no changes to the structure of the Department in 2005-06 as a result of anyadministrative arrangements orders (AAO's) announced by government.
307
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
13 Cash Flow Reconciliation
Reconciliation of cash per Balance Sheet to Statement of Cash Flows
Cash at year end per Statement of Cash Flows 5,144 3,879
Balance Sheet items comprising above cash: 'Financial Asset - Cash' 5,144 3,879
Reconciliation of operating (loss) to net cash from operating activities
Operating (loss) (29,223) (15,892)Assets recognised for first time - (233)Depreciation / Amortisation 25,822 25,898Net (Gains) on disposal of non-current assets (138) 406Write down of current assets - 5,955Write down of non-current assets 7,480 -Adjustments made directly to Equity* (10,494) -
Increase in net assets from restructuring - 38,465Other revenues and expenses not involving cash - (492)(Increase) / decrease in receivables 24,881 (68,427)(Increase) / decrease in inventories 3,364 (1,623)(Increase) / decrease in accrued revenue 444 (7,373)(Increase) / decrease in other financial assets - 23(Increase) / decrease in prepayments 1,449 (1,101)Increase / (decrease) in other interest bearing liabilities (103) (1,012)Increase / (decrease) in employee provisions 2,970 2,975Increase / (decrease) in other provisions (71) 5,931Increase / (decrease) in suppliers liabilities (6,287) 16,072Increase / (decrease) in grant liabilities (4,187) 4,262Increase / (decrease) in other liabilities (1,998) 70Net cash from operating activities 13,909 3,904
*refer Statement of Changes in Equity Adjustments for errors 2,019 - Adjustments for changes in accounting policies (3,731) - Revaluation increment - make good provisions 16,682 - Other (Refer note 7.2) (25,464) -
(10,494) -
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 308
Financial statem
ents
14 Contingent Liabilities and Assets
Quantifiable Contingencies
Contingent AssetLosses arising from events insured by Australian Antarctic Division andsubject to insurance claims which are still pending as at 30 June. ($7.909 Million).
(2005: $9.286 Million).
There are no other quantifiable contingencies in either the current or theimmediately preceding reporting period.
(2005: Nil).
Unquantifiable Contingencies
2006: Nil
(2005: Nil).
Remote contingencies
2006: Nil
(2005: 1 claims for damages/costs - estimated dollar value $300,000)
309
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
15 Executive Remuneration
The number of executives who received or were due to receive total remuneration of $130,000 or more:
2006 2005Number Number
$130,000 to $144,999 3 4$145,000 to $159,999 4 -$160,000 to $174,999 11 6$175,000 to $189,999 4 10$190,000 to $204,999 10 4$205,000 to $219,999 5 2$220,000 to $234,999 3 3$235,000 to $249,999 1 3$250,000 to $264,999 3 -$265,000 to $279,999 2 1$280,000 to $294,999 1 1$295,000 to $309,999 - 1$310,000 to $324,999 2 -$370,000 to $384,999 1$385,000 to $399,999 - 1$400,000 to $414,999 1 -
51 36
The aggregate amount of total remuneration of executive shown above. 10,558,909$ 7,259,174$
The aggregate amount of separation and redundancy/terminationbenefit payments during the year to executives shown above. 398,711$ 156,805$
The increase in executive remuneration reflects the full year impactof the merging of the National Oceans Office (NOO) and theAustralian Greenhouse Office (AGO) with the Department on 3November 2004. (Refer note 12 Restructuring)
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 310
Financial statem
ents
16 Remuneration of Auditors
2006 2005$ $
Financial statement audit services are provided free of charge to theDepartment. The fair value of audit services provided was: 440,000 512,000
No other services were provided by the Auditor General.
17 Average Staffing Levels
2006 2005Number Number
The average staffing levels for the Department during the year were: 1,558 1,513
311
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
stnemurtsnIlaicnani
F81
k siR
etaRtseretnI
1. 81
tn emurtsnI laicnani
Fset o
Neta
Rts ere tnI
gnitaolF
nIgniruta
Meta
RtseretnI
dexiF
gniraeB
tseretnI-noN
latoT
egarevA
dethgieW
et aR
ts er etnIevi tce ff
Ess el
roraey
1sr aey
5o t
1sraey
5>
60025002
60025002
60025002
60025002
60025002
60025002
60025002
000' $000 '$
00 0'$000 '$
00 0'$000' $
00 0'$000'$
00 0'$000'$
00 0'$0 00'$
%%
stessAlaicnani
F
hsaC
1 .7-
--
--
--
-4 41,5
97 8, 344 1, 5
97 8, 3a/n
a/n
)s sorg(selbaviece
R2.7
--
--
--
--
193,51 19 ,6
193,5119,6
a/na/n
y goloroeteM
fou aeru
Bmorf
elb avi eceR
2 .7-
--
--
--
--
464,5 2-
464,52a/n
a/n
elba vie cern oitai rp or pp
A2 .7
--
--
--
--
9 35 ,162 43 ,95
9 35 ,162 43 ,95
a/na/n
eu ne verd eu rcc
A3.7
--
--
--
--
664019
664019
a/na/n
latoT
--
--
--
--
045,27605,69
045,27605,69
stess al atoT
504 ,39 4628,654
s eitilibaiLlaicnani
F
snaoL
1.01201,2
560,3-
--
--
--
1201,2
560,3%82.5
%21.5
sr otidercedar
T1.9
--
--
--
--
292,1975,7
292,1975,7
a/na/n
htl aewno
mmo
Cnon (
selbayaPtna rG
)tnemnre vog
2.9-
--
--
--
-248
369,4248
369,4a/n
a/n
latoT
201, 256 0, 3
--
--
--
431, 234 5, 21
63 2, 470 6, 51
seitilib aill atoT
981,752728,762
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 312
Financial statem
ents
18.2 Net Fair Values of Financial Assets and Liabilitie s
The net fair value of each class of the Department's financial assets and liabilities equals its carrying amount in both the current and immediately preceding reporting period, and none of these financialassets or liabilities are readily traded on organised markets in a standardised form
18.3 Credit Risk Exposures
The Department's maximum exposures to credit risk at reporting date in relation to each class o frecognised financial assets is the carrying amount of those assets as indicated in the Balanc eSheet.
The Department has no significant exposures to any concentrations of credit risk .
All figures for credit risk referred to do not take into account the value of any collateral or othersecurity.
313
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
19 Revenues Administered on Behalf of Government
Taxation Revenues
Note 19A: Other taxes fees and fines Other taxes, fees and fines 1,270 1,480
Non-taxation Revenues
Note 19B: Goods and services Sale of goods - external entitie s 760 184Rendering of services - external entitie s 417 1,001Other fees from regulatory services -externa l 3,489 802
Total goods and services 4,666 1,987
Note 19C: Interes tLoans - State and Territory Government s 4 5Other 104 4
Total interest 108 9
Note 19D: Industry contribution sIndustry contribution s 7,500 7,400
Note 19E: Grant repayment sGrant repayment s 3,761 1,406
Note 19F: Assets recognised for the first tim eAssets recognised for the first tim e 1,411 2,113
Note 19G: OtherOther sources of non-taxation revenue s 2,237 424
Gains
Note 19H Other Gains Audit services received free of charge for the NH T 73 65
Total income administered on behalf of Government 21,026 14,884
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 314
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
20 Expenses Administered on Behalf of Government
Note 20A: Grants State and Territory government s 270,966 224,711Non-profit institution s 62,806 30,196Other sectors in the Commonwealt h 40,347 38,246Profit making entitie s 28,484 29,132Individuals 15,167 2,936Local government s 14,920 8,153Overseas 4,764 2,055Universities 4,330 1,989
Total grants 441,784 337,418
The nature of the grants is as follows: Natural Heritage Trust - Bushcar e 92,157 96,807Natural Heritage Trust - Landcar e 82,174 68,687Natural Heritage Trust - Coastcare 46,887 49,163Water Fund Progra m 45,830 1,000Natural Heritage Trust - Rivercar e 39,550 43,177Representative Areas Program - Structural Adjustment Packag e 32,617 16,887Renewable Remote Power Generation Progra m 28,738 16,053Greenhouse Gas Abatement Progra m 13,708 12,691Cathedral Restoration Project s 10,500 -Climate Change Strategy Program s 8,092 2,688Tasmanian Forest s 5,500 -Photovoltaic Rebate Progra m 4,622 3,537Regional Natural Heritage Progra m 4,260 1,608Indigenous Heritage Progra m 3,261 -Daintree Conservation Initiative 2,650 1,665Marine and Tropical Science Research Facilit y 2,595 -Australian Wildlife Hospita l 2,500 -National Heritage Investment Initiativ e 2,200 -Renewable Energy Equity Fun d 2,138 -Low Emission s 1,950 -Australian Biological Resources Study Participatory Progra m 1,859 1,827Renewable Energy Commericalisation Progra m 1,658 1,441Protecting Australia's Biodiversity Hotspot s 1,600 2,000Strengthening Tasmania Program s 1,150 550Grants-in-Aid – National Trus t 842 822Solar Cities 550 -National Cultural Heritage Progra m 479 182National Environmental Protection Council 429 429Local Greenhouse Action Progra m 404 390Mawsons Hut Restoratio n 320 -Alternative Fuels Conversion Progra m 223 2,770Launceston Air Qualit y 200 -Boat Harbour and Sisters Beach Sewerage Schem e 108 692Environmental Rating Schem e 33 15Maintenance and Protection of Indigenous Heritage Progra m - 1,737Acquisition of Leases and Legal Cost s - 9,850
441,784 337,418
315
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
20 Expenses Administered on Behalf of Government (continued)
Note 20B: Suppliers Provision of goods - external entitie s 884 930Rendering of services - related entitie s 25,853 23,375Rendering of services - external entitie s 29,605 29,842
Total suppliers 56,342 54,147
Note 20C: Write-down and impairment of asset sFinancial assets - receivables - loans to Commonwealth entitie s 2,840 300Financial assets - receivables - othe r 138 34Non-financial assets - inventorie s - 269Non-financial assets - other * - 32,237
Total write-down and impairment of assets 2,978 32,840
*
Note 20D: Othe rOther expenses administered on behalf of Government - 581
Total expenses administered on behalf of Government 501,104 424,986
Under the Representative Areas Program - Structural AdjustmentPackage fishing licences to the value of $32,237,000 were acquiredduring the 2004-05 year. The rights embodied in the fishing licencesrepresent possible future economic benefit. Their cash-generatingpotential could be realised through use or disposal. The licences wereacquired with a view, not to realise their cash potential, but with thepublic purpose of lessening fishing pressure on the Great Barrier Reef. As there is presently no intention to use the licences to generate anycash flows through use or disposal the value of the fishing licences hasbeen written down to nil.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 316
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
21 Assets Administered on Behalf of Government
Financial assets
Note 21A: Cash and cash equivalents Special accounts 9 18Other 106 417
Total cash 115 435
The balance of the administered cash account is non-interest bearing.
Note 21B: Receivables Loans to State and Territory governments 24 34
Loans to Commonwealth Entit y 7,429 4,409Provision for doubtful debts (5,710) (2,870)
1,719 1,539
Goods and services - 8
Goods and Services Tax 12,438 4,290
Other receivables 319 534Provision for doubtful debts (144) (116)
175 418
Total receivables (net) 14,356 6,289
Receivables (gross) are aged as follows: Not overdue 19,964 8,984Overdue by: Less than 30 days 24 54 30 to 60 days - 50 60 to 90 days 26 3 More than 90 days 196 184
Total receivables (gross) 20,210 9,275
Loans were made under financial assistance legislation. No security isrequired. Principal is repaid in full at maturity. Interest rates are fixed. Effective interest rates range from 9.0% to 14.475%. Interest payments aredue on the last day of July and January each financial year.
The loan represents the funding payments to IIF Investments Pty Ltd (IIPL)less repayments under the Renewable Energy Equity Fund (REEF)Program. The loan agreement was negotiated between the IIPL and theIndustry Research and Development Board (IRD) on behalf of theCommonwealth under the REEF Program. The Annual Report of IIPLprovides further information on the investments under the REEF Program.
All receivables are with entities external to the Department. Credit termsare generally 30 da ys (2004: 30 da ys).
317
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
21 Assets Administered on Behalf of Government (continued)
The provision for doubtful debts is aged as follows: Not overdue (5,710) (2,870)Overdue by: More than 90 days (144) (116)
(5,854) (2,986)
Note 21C: Investments - Available for Sale Commonwealth authorities, (Refer Note 25) - Director of National Parks 145,675 95,907 - Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority 17,004 13,017 - Sydney Harbour Federation Trus t 114,918 25,877
Total investments 277,597 134,801
Note 21D: Accrued Revenues Goods and services 36 19Interest on loans 2 2GST - 1,474Other - 67
Total accrued revenues 38 1,562
Total financial assets 292,106 143,087
Non-financial assets
Note 21E: Land and Buildings Heritage buildings - at acquisition value 4,750 4,750
Note 21F: Infrastructure, Plant and Equipment Heritage plant and equipment - fair value 1,271 1,271
Revaluation was completed by the Australian Valuation Officein accordance with the policy stated in Note 1.
Note 21G: Other Non-financial Assets Prepayments
Prepaid Grant - Point Nepean Trust 27,000 -Other Prepayments 129 2,899
27,129 2,899
Total non-financial assets 33,150 8,920
Total assets administered on behalf of Government 325,256 152,007
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 318
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$'000 $'000
22 Liabilities Administered on Behalf of Government
Payables
Note 22A: Suppliers Trade creditors 987 4,035
Note 22B: Grant Payables Public sector
State and Territory governments 11,850 32,510Local governments 19 249Commonwealth entities 657 3,011
Private sector Non-profit institutions 2,485 2,371Profit making entities 2,561 14,945Individuals - 37
Universities 94 268Total grant payables 17,666 53,391
Note 22C: Other payables Goods and Services Tax 668 253Accrued Expenses 439 501Miscellaneous 341 268
Total other payables 1,448 1,022
Total payables 20,101 58,448
Total liabilities administered on behalf of Government 20,101 58,448
All liabilities are expected to be settled within 12 months of balance date.
(All grants are to entities that are not part of the Department. Settlement ismade in accordance with terms and conditions for each grant. This isusually within 30 days of performance or eligibility).
All creditors are entities that are not part of the Australian Government. Settlement is usually made within 30 days
319
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$'000 $'000
23 Administered Reconciliation Table
Opening administered assets less administered liabilities as at 1 July 93,559 88,611
Opening Balance fair value adjustment - administered investments 114,778 -
Plus: Administered revenues 21,026 14,884Less: Administered expenses (501,104) (424,986)Administered transfers to / from Government: Appropriation transfers from OPA:
Annual appropriations administered expenses 256,079 129,964Annual appropriations special accounts 334,555 309,859
Transfers to OPA including GST (41,756) (37,975)Restructuring - (7,555)Administered Investments - gain 28,018 16,500Adjustments for changes in accounting policy - (571)Adjustments for errors - 4,828
Closing administered assets less administered liabilities as at 30 June 305,155 93,559
24 Administered Contingent Liabilities and Assets
Quantifiable administered contingencies
There are no quantifiable contingencies in either the current or the immediately preceding reporting periods, therefore there is no Schedule for such items.
Unquantifiable administered contingencies
Nil for 2006 and 2005.
Remote administered contingencies
Nil for 2006 and 2005.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 320
Financial statem
ents
25 Administered Investments - Available for Sale
The principal activities of each of the Department's administered investments are as follows:
* Director of National Parks - assists the Minister and the Department in the conservation and appreciation of Australia's biological diversity and associated cultural heritage, through leadership and cooperation in the management of the Commonwealth's protected areas.
* Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority - works in partnership with Commonwealth and Queensland government agencies to undertake a wide range of functions to ensure that the conservation and world heritage values of the Great Barrier Reef are preserved for future generations.
* Sydney Harbour Federation Trust - responsible for planning, managing, conserving, enhancing and making publicly accessible certain lands on or near the foreshores of Sydney Harbour.
The value of Administered Investments has moved as follows;
Investment 30/6/2005 1/7/2005Director of National Parks 95,907 136,587 40,680Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority 13,017 16,395 3,378Sydney Harbour Federation Trust 25,877 96,597 70,720Movement in carrying amount of investment AEIFRS 134,801 249,579 114,778
Investment 1/7/2005 30/6/2006Director of National Parks 136,587 145,675 9,088Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority 16,395 17,004 609Sydney Harbour Federation Trust 96,597 114,918 18,321Movement in carrying amount of investment 2005-2006 249,579 277,597 28,018
Valuation at
Valuation at
Changefor
AEIFRS
Change
321
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
26 Administered Restructuring
2006: Nil Restructuring
2005:A major change impacting on the Department was the abolition of the Australian Greenhouse Office and the National Oceans Office as executive agencies under the Public Service Act 1999 and as prescribed agencies under the Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 on 3 November 2004. These agencies were incorporated into the Department following theAdministrative Arrangements Order changes announced after the October 2004 election .Previously both agencies received annual appropriation and published their own annual reports .
In respect of the function assumed, the net book value of administered assets and liabilities transferred to the Department for no consideration and recognised as at the date of transfer was :
2006 2005$'000 $'000
Total assets recognise d - 3,515Total liabilities recognise d - 11,070Net (liabilities) assumed - (7,555)
Net (decrease) in administered net assets during the year - (7,555)
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 322
Financial statem
ents
s tn em ur ts nIl ai cn an i
Fder etsini
mdA
72
ksiR
etaRtseretnI
deretsinim d
A1. 72
t nemurtsn Il aicnani
Fseto
Nts er etnI
g nitaolF
etaR
nIgniruta
Meta
RtseretnI
dexiF
gnir aeB
tse retnI -noN
latoT
eg arevA
det hgieW
etaR
tseretnIevitceff
Esse l
roraey
1sraey
5ot
1sraey
5>
60 0250 02
6 00 25 00 2
6 00 250 02
60 025002
60025002
600250 02
60 0250 02
000' $00 0'$
0 00'$00 0'$
000' $00 0'$
000' $00 0' $
00 0'$00 0'$
000'$000' $
%%
stessAlaicnani
F
hsaC
A12-
--
--
--
-511
534511
534a/n
a/n
)ssorg(sel ba viece
RB12
--
--
--
--
7 57 ,212 38 ,4
757,2123 8, 4
a/na/ n
y rotirreT
dnaet atS
otsnao
Lstne
mn revoG
B12-
-01
0141
42-
--
-42
43%03.31
%03.31htlae
wnom
moC
otsnao
L)s sor g(
seititnE
B 12-
--
--
--
-9 24,7
904 ,49 24 ,7
904,4a/n
a/ n
eu ne veR
d eu rc cA
D12-
--
--
--
-83
265,183
265,1a/n
a/ n
latoT
--
0101
4142
--
933,02832,11
363,02272,11
stessalatoT
652,523700,251
seitilibaiLlaicnani
F
srotid erC
ed arT
A22-
--
--
--
-789
530,4789
530,4a/n
a/n
n on(s elb ay aPtn ar
G)tne
mnrevoghtlae
wnom
moC
B22-
--
--
--
-900,71
083,05900,71
083,05a/n
a/n
latoT
--
--
--
--
699,71619,45
699,71514,45
sei tilibaill atoT
101,02844,85
323
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
27.2 Net Fair Values of Administered Financial Assets and Liabilitie s
The net fair value of each class of administered financial assets and liabilities equals its carrying amount in both the current and immediately preceding reporting period, and none of these financial assets or liabilities are readily traded on organised markets in a standardised form .
27.3 Credit Risk Exposures
The Department's maximum exposures to credit risk at reporting date in relation to each class of recognised financial assets and liabilities is the carrying amount of those assets and liabilities as indicated in the Schedule of Administered Items which details assets and liabilities administere don behalf of Government.
The Department has no significant exposures to any concentrations of credit risk .
All figures for credit risk referred to do not take into account the value of any collateral or other security.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 324
Financial statem
ents
A82
p por
psnoi tair
noitairp orppA
seciv reSlaunnA
yranid rO
ro fdnuF
euneveR
detadilosnoC
ehtm orf
hsaC
warD
otytirohtu
Afol attiuqc
A1.82
s
sralucitraP
xE
deretsinimd
Ap
sesnee
Dp
tuOlatn e
mt rap
stula to
T1
emoctu
O2
emoctu
O
6002$
5002$
6002$
5002$
6002$
50 02$
6002$
5002$
doirepsuoiverp
morfdeirr ac
ec nalaB
235,675,63203,738,12
--
012,820,98644,022,51
247,406,521847,750,73
nemtsujd
Arae
YroirP
t)547,097,51(
513 ,67-
-)2 65,933,4(
-)70 3,031,02(
513,67sraey
roirp(snoitairpo rppa
fonoitcude
R)
833 ,521,6536 ,806,12
--
--
833, 521,6536,8 06,12
23noitcestc
AA
MFdilavni
-noitairporppa
raeyroirP
1-
--
-)243,464,52(
234,464,52)243,464,52(
234,464,52doirep
suoiverpmorf
deirracecnalab
detsujdA
944,066,41289,403
--
603,422,95878,486,04
557,488,37068,989,04
)1.oN(
tcA
noit airporppA
000,59 3,244000,301,813
--
000,834,1 23000,720,232
000,338,367000,031,055
)3.oN(
tcA
noitairporppA
000,850,320 00,126,46
--
000,395,6000,485,51
000,156,92000,502,08
)5.oN(
tcA
noit airpo rppA
000 ,821 ,41-
000,0 23-
00 0,723,1-
000 ,577,51100 ,502,08
31stcA
no ita ir porppA(
stpi ecerrevoc
moC
)-
--
-730 ,371,1
12 0,1730,37 1, 1
12 0,123
sA
AMF (
no itcnufyt itne
foegnahc
nosnoitairporppa
fotnemtsujd
A)
-034,6 49,24
--
883,332,7205,442,86
883,332 ,7239,091 ,111
)03s
AA
MF(detiderc
sdnufeR
320 ,954021 ,422
--
127,443 ,246 6, 006,4
447,30 8,2487,42 8,4
noi tairporp pAlaunn
Alatot-b uS320,040 ,084
235,991 ,624000,023
-641,901,04 3
560,241,16396 1,964 ,028
795 ,143,787A03
sA
AMF(
TSG
elbarevocerfotnuocca
ekatot
snoitairporppA
)258,490,41
234,445,30 00,23
-619,268,9 1
831,314,11867,989,33
075, 759,41)13
sA
AMF('snoitairporppaten'
otsnoit aton n
A-
--
-326,442,84
095,320,24326,442,84
095,320,24tne
myaprof
elba liavanoitairpo rppalat o
Ts
423,597,805469,347,924
000,253-
199,044,764397,875,414
513,885,679757,223,448
evisulcniTS
G(raey
ehtgnirud
e dam
stnemyap
hsaC
)837,168,791
286,105,09000,253
-575,719,893
385,055,523313,131,795
562,250,614)
TSG
gn idulcxe (s tnuocc
Ala ice pSo t
det ide rcsno ita irporpp
A001,777,203
0 57,566 ,203-
--
-001,777,203
0 57,566 ,203rof
d nuFeuneve
Rde tadilo sno
Ceht
mor fhsa
Cwar
Dot
ytiroh tuA
foec nal a
Bsnoit airpo rpp
Aseciv reSl aunn
Ayranidr
O684,651,8
2 35,675,63-
-6 14, 325,86
0 12, 820,98209,9 76,67
247,406,521
R:yb
de tneserpenah
nodna
knabtahsa
Cd
454,54385,614
--
265,021,5015,778,3
610,661,5390,492,4
ygoloro eteM
fouaeru
Bmo rf
elbavieceR
1-
--
--
234,464,52-
234,464,52lbaviecer
snoitairporppalatnemtrape
De
--
--
561,482,06726,143,95
561,482,06726,143,95
TA
ehtmorf
elbaviecerTS
GO
-2
--
986,811,3146,443
986,811,3346,443
snoi tairpo rppade rets ini
mdadespa lnu,n
wa rdnU
230 ,111,8749 ,951,63
--
--
23 0,111,8749 ,951,63
la toT
684 ,651,8235 ,675,63
--
614 ,325,86012,8 20,98
209,976,67247,406,52 1
325
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
snoitairporppA
secivreSlaunnA
yranidrO
nahtreh t
Orof
dnuFeuneve
Rd etadil osno
Ceh t
morfh sa
Cwar
Dot
ytiro htuA
fo la ttiuqcA
2.82
sralucitraP
gn itarepO
gnitarepo-noN
latoT
1e
moct uO
2e
moctuO
s'P
PSE
AN
s'P
PSE
AN
ytiuqE
snaoL
'sraeysuoiver
Pstessa
nimd
Astuptuo
seitilibail&
60 025002
6 002500 2
60 02500 2
60 0250 02
600250 02
$$
$$
$$
$$
$$
$$
$$
doireps uoiverp
morfdeirrac
e cnalaB
919,302, 6000,0 51
--
--
--
-000,901,2
--
919,30 2,6000,952,2
)sraeyr oirp(
sno itairporp pafo
noitc udeR
014,354,4-
--
--
-000,901,2
014,354,4000,901,2
do ire psuoi ver p
morfdeirrac
ecna la bd etsuj d
A905,057,1
000,051-
--
--
--
--
-905,057,1
000,051)2.o
N( tcA
noi ta irporppA
000,19 7,72000,000, 1
--
-000, 508 ,4
--
--
--
00 0,69 5,23000, 000, 1
)4.oN(tc
Anoitairporpp
A000,94 5,5
000,0 55-
--
--
--
-000,721
-0 00,676,5
000,055)6.o
N(tcA
noitairporppA
--
--
--
--
--
000,178,1-
000,178,1-
sgniworro
Bdna
stnemtsujd
Alatnemtrape
D-
--
--
--
--
--
--
-retsi ni
MecnaniF
ehtot
e cn avdA
0 00,370,5-
--
--
--
--
221,766-
221,047,5-
noitcnufytitne
foegnahc
nosnoitairporppa
fotnemtsujd
A)23
sA
AMF(
-159,425,62
--
--
--
--
--
-159,425,62
)03s
AA
MF(detiderc
sdnufeR
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
noi tanimret ed
11noitces
ayb
decudersn oitairpor pp
A)raeytnerr uc(
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
noitairporppAlaunn
Alatot-buS00 0,314,8 3
159,47 0,82-
--
0 00, 508,4-
--
-221,566,2
-221,388 ,54
15 9,470,82TS
Gelbarevocer
fot nuoccae ka t
otsn oitairpor pp
A)
A03s
AA
MF(304 ,787
163,661-
--
020,553-
--
--
-324,241,1
163,661stne
myaprof
elbal iavasnoitairporppalato
T219,059,04
213,193,82-
--
020,061,5-
--
-221,566,2
-450,677,84
213,193,82)evis ulcni
T SG(
ra eyeht
gnirudeda
mstne
myaphsa
C456,9 22,04
393 ,781,22-
--
32 2,50 9,3-
--
-221,566,2
-999 ,997,64
393, 781, 22stnu occ
AlaicepSot
deti dercsnoi tairporpp
A)evisulcxe
TSG(
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
detadil osnoC
e htmorf
hsaC
w arD
o tytiro htu
Afo
ec na laB
secivreS la unnA
yran idrO
n ahT
re htO
ro fd nuF
euneveR
snoitairporppA
85 2,127919,3 02,6
--
-797, 452,1
--
--
--
55 0,679 ,1919,302, 6
:ybdetneserpe
R-
-dnah
n odna
knab tahsa
C-
--
--
--
--
--
--
-el baviecer
snoitairporppA
--
--
-797,452,1
--
--
--
797,452,1-
OT
Aeht
morfelbaviecer
TSG
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
eunevernoitairpor ppa
fosno it cuderla
mroF-
--
--
--
--
--
--
-rof
no itairporp pa(elbaviecer
noi tairporppa latnemtrape
D-
-)stuptuolanoitidda
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
snoitairporppaderetsini
md ade spalnu,n
wardnU
852,12 7919,302,6
--
--
--
--
--
852,127919,302,6
lat oT
85 2,127919 ,302,6
--
-797 ,452,1
--
--
--
550,67 9,1919, 302,6
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 326
Financial statem
ents
28.3 Acquittal of Authority to Draw Cash from the Consolidated Revenue Fund - Special Appropriations (Unlimited Amount)
Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Act 1997 AdministeredSub-section 6(2)
2006 2005$ $
Purpose: Amount equal to the fixed-income percentage of the uninvested amountstanding to the credit of the Account as at the end of the financial year.
Cash payments made during the year - -Nil payments were processed during the year - $22,445,253 wastransfered to the Account via the self executing provisions of thelegislation (2004-2005: $20,049,992)
Budget Estimate 22,130,000 18,836,000
28.4 Acquittal of Authority to Draw Cash from the Consolidated Revenue Fund - Special Appropriations (Refund Provisions)
Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 AdministeredSection 28
2006 2005$ $
Purpose: For refunds of application fees received under the EnvironmentProtection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 and moniesincorrectly forwarded to the Official Public Account
Cash payments made during the year 51,973 2,875Appropriations credited to Special Accounts - -Refunds received (net) (FMA s 30) - -Total charged to special appropriatio n 51,973 2,875Budget Estimate (FMA s28) - -
28.5 Acquittal of Authority to Draw Cash from the Consolidated Revenue Fund - Special Appropriations (Limited Amount)
Appropriation (Supplementary Measures) Act (No. 2) 1999 DepartmentalSection 3 Outcome 1Purpose: Supporting the development and implementation of in-service emissions testing capabilities for diesel
and petrol vehicles, where the diesel emissions testing is in connection with the making and/orimplementation of a Diesel National Environment Protection Measure.
There were no transactions against this appropriation during 2005-2006 (2004-2005: Nil). The balance of this appropriation at 30 June 2006 is Nil (2004-2005: Nil).
Appropriation (Supplementary Measures) Act (No. 2) 1999 DepartmentalSection 3 Outcome 1Purpose: Developing a product stewardship system for the reuse and recycling of waste oil.
There were no transactions against this appropriation during 2005-2006 (2004-2005: Nil). The balance of this appropriation at 30 June 2006 is Nil (2004-2005: Nil).
Captains Flat (Abatement of Pollution) Agreement Act 1975 AdministeredSection 4Purpose: Amounts payable to the Government of New South Wales in accordance with an agreement made under
section 3, by way of financial assistance.
There were no transactions against this appropriation during 2005-2006 (2004-2005: Nil). The balance of this appropriation at 30 June 2006 is Nil (2004-2005: Nil).
327
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$ $
28.6 Special Accounts
a) Special accounts comprise part of the Department's administered reporting entity.
Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Account (Administered)Legal Authority - Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Act 1997, Section 4
Purpose - The purposes of the Reserve are as follows: (a) the National Vegetation Initiative; (b) the Murray-Darling 2001 Project; (c) the National Land and Water Resources Audit; (d) the National Reserve System; (e) the Coasts and Clean Seas Initiative; (f) environmental protection (as defined by section 15 of the Act); (g) supporting sustainable agriculture (as defined by section 16); (h) natural resources management (as defined by section 17 of the Act); (i) a purpose incidental or ancillary to any of the above purposes; (j) the making of grants of financial assistance for any of the above purposes; and (k) an accounting transfer purpose (as defined by section 18 of the Act).
This account earns interest at the rate of interest earned by the Commonwealth as at the end of the financial year on deposits held with the Reserve Bank of Australia. Balance carried from previous period 408,095,512 389,320,237Adjustment to balance carried from previous year (495,637) -Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Act 1997 credits:. Sub-section 6(2) 22,445,253 20,049,992. Sub-section 23(1) 302,116,000 302,607,000
Receipts from other sources 3,196,121 1,004,038GST credits (FMAA s30A) 15,169,691 16,200,185Total Credits 342,927,065 339,861,215Available for payments 750,526,940 729,181,452Payments made - Suppliers 58,437,995 53,143,195Payments made - Grants 290,345,285 267,942,745Total Debits 348,783,280 321,085,940Balance carried to next period* 401,743,660 408,095,512Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Account 401,734,860 408,077,284Cash held by the entit y 8,800 18,228Total balance carried to the next period 401,743,660 408,095,512
* In accordance with the legal authority for the Account, separate financial statements are prepared for the Account. The balance for the Account is reported in those financial statements as appropriations receivable undrawn plus cash as this amount represents appropriations that are controlled by the Department but held in the Official Public Account under the Government's just-in-time drawdown arrangements.
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 328
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$ $
28.6 Special Accounts continued
Ozone Protection and SGG Account (Administered)Legal Authority - Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas Management Act 1989, Section 65B
Purpose - The following are the purposes of the Account: (a) paying or reimbursing the Commonwealth's costs associated with the administration of the Act and the regulations; (b) paying or reimbursing the Commonwealth's costs associated with furthering the following programs (including providing information about those programs): (i) ODS phase-out programs; and (ii) emission minimisation programs for ODSs and SGGs; (c) paying or reimbursing the Commonwealth's costs associated with the management of the National Halon Bank; and (d) refunding any amounts credited to the Account in error.
This account is non-interest bearing. Balance carried from previous period 10,655,786 10,409,227Adjustment to balance carried from previous year 926,979 -Taxation - Levies 2,275,374 1,480,422Sale of goods and services 3,638,406 1,766,338Receipts from other sources 106,420 907,781
GST credits (FMAA s30A) 147,991 241,549Total Credits 6,168,191 2,915,668Available for payments 17,750,956 14,805,317Payments made - Suppliers 1,591,956 2,865,454Payments made - Grants 36,480 17,050Payments made - Othe r 1,405,561 1,267,027Total Debits 3,033,997 4,149,531Balance carried to next period 14,716,959 10,655,786Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Account 14,716,657 10,655,786Cash held by the entit y 302 -Total balance carried to the next period 14,716,959 10,655,786
329
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$ $
28.6 Special Accounts (continued)
National Cultural Heritage Account (Administered)Legal Authority - Protection of Moveable Cultural Heritage Act 1986, Section 25
Purpose - Amounts standing to the credit of the National Cultural Heritage Account may be expended for the purpose of facilitating the acquisition of Australian protected objects for display or safe-keeping.
This account is non-interest bearing. Balance carried from previous perio d 318,000 441,250Appropriations Act (No. 1) 2005-06 661,100 58,750
GST credits (FMAA s30A) 31,800 18,200Total Credits 692,900 76,950Available for payment s 1,010,900 518,200Payments made - Grant s 510,900 200,200Balance carried to the next perio d 500,000 318,000Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Accoun t 500,000 318,000Total balance carried to the next perio d 500,000 318,000
WELS Account (Administered)Legal Authority - Water Efficiency Labelling and Standards Act 2005, Section 64
Purpose - The purpose of the Account is to make payments: (a) to further the objects of the Water Efficiency Labelling and Standards Act 2005 (as set out in section 3 of the Act); an d (b) otherwise in connection with the performance of the Regulator's functions under the Act, the regulations or a corresponding State-Territory law .Balance carried from previous perio d - -Services - Rendering of services to external entitie s 1,214,255 -GST credits (FMAA s30A) 18,053 -Total Credits 1,232,308 -Available for payment s 1,232,308 -Payments made - Suppliers 205,127 -Balance carried to the next perio d 1,027,181 -Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Accoun t 1,027,181 -Total balance carried to the next perio d 1,027,181 -
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 330
Financial statem
ents
2006 2005$ $
28.6 Special Accounts (continued)
Australian Antarctic Heritage Conservation Special AccountLegal Authority - Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997, Section 20
Purpose - The following are the purposes of the Account: (a) the conservation of Antarctic and sub-Antarctic heritage, including the conservation of the Mawson's Huts Historic Site; an d (b) activities that are incidental to that conservation.
There were no transactions of this account during 2005-2006 (2004-2005: Nil). The balance of this account at 30 June 2006 is Nil (2004-2005: Nil).
Sea Installations Account Legal Authority - Sea Installations Act 1987, Section 38
Purpose - There must be transferred to the Reserve from the Consolidated Revenue Fund amounts equal to money paid as a security under section 37 by way of a cash deposit.
There were no transactions of this account during 2005-2006 (2004-2005: Nil). The balance of this account at 30 June 2006 is Nil (2004-2005: Nil).
b) Special public moneys are trust account in nature and do not comprise part of the Department' sreporting entity.
Other Trust Moneys Account (Special Public Money)Legal Authority - Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 , Section 20
Purpose - For the expenditure of moneys temporarily held on trust or otherwise for the benefi t of a person other than the Commonwealt h
This account is non-interest bearing. Balance carried from previous perio d 123,113 10,591Adjustment to balance carried from previous yea r (478) -Other Receipts 341,386 112,853Available for payment s 464,021 123,444Payments made - Othe r 201,949 331Balance carried to the next perio d 262,072 123,113Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Accoun t 262,072 123,113
331
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
2006 2005$ $
28.6 Special Accounts (continued)
Environment - Services for other Governments and Non-agency Bodies Account(Special Public Money)Legal Authority - Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 , Section 20
Purpose - For the expenditure in connection with services performed on behalf of othe r Governments and bodies that are not Agencies under the Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997.
This account is non-interest bearing. Balance carried from previous perio d 3,333,684 3,372,987Adjustment to balance carried from previous yea r 1,326 -Sale of goods and services 260,250 380,405Other Receipts 30 -GST credits (FMAA s30A) 31,727 20,907Available for payment s 3,627,017 3,774,299Payments made - Suppliers 296,740 440,615Payments made - Grant s 116,901 -Total Debits 413,641 -Balance carried to the next perio d 3,213,376 3,333,684Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Accoun t 3,213,314 3,332,902Cash held by the entit y 62 782Total Balance carried to the next perio d 3,213,376 3,333,684
Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council Fund Trust Account (Special Public Money)Legal Authority - Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997 , Section 20
Purpose - for expenditure to support environmental research and special activities approved b y the Australian and New Zealand Environment and Conservation Council or a Committee appointed by the Council for that purpose. This account is non-interest bearing. The account was formally abolished on 16 May 200 6Balance carried from previous perio d 12,429 12,429Other Receipts - -GST credits (FMAA s30A) - -Available for payment s 12,429 12,429Payments made 12,429 -Balance carried to the next perio d - 12,429Represented by:Cash transferred to the Official Public Accoun t - 12,429
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 332
Financial statem
ents
29 Specific Payment DDisclosures
Act of Grace
No Act of Grace expenses were incurred during the reporting period. (2005: No Act of Grace incurred)
Waivers
No waivers of amounts owing to the Commonwealth were made pursuant to subsection 34(1) of the Financial Management and Accountability Act 1997. (2005: No waivers )
Ex-Gratia
No ex-gratia payments were made during the reporting period. (2005: No ex-gratia payments )
Defective Administration Scheme
No payments were made under the Defective Administration Scheme. (2005: No payment was made under the Defective Administration Scheme)
333
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
30 Reporting by Outcomes
A percentage based attribution system has been used to determine the allocation of shared items. The percentages useddiffer in some instances from those used for the 2004-2005 Budget.
30.1 Net cost of Outcome Delivery
2006 2005 2006 2005 2006 2005$'000 $'000's $'000 $'000's $'000 $'000's
Administered expenses 500,784 424,986 320 - 501,104 424,986Departmental expense s 281,115 232,012 124,106 116,839 405,221 348,851Total expenses 781,899 656,998 124,426 116,839 906,325 773,837Costs recovered from provision of goods and services to the non-government sector:
Administere d 5,935 3,467 - - 5,935 3,467 Departmenta l 7,246 4,749 1,084 1,428 8,330 6,177Total costs recovered 13,182 8,216 1,084 1,428 14,266 9,644Other external revenues:
Administere d Interest on loans 108 9 - - 108 9 Industry contributions 7,500 7,400 - - 7,500 7,400 Othe r 7,483 4,008 - - 7,483 4,008 Total administere d 15,091 11,417 - - 15,091 11,417 Departmenta l Interest on cash deposits - 1 - - - 1 Revenue from disposal of assets (106) 165 128 83 22 248 Reversal of previous asset write-downs 25 11 - 25 11 Othe r 2,013 1,583 1,604 59 3,617 1,642 Goods and services revenue from related entitie s 33,402 27,528 1,244 11,647 34,646 39,175 Total departmenta l 35,334 29,288 2,976 11,789 38,310 41,077Total other external revenues 50,424 40,705 2,976 11,789 53,400 52,494Net cost / (contribution) of outcome 718,293 608,177 120,366 95,290 838,659 703,467
Outcome 1 and 2 are described in Note 1.1. Net costs shown include intra-government costs that are eliminated in calculatingthe actual Budget Outcome. Refer to Outcome 1 Resourcing Table and Outcome 2 Resourcing Table of this Annual Report.
Outcome 1 Outcome 2 Total
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 334
Financial statem
ents
30.2 Major Classes of Departmental Revenues and Expenses by Output Groups and Outputs
Departmental Expenses Employees SuppliersGrants and
Transfer Funding Depreciation Other expenses
TotalDepartmental
Expenses
$'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000
OUTCOME 1 Output 1.1 2006 22,180 32,798 7,324 1,239 488 64,029
2005 14,229 21,914 2,771 724 237 39,875 Output 1.2 2006 31,065 21,723 44,857 1,043 455 99,143
2005 21,460 12,789 41,067 740 268 76,324 Output 1.3 2006 14,604 13,919 1,309 496 184 30,512
2005 18,466 13,251 1,322 776 123 33,938 Output 1.4 2006 11,648 8,463 1,831 703 185 22,830
2005 12,251 6,155 5,255 744 146 24,551 Output 1.5 2006 26,940 24,851 10,648 1,799 363 64,601
2005 26,075 19,038 8,510 2,215 1,486 57,324 Total 2006 106,437 101,754 65,969 5,280 1,675 281,115Outcome 1 2005 92,481 73,147 58,925 5,199 2,260 232,012
OUTCOME 2 Output 2.1 2006 11,655 19,499 259 7,395 5,868 44,676
2005 10,242 19,593 272 7,452 4,504 42,062 Output 2.2 2006 20,720 34,667 462 13,147 10,434 79,430
2005 18,207 34,833 483 13,247 8,006 74,777 Total 2006 32,375 54,166 721 20,542 16,302 124,106Outcome 2 2005 28,449 54,426 755 20,699 12,510 116,839
TOTAL 2006 138,812 155,920 66,690 25,822 17,977 405,2212005 120,930 127,573 59,680 25,898 14,770 348,851
Outcome 1 and 2 are described in Note 1.1. Net costs shown include intra-government costs that are eliminated in calculating the actual Budget Outcome.
30.2 Major Classes of Departmental Revenues and Expenses by Output Groups and Outputs (continued)
Revenuesfrom
GovernmentSale of goods
and services Interest Other revenues
TotalDepartmental
RevenuesFunded by: $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000OUTCOME 1 Output 1.1 2006 61,836 2,950 186 64,972
2005 46,930 1,232 1 310 48,473 Output 1.2 2006 78,880 17,643 424 96,947
2005 64,825 16,010 - 191 81,026 Output 1.3 2006 22,694 6,738 98 29,530
2005 25,543 6,671 - 150 32,364 Output 1.4 2006 22,039 1,100 259 23,398
2005 22,755 1,040 - 326 24,121 Output 1.5 2006 49,346 12,217 965 62,528
2005 48,623 7,324 - 783 56,730 Total 2006 234,795 40,648 - 1,932 277,375Outcome 1 2005 208,676 32,277 1 1,760 242,714
OUTCOME 2
Output 2.1 2006 34,042 838 0 623 35,5032005 30,877 1,364 0 246 32,487
Output 2.2 2006 60,521 1,490 - 1,109 63,1202005 54,894 2,425 - 439 57,758
Total 2006 94,563 2,328 - 1,732 98,623Outcome 2 2005 85,771 3,789 - 685 90,245
TOTAL 2006 329,358 42,976 - 3,664 375,9982005 294,447 36,066 1 2,445 332,959
Outcome 1 and 2 are described in Note 1.1. Net costs shown include intra-government costs that are eliminated in calculating the actual Budget Outcome.
335
Fin
anci
al s
tate
men
ts
30.3 Major Classes of Administered Revenues and Expenses by Outcome
2006 2005 2006 2005 2006 2005$'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000 $'000
Administered RevenuesAudit services received free of charge forthe NHT 73 65 - - 73 65Interest 108 9 - - 108 9Sales of goods and services 5,935 3,467 - - 5,935 3,467Industry contributions 7,500 7,400 - - 7,500 7,400Other revenue 7,410 3,943 - - 7,410 3,943Total administered revenues 21,026 14,884 - - 21,026 14,884Administered ExpensesGrants 441,464 337,418 320 - 441,784 337,418Suppliers 56,342 54,147 - - 56,342 54,147Write-down of assets 2,978 32,840 - - 2,978 32,840Other - 581 - - - 581Total administered expenses 500,784 424,986 320 - 501,104 424,986
Outcome 1 and 2 are described in Note 1.1. Net costs shown include intra-government costs that are eliminated incalculating the actual Budget Outcome.
Outcome 2 TotalOutcome 1
GLOSSARY
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 338
Glo
ssary
Glossary
Abyssal ocean relates to the region of the ocean bottom where light does not
reach, between the bathyal and hadal zones, from depths of approximately 3 000
to 6 000 metres.
Accrual accounting is the system of accounting where items are brought to
account and included in the fi nancial statements as they are earned or incurred,
rather than as they are received or paid.
Administered items are expenses, revenues, assets or liabilities managed
by agencies on behalf of the Commonwealth. Administered expenses include
grants, subsidies and benefi ts, and may fund the delivery of third party outputs.
For example the department administers appropriations for the Australian
Government’s Natural Heritage Trust to provide grants. This annual report refers
to appropriations for administered items as ‘administered appropriations’.
Additional estimates is a process where the parliament may appropriate more
funds to portfolios if the amounts appropriated at Budget time are insuffi cient.
Appropriations are authorisations by the parliament to spend monies from
the Consolidated Revenue Fund. Two appropriation Bills are introduced into
parliament in May and comprise the Budget. Further Bills are introduced later in
the fi nancial year as part of the additional estimates.
Biodiversity in essence means the variety of life. The term ‘biodiversity’ is a
contraction of, and synonymous with, ‘biological diversity’. Biological diversity
is defi ned in Article 2 of the Convention on Biological Diversity to mean ‘the
variability among living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial,
marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which
they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of
ecosystems’ (a similar defi nition appears in the glossary to the Ramsar Convention
on wetlands). Apparently this term was fi rst defi ned in 1980 to include two related
concepts, genetic diversity (the amount of genetic variability within species) and
ecological diversity (the number of species in a community of organisms). In terms
of the diversity between species, estimates of the total number of species range
from three to 100 million. Apparently the contracted form ‘biodiversity’ was coined
in 1986.
Bioregion in essence means a geographic area characterised by a combination of
physical and biological characteristics, for example, terrain, climate and ecological
communities. The glossary of terms related to the Convention on Biological
Diversity provides the following defi nition: ‘a territory defi ned by a combination of
biological, social, and geographic criteria, rather than geopolitical considerations;
339
Glo
ssar
y
generally, a system of related, interconnected ecosystems’. The term ‘bioregion’
is a contraction of biogeographic region and is usually synonymous with that
term. The glossary to the Ramsar Convention on wetlands provides the following
defi nition of ‘biogeographic region’ in relation to wetland management: ‘a
scientifi cally rigorous determination of regions as established using biological and
physical parameters such as climate, soil type, vegetation cover, etc’. Bioregions
are a useful way to analyse patterns of biodiversity. The defi nition of a particular
bioregion depends on the scale at which its characteristic features are measured.
Commonwealth heritage refers to a list of places under the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999, which are owned or
controlled by the Australian Government, and that have natural, Indigenous
and historic heritage values. These include places connected to defence,
communications, customs and other government activities that also refl ect
Australia’s development as a nation.
Conservation covenants are a voluntarily entered, but permanently legally
binding restriction on the way in which landowners are able to use their land. For
example, on a covenanted area, grazing may be prohibited and additional weed
control expected. The restriction is in the form of a conservation covenant that is
attached to the land title. Compliance with the conservation covenant is generally
via a regular inspection by the body which is a party to the conservation covenant
(usually a government department or statutory authority in Australia).
Corporate governance is the process by which agencies are directed,
controlled and held to account. It is generally understood to encompass authority,
accountability, stewardship, leadership, direction and control.
Departmental items are assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses that are
controlled by the agency in providing its outputs. Departmental items would
generally include computers, plant and equipment assets used by agencies in
providing goods and services and most employee expenses, supplier costs and
other administrative expenses incurred. This annual report refers to appropriations
for departmental items as ‘departmental appropriations’.
Discretionary grants are payments made to particular applicants, either
organisations or individuals, at the discretion of the portfolio minister or the
paying agency. The defi nition of discretionary grants does not include service
agreements, which are treated as contracts rather than grants; intra-Australian
Government agency funding; payments to states and other government agencies
(specifi c purpose payments) and inter-government transfers; payments to overseas
aid organisations; government income support programmes; emergency payment
programmes; grants under commercial industry development programmes
(including to increase research and development, and assist exporters); grant
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 340
Glo
ssary
programmes specifi cally for educational institutions and medical research
institutions; grants approved by Australian Government bodies outside the general
government sector; payments of a specifi c sum of money or a fi xed percentage
of shared funding to an organisation or individual that are made according to
a Cabinet decision, a letter from the prime minister, or a determination of a
ministerial council.
Distributed generation systems are small, modular, decentralized, grid-
connected energy systems located in or near the place where energy is used.
Distributed generation permits consumers who are generating heat or electricity
for their own needs to send surplus electrical power back into the power grid.
Ecologically sustainable is used to describe activities that meet present needs
without compromising the ability to meet future needs because of damage to
the environment. For example, the National Strategy for Ecologically Sustainable
Development defi nes ecologically sustainable development as ‘using, conserving
and enhancing the community’s resources so that ecological processes, on which
life depends, are maintained, and the total quality of life, now and in the future,
can be increased’. The Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation
Act 1999 defi nes ecologically sustainable use of natural resources as meaning ‘use
of the natural resources within their capacity to sustain natural processes while
maintaining the life-support systems of nature and ensuring that the benefi t of the
use to the present generation does not diminish the potential to meet the needs
and aspirations of future generations’.
Ecological communities are any naturally occurring group of species inhabiting
a common environment, interacting with each other especially through food
relationships and relatively independent of other groups. Ecological communities
may vary in size, and larger ones may contain smaller ones. In the Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 they are defi ned as
assemblages of native species that inhabit particular areas in nature.
Environmental fl ow is water provided for the environment to sustain and
where necessary restore ecological processes and biodiversity of water dependent
ecosystems.
The Environment Protection and Heritage Council comprises environment
and planning ministers from Australia’s federal, state and territory governments,
and from the governments of New Zealand and Papua New Guinea, and a
representative of the Australian Local Government Association. The council
incorporates the National Environment Protection Council. The scope of the
Environment Protection and Heritage Council covers environment protection and
heritage (natural, historic and Indigenous heritage) responsibilities.
341
Glo
ssar
y
Expense is the total value of all of the resources consumed in producing goods
and services.
Financial results are the results shown in the fi nancial statements of an agency.
Forest sink is a forest that stores more carbon than it releases. Forests absorb or
take up carbon dioxide from the atmosphere as they grow, and store carbon in the
trees and soil. Some carbon is returned to the atmosphere, for example through
loss of leaves and branches.
Geosequestration, a contraction of ‘geological sequestration’, involves storing
gases such as carbon dioxide underground in deep saline aquifers, depleted oil
and gas reservoirs, coal seams or natural underground pore spaces. Scientists
are investigating whether it is feasible to store carbon dioxide in this way instead
of emitting it to the atmosphere, where as a greenhouse gas it would add to the
greenhouse effect.
Greenhouse gases are heat-trapping gases that are a natural part of the
atmosphere. They maintain higher temperatures at the earth’s surface than
would otherwise be possible. This phenomenon is called the greenhouse effect.
The earth’s climate is warming. Scientists agree that some of this warming is
due to human activities —particularly burning fossil fuels (coal, oil and natural
gas) and land clearing-that are increasing the level of emissions of greenhouse
gases into the atmosphere. Water vapour is the most abundant greenhouse gas.
Its concentration is highly variable and human activities have little direct impact
on its amount in the atmosphere. Humans have most impact on carbon dioxide,
methane and nitrous oxide. Various artifi cial chemicals such as halocarbons also
make a small contribution to climate change.
Integrated natural resource management is a way to ensure that uses
of natural resources are ecologically sustainable. It is integrated because it
attempts to manage all the activities that could affect natural resources, taking
natural processes into account as well. It combines managing uses of natural
resources with conservation. To do this it cuts across artifi cial distinctions such as
government agency responsibilities, government or property boundaries, industry
sectors and scientifi c disciplines. In defi ning management areas it gives priority to
natural over human boundaries, for example using river catchments or bioregions
as the primary basis for planning and management.
Matters of national environmental signifi cance are aspects of the work of
protecting the environment (including heritage places) for which the Australian
Government is responsible or in which it has an interest. The current list of 30
matters was identifi ed in the 1997 Heads of Agreement on Commonwealth and
State Roles and Responsibilities for the Environment signed by the Council of
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 342
Glo
ssary
Australian Governments. The agreement allows for other matters to be added
in the future. The referrals, assessments and approvals requirements of the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 help to protect
seven of the 30 matters. The Australian Government’s interests in the other
matters are met through other legislation, cooperative approaches with the states
and territories, and the delivery of programmes and funding.
Movable cultural heritage refers to objects that people create or collect,
whether artistic, technological or natural, and that are an important part of cultural
heritage. With the increase in international trade in these objects, the Australian
Government can regulate the export of Australia’s signifi cant cultural heritage
objects and can act to return illegally exported objects to their country of origin.
The relevant legislation is the Protection of Movable Cultural Heritage Act 1986.
The Murray-Darling Basin Commission is the executive arm of the Murray-
Darling Basin Ministerial Council. The Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and
Forestry administers Australian Government funding to support the work of the
commission. The department is represented on the commission by the secretary
and a deputy secretary.
The Murray-Darling Basin Ministerial Council comprises government
ministers responsible for land, water and environmental resources from New
South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, Queensland and the Australian Government.
The council is the primary body responsible for providing the policy and direction
needed to implement the Murray-Darling Basin Initiative, a partnership between
governments and the community to give effect to the 1992 Murray-Darling Basin
Agreement. The council oversees management of the basin under the Murray-
Darling Basin Agreement between the Australian, Victorian, New South Wales,
South Australian, Queensland and Australian Capital Territory governments. The
agreement sets out how to share the basin’s water resources.
The National Environment Protection Council comprises the environment
ministers of each state, territory and the Australian Government. The council has
law-making powers under the National Environment Protection Council Act
1994 and works cooperatively to develop these laws, which are called ‘national
environment protection measures’. The council is part of the Environment
Protection and Heritage Council.
National Environment Protection Measures outline agreed national objectives
for protecting or managing particular aspects of the environment. These measures
have the force of law under the National Environment Protection Measures
(Implementation) Act 1998 and similar legislation in the states and territories.
Measures made to date cover a range of issues including standards for air quality,
movements of controlled waste, and used packaging.
343
Glo
ssar
y
National heritage refers to a list of places or groups of places under the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 which have
outstanding heritage value to the nation—whether natural, Indigenous or historic
or a combination of these. Places on the National Heritage List are protected to the
full extent of Australian Government powers.
The Natural Heritage Ministerial Board comprises the Minister for the
Environment and Heritage and the Minister for Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry.
The board, which is established by the Natural Heritage Trust of Australia Act
1997, provides a formal mechanism for liaison and cooperation between the two
portfolios on matters relating to the Natural Heritage Trust package.
The Natural Heritage Trust was set up by the Australian Government in 1997
to help restore and conserve Australia’s environment and natural resources. Since
then, thousands of community groups have received funding for environmental
and natural resource management projects. The 2004 Budget extended funding for
the Natural Heritage Trust until 2007–08, making it a $3 billion investment.
The Natural Resource Management Ministerial Council comprises ministers
of the Australian Government and the state and territory governments. The
council is responsible for collective national decisions about the conservation
and sustainable use of Australia’s natural resources. The council has subsumed
part of the work of the former Australian and New Zealand Environment and
Conservation Council and other former ministerial councils dealing with primary
industry matters.
Outcomes are the results, impacts or consequences of actions by the Australian
Government on the Australian community. They are listed in agencies’ portfolio
budget statements and portfolio additional estimates statements. Actual outcomes
are the results or impacts actually achieved.
Outputs are the goods and services produced by agencies on behalf of the
Australian Government for external organisations or individuals. Outputs also
include goods and services produced for other areas of government external to
an agency. In practice, most of the department’s current outputs are expressed in
broad terms linked to major environmental themes (see the executive summary of
this annual report).
Ozone depleting substances are substances that deplete the earth’s
protective ozone layer. They are widely used in refrigerators, air conditioners,
fi re extinguishers, in dry cleaning, as solvents for cleaning, electronic
equipment and as agricultural fumigants. Ozone depleting substances include
chlorofl uorocarbons, halon, hydrochlorofl uorocarbons and methyl bromide.
Countries have agreed to phase out ozone depleting substances through the
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 344
Glo
ssary
Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer. Some industries
that use ozone depleting substances are replacing those substances with synthetic
greenhouse gases.
Persistent organic pollutants are hazardous and environmentally persistent
substances which can be transported between countries by the earth’s oceans
and atmosphere. The substances bioaccumulate and have been traced in the fatty
tissues of humans and other animals. Persistent organic pollutants include dieldrin,
polychlorinated byphenyls, DDT, dioxins and furans. Countries have agreed to
control the manufacture and trade of persistent organic pollutants through the
Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants.
Photovoltaic is technology that converts light into electricity. Photo means ‘light’
and voltaic means ‘electric’. It is often referred to as ‘PV’ for short, but more
commonly is referred to as ‘solar electric’.
Price is the amount the government or the community pays for the delivery of
agreed outputs.
Procurement encompasses the whole process of acquiring property and
services. It begins when the department has identifi ed a need and decided on
its procurement requirement. Procurement continues through the processes of
developing a business case, including risk assessment, identifying and evaluating
alternative solutions, approaching the market, assessing tenders or quotes,
contract award, delivery of and payment for the property and services and, where
relevant, the ongoing management of a contract and consideration of options
related to the contract. Procurement also extends to the ultimate disposal of
property at the end of its useful life.
Product stewardship means recognising that manufacturers, importers
and other people who benefi t from making and selling a product share some
responsibility for the environmental impacts of that product.
Purchaser-provider arrangements are arrangements under which the outputs
of one agency are purchased by another agency to contribute to outcomes.
Purchaser-provider arrangements can occur between Australian Government
agencies or between Australian Government agencies and state or territory
government or private sector bodies.
Revenue is the total value of resources earned or received to cover the
production of goods and services.
Special appropriations are monies appropriated by the parliament in an Act
separate to an annual Appropriation Act, where the payment is for a specifi ed
amount. For example, the department receives special appropriations under laws
345
Glo
ssar
y
that require industry to pay a levy on the import of ozone depleting substances.
Special appropriations are not subject to annual budget control by the parliament,
unlike the annual appropriations.
Synthetic greenhouse gases are particularly potent greenhouse gases
and are either used in industrial applications or emitted as a by-product of
industrial activity. They include hydrofl uorocarbons, perfl uorocarbons and sulfur
hexafl uoride. Some industries that use ozone depleting substances are replacing
those substances with synthetic greenhouse gases.
Toxic dinofl agellates are single celled microalgae that produce potent
toxins that can affect human health. There are at least four species found in
Australian waters that are believed to be introduced: Gymnodinium catenatum,
Alexandrium minutum, A. tamarense and A. catenella. The toxins produced by
all four dinofl agellate species are accumulated by fi lter feeding shellfi sh such as
oysters, mussels and scallops making them toxic to humans and causing paralytic
shellfi sh poisoning when eaten (from CSIRO Centre for Research on Introduced
Marine Pests).
INDEXES
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 348
Indexes
Compliance index
This index is provided as an aid to navigation for readers familiar with the
Requirements for Annual Reports authorised by the Australian parliament’s
Joint Committee of Public Accounts and Audit. The requirements, which apply
to departments and executive agencies under subsections 63(2) and 70(2) of the
Public Service Act 1999, are published on the website of the Department of the
Prime Minister and Cabinet at www.dpmc.gov.au/guidelines/index.cfm. The index
shows how this annual report complies with the joint committee’s requirements.
Ref1 Description Requirement Page
A.4 Letter of transmittal Mandatory ii
A.5 Table of contents Mandatory iii
A.5 Index Mandatory 353
A.5 Glossary Mandatory 337
A.5 Contact offi cer(s) Mandatory Cover
A.5 Internet home page address and
internet address for report
Mandatory Cover
9.1 Review by departmental secretary Mandatory 2
9.2 Summary of signifi cant issues and
developments
Suggested 7, 2–9
9.2 Overview of department’s performance
and fi nancial results
Suggested 7, 240, 259
9.2 Outlook for following year Suggested 5
9.3 Signifi cant issues and developments—
portfolio
Portfolio
departments—
suggested
2–9
10 Overview description of department Mandatory 10
10.1 Role and functions Mandatory 10
10.1 Organisational structure Mandatory 11
10.1 Outcome and output structure Mandatory 12
1 Refers to the location of the item in the Requirements for Annual Reports. For example, ‘9.1’ refers to subsection 9(1) of
the requirements, and ‘A.4’ refers to the fourth item in Attachment A of the requirements.
349
Ind
exes
Ref1 Description Requirement Page
10.2 Where outcome and output structures
differ from portfolio budget statement
format, details of variation and reasons
for change
Mandatory 12
10.3 Portfolio structure Portfolio
departments—
mandatory
11
11.1 Review of performance during the year
in relation to outputs and contribution to
outcomes
Mandatory 15–185
11.1 Actual performance in relation to
performance targets set out in portfolio
budget statement and portfolio
additional estimates statement
Mandatory 34, 76, 105,
127, 163,
182, 209
11.1 Performance of purchaser–provider
arrangements
If applicable,
mandatory
66, 74, 76,
77, 79,
106, 107
11.1 Where performance targets differ from
the portfolio budget statement and
portfolio additional estimates statement,
details of both former and new targets,
and reasons for the change
Mandatory Not
applicable
11.1 Narrative discussion and analysis of
performance
Mandatory 15–185
11.1 Trend information Suggested 15–185
11.1 Factors, events or trends infl uencing
departmental performance
Suggested 15–185
11.1 Signifi cant changes in nature of principal
functions or services
Suggested Not
applicable
11.1 Performance against service charter
customer service standards, complaints
data, and the department’s response to
complaints
If applicable,
mandatory
209
11.1 Social justice and equity impacts Suggested 210, 211
11.2 Discussion and analysis of the
department’s fi nancial performance
Mandatory 240
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 350
Indexes
Ref1 Description Requirement Page
11.2 Discussion of any signifi cant changes
from the prior year or from budget
Suggested 240
11.3 Summary resource tables by outcomes Mandatory 243
11.4 Developments since the end of the
fi nancial year that have affected or may
signifi cantly affect the department’s
operations or fi nancial results in future
If applicable,
mandatory
Not
applicable
12.1 Statement of the main corporate
governance practices in place
Mandatory 198
12.1 Names of the senior executive and their
responsibilities
Suggested 11
12.1 Senior management committees and
their roles
Suggested 200–202
12.1 Corporate and operational planning and
associated performance reporting and
review
Suggested 200
12.1 Approach adopted to identifying areas of
signifi cant fi nancial or operational risk and
arrangements in place to manage risks
Suggested 205
12.1 Agency heads are required to certify
that their agency complies with the
Commonwealth Fraud Control Guidelines
Mandatory ii
12.1 Policy and practices on the establishment
and maintenance of appropriate ethical
standards
Suggested 208
12.1 How nature and amount of remuneration
for senior executive service offi cers is
determined
Suggested 225
12.2 Signifi cant developments in external
scrutiny
Mandatory 213
12.2 Judicial decisions and decisions of
administrative tribunals
Mandatory 213
12.2 Reports by the Auditor-General, a
parliamentary committee or the
Commonwealth Ombudsman
Mandatory 213
351
Ind
exes
Ref1 Description Requirement Page
12.3 Assessment of effectiveness in managing and developing human resources to achieve departmental objectives
Mandatory 221
12.3 Workforce planning, staff turnover and retention
Suggested 222
12.3 Impact and features of certifi ed agreements and Australian Workplace Agreements
Suggested 225
12.3 Training and development undertaken and its impact
Suggested 229
12.3 Occupational health and safety performance Suggested 232
12.3 Productivity gains Suggested Notapplicable
12.3 Statistics on staffi ng Mandatory 222–224
12.3 Certifi ed agreements and Australian workplace agreements
Mandatory 225
12.3 Performance pay Mandatory 228
12.4 Assessment of effectiveness of assets management
If applicable, mandatory
249
12.5 Assessment of purchasing against core policies and principles
Mandatory 249
12.6 The annual report must include a summary statement detailing the number of new consultancy services contracts let during the year; the total actual expenditure on all new consultancy contracts let during the year (inclusive of GST); the number of ongoing consultancy contracts that were active in the reporting year; and the total actual expenditure in the reporting year on the ongoing consultancy contracts (inclusive of GST)
(Additional information as in Attachment D of the Requirements for Annual Reports to be available on the internet or published as an appendix to the report. Information must be presented in accordance with the proforma as set out in Attachment D.)
Mandatory 251
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 352
Indexes
Ref1 Description Requirement Page
12.7 Competitive tendering and contracting
contracts let and outcomes
Mandatory 251
12.7 Absence of contractual provisions
allowing access by the Auditor-General
Mandatory Not
applicable
12.8 Contracts exempt from AusTender Mandatory 251
12.9 Report on performance in implementing
the Commonwealth Disability Strategy
Mandatory 236
13 Financial statements Mandatory 259
14.1 Occupational health and safety (section
74 of the Occupational Health and
Safety (Commonwealth Employment)
Act 1991)
Mandatory 232
14.1 Freedom of information (subsection 8(1)
of the Freedom of Information Act 1982)
Mandatory 214
14.1 Advertising and market research (section
311A of the Commonwealth Electoral
Act 1918)
Mandatory 252
14.1 Ecologically sustainable development
and environmental performance (section
516A of the Environment Protection
and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999)
Mandatory 216
14.2 Discretionary grants Mandatory 253
14.3 Correction of material errors in previous
annual report
If applicable,
mandatory
116
353
Ind
exes
AAboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Heritage
Protection Act 1984, 118–19
Aboriginal Australians, see Indigenous Australians
access and equity, 210–12, 230
accidents or occurrences reported to Comcare, 233
accommodation, 218–20, 233
acid sulfate soils, 87
Action on Energy Effi ciency, 39
Adelaide, 145
Port Waterways, 89
administered items, 13, 240, 242, 245–6
Antarctica, 185
climate change, 39
coasts and oceans, 109
heritage, 131
human settlement, 167
land and inland waters, 80
Advanced Electricity Storage Technologies
Programme, 26
advertising and market research, 252
agreement-making, 225
Agreement on the Conservation of Albatrosses
and Petrels, 176–7
Agricultural/veterinary chemicals, 158, 160, 161, 164
agriculture, 91
biosecurity, 48
greenhouse gas emissions, 29, 32, 34
air conditioners, 25
air link to Antarctica, 181, 248
air quality, 143–9, 144–5, 163, 166
Launceston, 145, 163, 165, 167
Air Toxics National Environment Protection
Measure, 144–5
albatrosses, 176–7
Alert List for Environmental Weeds, 49
Alice Springs, 119
Alligator Rivers Region, 162, 165
Alpha Pinnacle Conservation Area, 71
Alternative Fuels Conversion Programme, 24, 39
Ambient Air Quality National Environment
Protection Measure, 144, 163
Amery Ice Shelf, 179–80
amphibians, 47
Anindilyakwa Indigenous Protected Area, 73
annual reports, 10
on coasts and oceans output, 109
corrections to 2004–05, 166
on heritage output, 131
on human settlement output, 167
on land and inland waters output, 81
Antarctic Approvals Online project, 174
Antarctic Climate and Ecosystem Cooperation
Research Centre, 178, 179
Antarctic policy, 171–8, 185
Antarctic science, 178–81, 184, 185
Antarctic Science Strategy 2004–05 to 2008–09, 178
Antarctic Treaty System, 172–3, 182
Antarctica (Outcome 2), 13, 170–85, 240–4, 248
discretionary grants programmes, 257
research hub, 137
Antarctica Treaty Consultative Meeting, 182
ants, 47
APEC, 100
Applied Environmental Decision Analysis
research hub, 137
Approvals and Wildlife Division, 42, 84, 134
aquatic ecosystems, 60, 101
see also rivers and river catchments; wetlands
aquatic species, 95–100, 101, 103, 137
whales, 96–7, 137, 171, 177–8
see also fi sh and fi sheries; seabirds
aquifer recharge, 61
Arafura and Timor Seas Expert Forum, 100
area of protected sites, 71–3, 76
marine, 106
asbestos, chrysotile, 158
ASEAN, 19
Asia–Pacifi c Economic Cooperation, 100
Asia–Pacifi c Focal Point for World Heritage
Managers, 121
Asia–Pacifi c Partnership on Clean Development
and Climate, 19–20
Asia–Pacifi c Seminar on Climate Change, 21
assets and liabilities, 247–9
assistant secretaries, 198–9
Association of Southeast Asian Nations, 19
audit, 203–5, 248, 251
Audit Committee, 204
Aurora Australis, 179
AusIndustry, 25, 26
AusTender, 250
Australia–China Climate Change Partnership, 21
Australia Day achievement awards, 231
Australia–United States Climate Action
Partnership, 21
Australian Antarctic Division, 137, 170–85, 198, 249
certifi ed agreement, 225, 227
environmental impacts of operations, 219
occupational health and safety, 233, 234, 235
purchasing and procurement, 250
staff, 224
Alphabetical index
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 354
Indexes
Australian Antarctic Programme, 180–1
Australian Antarctic Science Grants scheme, 180
Australian Biodiversity Information Facility, 74
Australian Biological Resources Study, 74, 77, 80
Australian Building Codes Board, 25
Australian Bush Heritage Fund, 72
Australian Capital Territory, 155, 163
Gungahlin Drive extension, 213
national heritage places listed, 115, 116
Australian Centre for Applied Marine Mammal
Science, 137
Australian Climate Change Science Programme,
29–30, 39
Australian Collaborative Rangelands Information
System, 57–8
Australian Community Climate and Earth System
Simulator, 30
Australian Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards, 249
Australian Fisheries Management Authority, 94
Australian Fuel Quality Standards, 146–7, 163, 165
Australian Government Envirofund, 66, 79
Australian Government Water Fund, 62
Australian Government’s Community Water
Grants Programme, 62–3, 78, 80
Australian Greenhouse Emissions Information
System, 31
Australian Greenhouse Offi ce, 12, 19, 178
Climate Change and Vulnerability Report, 86
website visitors, 193
Australian Heritage Council, 115–16, 125
Australian Institute of Marine Science, 104
Australian Maritime College, 99
Australian National Audit Offi ce, 204, 248
Australian National Botanic Gardens, 219, 220
Australian National University, School of Music, 123
Australian Natural Heritage Assessment Tool, 116
Australian Pest Animal Strategy, 48
Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines
Authority, 160, 161
Australian Public Service Values and Code of
Conduct, 208
Australian Rangelands Conference, 65
Australian Research Institute in Education for
Sustainability, 195
Australian Retailers Association Code of Practice
for the Management of Plastic Bags, 154–5
Australian Retailers Association (NSW), 155
Australian sea lion, 95
Australian Sustainable Schools Initiative, 194
Australian Taxation Offi ce, 151
Australian War Memorial, 116
Australian Weed Committee, 48
Australian Weeds Strategy, 48
Australian Whale Sanctuary, 96–7
Australian Wildlife Hospital, 46
Australian Workplace Agreements (AWAs), 225–7
Australia’s Resources Online, 192
Australia’s Tropical Rivers Programme, 75
aviation, 181, 248
awards and recognition, 231–2
BBallarat, 63
Barmah–Millewa Forest, 59, 60
Basel Convention, 156
Baseline Research on Oceanography, Krill and the
Environment, 179
basking shark, 99
Batavia shipwreck and survivors’ camps, 122, 125
batteries, lead acid, 156
battery technology, 27
beak and feather disease, 47
Bega Valley Shire Council, 49
Bendigo, 145
benzene levels in petrol, 146
bicycle parking, 145
bilateral activities, 21–2, 99–100, 121, 190
biochemical resources, 73
Biodiversity Assessment Tool, 116
biodiversity conservation, see wildlife protection
biodiversity hotspots, 51, 77, 80
in Asia–Pacifi c region, 121
Daintree Conservation Initiative, 129, 131
biofouling, 99
biofuels, 27, 148, 167
Biofuels Taskforce report, 148
biological control, 48
biological resources, 73
Biological Resources Study, 74, 77, 80
biomass energy, 27
bioregional plans, 92–3
biosecurity, 48
Biotechnology Australia, 73, 160
biotechnology risk assessment, 159–60
birds, 47, 95
Barmah Forest, 60
cassowaries, 129
migratory, 97, 99, 173, 176–7, 183
South Australia, 72
Tasmania, 71
blue hound’s tongue, 49
Boat Harbour Beach, 91, 107, 109
boat paints, 99
Bonn Convention, 99
Booderee National Park, 69, 70, 220
355
Ind
exes
Boolcoomatta Station, 72
Brewarrina Business Centre, 120
Brewarrina Fishtraps, 117, 119
briefi ng submissions, 209
Brisbane, 124, 145
Britain, 126
brominated fl ame retardants, 158
Broome, 119
Budget, Finance and Strategy Committee, 201
Building Code of Australia, 25
building standards, 25
Bunbury, 63, 152
Burdekin catchment, 89
Bureau of Meteorology, 104, 203
Burke River, 65
Burnett catchment, 89
bus stations, bicycle parking at, 145
Bushbids, 51, 77
Bushcare, 67–8
Bushlight–Indigenous Renewable Energy
Services, 189
business continuity plan, 206
Business Restructuring Assistance, 109
bycatch, 175, 183
Ccane toads, 48, 56
Cape Denison site, 174
Cape Inscription, 122, 125
Cape Lambert Tug Pen basin, 142
capital infrastructure plan, 249
carbon accounting, 31, 32
carbon geosequestration and storage, 20, 21, 26
cars, see motor vehicles
Casey station, 175, 181, 184
Cassowary Conservation Project, 129
cathedrals, 124, 130, 131
cats, feral, 47
CCAMLR, 175, 176, 182
Census of Antarctic Marine Life, 181
certifi ed agreements, 225–7
cetaceans, 96–7, 137, 171, 177–8
Charter of Public Service in a Culturally Diverse
Society, 210–12
Chauncy Vale, 71
chemicals, 157–9, 190
risk assessments, 160, 161, 164
chief executive offi cer, 198
Chief Executive’s Instructions, 250
chief fi nance offi cer, 199, 204
childcare services feasibility study, 232
China, 19–20, 21, 121, 123
China–Australia Migratory Birds Agreement
(CAMBA), 99
chlorofl uorocarbon, 150
chrysotile asbestos, 158
churches and cathedrals, 120, 124, 130, 131
chytrid fungus, 47
CITES, 50
Cities for Climate Protection™ Australia, 28–9, 36
city air pollution, 145, 163
city water reform, 61–3
Clark Peninsula, 173
classifi cation of staff, 222–3, 226–8
Clean Air Research Programme, 145–6
Clean Up Australia, 155
climate change, 16–39, 200
Antarctica, 178–80
coastal zone and, 86
discretionary grants programmes, 253–4
Climate Change Risk and Vulnerability Report, 86
coal mine methane gas, 20, 21
Coast to Coast 2006 conference, 86
coastal and maritime heritage, 122–3, 125, 130
Coastal Catchments Initiative, 88–9
coastal investments, 85, 91, 107, 109
coastal natural resource management regions, 107
coastal strategies, 84, 86–91, 107, 109
Coastcare Programme, 67–8, 91, 107, 109
coasts and oceans, 84–109
discretionary grants programmes, 255
see also estuarine and coastal waters; wetlands
Cockburn Sound, 119
code of conduct, 208
code of practice for management of plastic bags,
154–5
collective agreement, 225
Comcare, 206, 233
claims lodged with, 235
Comcover, 205
Commemoration of Historic Events and Famous
Persons Programme, 126, 128
commercial building standards, 25
commercial whaling, 171
commercialisation of renewable energy
technologies, 27
Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic
Marine Living Resources, 175, 176, 182
Committee for Environmental Protection, 172,
173–4, 182
Commonwealth Biotechnology Ministerial
Council, 160
Commonwealth Disability Strategy, 236–9
Commonwealth Environment Research Facilities,
137–8, 165–6, 167
Commonwealth Heritage List, 114, 115, 117, 127
Commonwealth Ombudsman, 214
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 356
Indexes
Commonwealth Scientifi c and Industrial Research
Organisation, see CSIRO
community awareness, 37
Community Information Unit, 209, 210
community services, 209–10
Community Water Grants, 62–3, 78, 80
competitive tendering and contracting, 251
complaints, 210
Compliance Executive Committee, 201
computer waste, 157
conservation agreements, 58
consultancy services, 251
contaminated water incident, 233, 234
contracts, see purchasing and procurement
Convention Concerning the Protection of the
World Cultural and Natural Heritage, 114
Convention for the Protection of the Ozone
Layer, 149, 150
Convention on Biological Diversity, 65
Convention on International Trade in Endangered
Species of Wildlife Fauna and Flora, 50
Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants, 157–8
Convention on the Conservation of Antarctic
Marine Living Resources, 175
Convention on the Conservation of Migratory
Species of Wild Animals, 99, 177
Convention on the Control of the Transboundary
Movements of Hazardous Wastes and Their
Disposal, 156
Convention on the Law of the Sea, 92
Convention on Wetlands of International
Importance, 64
convict sites, 114–15
Cooperative National Heritage Agenda, 118
coral reefs, 121
see also Great Barrier Reef
corporate governance, 198–207
Corporate Strategies Division, 188, 199
Council of Australian Governments (COAG), 24,
30, 36, 37
Council of Managers of National Antarctic
Programmes, 181
councils, 28–9
court decisions, 213
cross-cultural training, 230
cross-cutting activities, 188–95
discretionary grants programmes, 257
CSIRO, 48
climate change and emissions projects, 21, 29,
30, 171
marine science, 99, 101, 103, 104
cultural diversity, 210–12, 230
CycleConnect, 145
Cyclone Larry, 101
DDaintree catchment, 89
Daintree Conservation Initiative, 129, 131
Dalgety, 152
Daly River, 75
Dapto, 63
Darling–Riverine Plains bioregion, 57
Darwin, 145
Darwin Harbour, 89
Davis station, 175
Defeating the Weed Menace Programme, 48, 49
deforestation, 53
demographic trends, 86
Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and
Forestry, 67, 68
urban water reform activities, 61, 62
wildlife protection activities, 48, 52, 54, 59
Department of Finance and Administration, 12,
203, 250
Department of Industry, Tourism and Resources,
25, 165
Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet, 203
Department of Transport and Regional Services, 146
deputy secretaries, 198, 200, 221
Derwent Estuary, 89
Desert Uplands bioregion, 57
desertifi cation, 65
Development of Sewerage Schemes for Boat
Harbour and Sisters Beach, Tasmania, 91, 107, 109
Diamantina River, 65
diesel, 146, 147–8
dinofl agellates, toxic, 99
dioxins, 157–8
direct mail expenses, 252
Director of National Parks, 69, 94, 203
Disability Strategy, 236–9
discretionary grants programmes, 253–7
diseases, animal, 47
Tasmanian devils, 55, 56
Distinctively Australian Measure, 114
diuron, 161
diversity, 210–12, 230
documents held, 214
dolphins, 96–7, 137
dredged material, offshore disposal of, 142
drinking water, 61
departmental incident, 233
dugongs, 137
Duyfken, 123, 125
EEast Asian–Australasian Flyway, 100
East Mentelle Basin, 101
ECONet, 219
economic analysis, 207
357
Ind
exes
ecosystems, see wildlife protection
Edmund Barton Building, 218–19
education, environmental, 194–5
Egyptian funerary objects, 123
electric equipment and appliances, 25
electricity consumption, department, 218–19, 220
electricity generation/generators, 25, 26–7
emergency national/Commonwealth heritage
listings, 116
emissions, 138–40
motor vehicles, 146–9
see also greenhouse gas emissions
emissions management (sub-output 1.1.2), 16,
22–9, 35–6, 37
Employee Assistance Programme, 234
employees, see staff
employment agreements, 225–8
endangered species, see threatened and
vulnerable species
energy use and effi ciency, 24–5, 39, 189
department, 218–19, 220
European Union MOU, 21–2
at Mawson station, 174
energy white paper, 18, 25, 27, 37, 148
engines, small, 148–9
enquiries from community, 209
Envirofund, 66, 79
environment (Outcome 1), 13, 16–166, 240–6
Antarctic, 173–8, 182–4
environment and heritage portfolio, 10
Environment Performance Review of Australia, 189
environment protection, Antarctica, 182–4
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Act
1999, 45–7, 50, 69, 190
biological resources Regulations, 73
bioregional plans, 92
court decisions, 213
environmental assessment and approvals
provisions, 140–1
heritage provisions, 113, 114, 116–17
listing of Tasmanian devil under, 55
marine species protection, 92, 94, 97
Ramsar provisions, 64
report on environmental sustainability, 216–20
statutory offi cers under, 69, 162, 203
Environment Protection and Heritage Council,
36, 118, 143, 154, 157, 159, 164
Environment Protection and Heritage Standing
Committee, 61
Environment Protection (Sea Dumping) Act
1981, 142
Environment Quality Division, 10, 134, 198
environmental assessments, 135, 140–2, 163, 166, 167
Antarctica, 184
hazardous substance and new organisms,
159–61, 164
Environmental Economics Unit, 207
environmental education, 194–5
environmental fl ows, 44, 60
environmental information, 192–3
environmental management systems, 218, 219
environmental organisations, support for, 191
environmental research, see research and
development
Environmental Research Institute of the
Supervising Scientist, 43
Environmental Resources Information Network,
190–1
environmental sustainability, department, 216–20
Environmentally Conscious Offi cer Network, 219
equity, 210–12, 230
equity (fi nancial), 247–8
estuarine and coastal waters, 86–91, 105
research hub, 137
sea dumping and sea installations, 142
see also wetlands
ethanol, 148
ethical standards, 208
European red fox, 47
European Union, 21–2
executive agency, 10
executive committees, 200–2
Executive Group on Climate Change Adaptation, 200
executive level staff, 223, 225, 226–8, 231
Executive Roundtable, 200
executive seminar series, 230
exempt contracts, 251
exports
hazardous waste, 156
sustainable fi sheries assessments, 97–8
wildlife and wildlife products, 50
external scrutiny, 213–15
Ffamous persons, commemoration of, 126
Federal Court decision, 213
female staff, 223–4
feral animals, 47, 70
Fiji, 121
fi nance, 13, 240–336
Antarctica outcome, 185
biodiversity conservation projects, 77
for climate change and greenhouse gas
emissions, 35, 36–7
climate change output, 39
heritage output, 131
human settlement output, 167
land and inland waters output, 80
salaries and remuneration, 226–8
Financial Management Branch, 199
fi nancial performance, 240–6
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 358
Indexes
fi nancial position, 247–8
fi nancial statements, 248, 260–336
fi rst aid offi cers, 234
fi sh and fi sheries, 95, 99, 103
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park structural
adjustment package, 100–1
illegal, unregulated and reported fi shing,
175–6, 182
long line operations, 105, 177
National Large Whale Disentanglement
Workshop, 96
Securing Our Fishing Future package, 94
sustainability assessments, 97–8
Fisher, Andrew, 126
Fitzroy River, 75
fl ame retardants, brominated, 158
Flinders River, 75
foreign technical assistance, 65, 121
forest agreements, 54–7
Forest Conservation Fund, 54–5
forest cover, 53
forest industry, 26, 29
formaldehyde, 146
fossils, 123, 125
foxes, 47, 70
Framework Convention on Climate Change, see
United Nations Framework Convention on
Climate Change
Framework for a National Cooperative Approach
to Integrated Coastal Zone Management, 86
Framework for Marine and Estuarine Water
Quality Protection, 87
fraud control, 204, 206
freedom of information, 214–15
freezers, 25
Fremantle, 115, 124, 145
French–Australian Recherche Bay investigation, 125
fuel, see petroleum and petroleum products
Fuel Quality Standards Act 2000, 146–7
Fuel Tax Credits, 24, 148
fugitive emissions sector, greenhouse gas
emissions by, 32, 34
full-time employees, 224
functions and roles, 10
executive committees, 200–2
senior executives, 198–200
GG8 Dialogue on Climate Change, Clean Energy
and Sustainable Development, 20
garden equipment, environmental performance
of, 140
Gascoyne–Murchison, 57
Gawler bioregion, 57
gender of staff, 223–4
Gene Technology Regulator, 159–60
genetic resource management, 73
Geographe Bay, 89
Georgina River, 65
Geoscience Australia, 101, 104
giant petrels, 173
Gifts to the Nation, 125, 128
glaciological research, 179
Global Biodiversity Information Facility, 116
Global Ministerial Environment Forum, 159
global warming, see climate change
goats, feral, 47
Goulburn–Murray Water Recovery Package, 44
governance, 198–207
Governance Unit, 204, 205
Government Envirofund, 66, 79
graduate programme, 229
Grants for Conservation of Cathedrals and
Churches, 124, 130, 131
Grants-in-Aid-National Trust, 124–5, 128
Grants to Voluntary Environment and Heritage
Organisations, 191
Great Barrier Reef, 94, 142
structural adjustment package, 94, 100–1,
106, 109
water quality, 88–91, 105
Great Barrier Reef Coastal Wetlands Protection
Programme, 91
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975, 203
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority, 30, 203
Great Barrier Reef Water Quality Protection Plan,
105
Great Southern Land, 122
Greenhouse Action to Enhance Sustainability in
Regional Australia, 29, 39
Greenhouse Challenge Plus, 23–4, 36
Greenhouse Friendly, 23, 189
Greenhouse Gas Abatement Programme, 24, 35, 39
greenhouse gas emissions, 16, 22–9, 30–2
department, 219, 220
methane, 20, 21
performance indicators, 34, 35–8
greenhouse gases, synthetic, 149–51, 164, 165
grey water, 61
Groote Eylandt, 73
groundwater-dependent ecosystems, 60
Group of 8 Dialogue on Climate Change, Clean
Energy and Sustainable Development, 20
Guidelines for the Ecologically Sustainable
Management of Fisheries, 97
Gungahlin Drive extension, 213
Gurindji Culture, 120
359
Ind
exes
HHalon Bank, 150, 165
handfi sh, 95
Hartog, Captain Dirk, 122, 125
Harvey Estuary, 89
Hawker Island, 173
hazardous substances, 155–9, 166
Hazardous Waste (Regulation of Exports and
Imports) Act 1989, 156–7
HCFCs, 149, 164
health and safety, 205–6, 232–5
Heard Island and McDonald Islands, 175
Marine Reserve, 177
heavy vehicle fl eet operations, 24
heritage, 112–31
discretionary grants programmes, 255–6
Heritage Division, 112
heritage objects, movable, 123, 127, 129
heritage organisations, support for, 191
Hermannsburg Historic Precinct, 125
herons, 60
high conservation value aquatic ecosystems, 60
historic shipwrecks, 121–2, 125, 130
HMAS Sydney II Search, 122, 130
Hobart, 120, 124
air link to Antarctica from, 181, 248
House of Representatives Standing Committee
on Environment and Heritage, 213
human resources, see staff
Human Resources Strategies Group, 221–2
human settlements, 134–67
discretionary grants programmes, 256
humpback whales, 96
hydrochlorofl uorocarbons, 149, 164
hydrogen technology, 21, 26, 174
Iice, 179–80
illegal, unregulated and reported fi shing, 175–6, 182
imports
hazardous chemicals and pesticides, 158
hazardous waste, 156
movable cultural heritage, 123
wildlife, 50
India, 19–20
Indigenous Affairs Coordination Group, 202
Indigenous Australians, 152, 189, 211–12
involvement in north Queensland wetlands
and water quality, 90
Indigenous Graduate Programme, 229
Indigenous heritage, 118–20, 129, 131
Indigenous Heritage Programme, 119–20, 131
Indigenous protected areas, 73
individual learning and development
programmes, 231
Indonesia, 121, 150, 190
indoor air quality, 146, 158
industrial chemicals, see chemicals
industrial processes sector, greenhouse gas
emissions by, 32, 34
industrial residues, 159
Industry, Communities and Energy Division, 16
industry greenhouse gas emission partnerships,
23–4
Infl uencing International Climate Change Policy, 39
information technology, 251
Community Water Grants processing, 62
computer waste, 157
injuries and occurrences reported to Comcare, 233
inland water, see rivers and river catchments
inquiries from community, 209
insects, 47
insurance, 205–6
integrated coastal zone management, 86–7
integrated marine planning, 92–3, 105
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 18
guidelines on international inventory practices, 31
Special Report on carbon dioxide, 20
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
Bureau, 31
internal audit, 203–5, 251
International Commission for the Conservation
of Antarctic Marine Living Resources, 175
International Conference on Chemicals
Management, 159
international conventions and agreements
Antarctica, 175
climate change, 21–2
hazardous substances, 155–7
heritage, 114
marine conservation, 92, 95, 99–100
ozone layer protection, 149, 150
sea dumping, 142
wildlife protection and biodiversity
conservation, 50, 64, 65, 176–7
see also United Nations Framework
Convention on Climate Change
International Council for Local Environmental
Initiatives, 36
International Council on Monuments and Sites, 121
international engagement, 188–90
Antarctica, 172–3, 175, 177, 181, 182
hazardous substances, 158–9
heritage, 116, 121
marine conservation, 99–100
wildlife protection and biodiversity `
conservation, 65, 171, 177–8
international engagement on climate change,
18–22, 31, 32
fi nancial resources, 38
objectives, 16
performance indicators, 34, 38
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 360
Indexes
International, Land and Analysis Division, 16, 198
International Partnership on the Hydrogen
Economy, 21
International Polar Year, 181
international policy advice, 188–90
International Steering Committee, 201
international technical assistance, 65, 121
International Whaling Commission, 171, 177–8
International Year of Deserts and Desertifi cation, 65
internet, 192–3, 237
Antarctic Approvals Online project, 174
Australian Biodiversity Information Facility, 74
Biodiversity Assessment Tool, 116
marine conservation sites, 104
intranet, 206
invasive species, see pests
Invasive Species Task Group, 47–8
investment, see fi nance
JJames Cook University, 138
Japan, 19–20, 21, 99–100, 190
Japanese National Institute of Genetics, 116
Jawoyn lands, 119
jet aircraft, 181
job classifi cation of staff, 222–3
Johannesburg World Summit on Sustainable
Development, 100
John Gorton Building, 218–19, 233
Joint Ministerial Council on Energy, 36
Joint Steering Committee on Water Sensitive
Cities, 61
judicial decisions, 213
Junction Waterhole, 119
KKakadu National Park, 49, 69, 165, 220
Karalundi Mission, 120
Kimba, 63
knowledge management, 206–7
Knowledge Management Committee, 202
Korea, 19–20, 100
krill, 179
Kyoto Protocol target, 22–3, 31
LLake Eyre Basin Intergovernmental Agreement,
64–5
Lake Monger, 119
land and inland waters output, 42–81
discretionary grants programmes, 254
Land and Sea Management Strategy for Torres
Strait, 93
Land and Water Australia, 30
Tropic Rivers Programme, 75
land and water investments (output 1.2.3), 42,
66–74, 77
fi nancial resources, 80
objectives, 43
land and water strategies (sub-output 1.2.2), 42,
51–2, 78
fi nancial resources, 80
objectives, 43
land degradation and desertifi cation, 65
land management
greenhouse gas emissions, 29, 32, 34
Queensland wetlands, 91
Land, Water and Coasts Division, 42, 84
Landcare, 67–8
Landscape Logic research hub, 137
Launceston, 145, 163, 165, 167
Law Dome, 179
Law of the Sea, 92
lead acid batteries, 156
leadership training, 231
learning and development, 229–32, 234, 235
legal cases, 213
legal expenditure, 252
legislation, 122, 142, 143, 156, 173
Building Code of Australia, 25
fuel quality standards, 146–7
gene technology, 159–60
greenhouse gas users mandatory reporting,
24, 36
Indigenous heritage provisions, 118–19
Mandatory Renewable Energy Target, 27–8
National Environment Protection Measures,
139–40, 144–5
ozone layer protection, 136, 149–50
reviews against Uhrig Report, 203
water effi ciency labelling, 155
see also Environment Protection and
Biodiversity Act 1999; statutory timeframes
for decision-making
liabilities and assets, 247–9
liquefi ed petroleum gas, 147
as heavy vehicle fl eet fuel, 24
Living Murray Initiative, 59–60
local government, 28–9, 86
Waratah–Wynyard Council, 91
Local Greenhouse Action programme, 28–9, 39
location of staff, 13, 223
London Convention, 142
Low Emissions Technology and Abatement
programme, 25–6, 39
Low Emissions Technology Demonstration Fund,
25, 35
Low Head precinct, 126, 130
LPG, 24, 147
lubricating oil, 151–2, 166
361
Ind
exes
MMcDonald Islands, 175, 177
Mackay–Whitsunday catchment, 89
Macquarie University, 195
Magela Creek, 162, 165
Maintaining Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots
Programme, 51, 77, 80
Maintenance and Protection of Indigenous
Heritage Programme, 119–20, 131
male staff, 223–4
mallee trees, 26
management of department, 198–257
management plans
Antarctica, 173
Commonwealth heritage places, 117, 127
marine protected areas, 106
national heritage places, 116–17, 119
natural resource management regions, 68, 77
Ramsar-listed wetlands, 64
world heritage properties, 117, 127
Mandatory Renewable Energy Target, 27–8
mapping and atlases
acid sulfate soils, 87
benthic ecosystems, 101
Lake Eyre Basin hydrology, 65
vegetation types, 52
Marine and Coastal Coordination Committee, 202
Marine and Tropical Sciences Research Facility,
138, 165–6
marine conservation, 85, 92–100, 105, 107, 109
Marine Division, 84, 198
marine outboards, environmental performance
of, 140
marine pests, 98–9
marine protected areas, 94–5, 106, 177
marine science, 101–4, 137
maritime heritage, 121–2, 125, 130
market research expenses, 252
Maryborough, 152
Mawson station, 174
Mawson’s Huts Foundation, 174
Melbourne, 124, 145
Melbourne Cricket Ground, 116
memorandums of understanding, international,
21–2, 95
Memorial Parade, 116
men staff, 223–4
meteorology, see climate change
Methane to Markets Partnership, 20, 21
methyl bromide, 150
migratory species, 95, 97, 99–100, 173, 176–8
Mimosa, 49
mining, 150
uranium, 135, 162, 165, 167
ministerial and parliamentary services, 208–9
ministerial correspondence, 209
Mitchell, Qld, 120
mobility programme, 231
models and modelling
climate change, 29–30, 32
environmental performance of small engines,
140
Great Barrier Reef water quality, 90
Mole Creek area, 55
Montreal Climate Action Plan, 19
Montreal Protocol, 149, 150
Moreton Bay, 89
Mossman catchment, 89
motor vehicles, 146–9
heavy vehicle fl eet operations, 24
lubricating oil, 151–2, 166
National Travel Behaviour Change Project, 29
Mount Isa, 163
Mount Lofty Ranges, 51
movable cultural heritage (heritage objects), 123,
127, 129
Murray–Darling Basin, 59–60
climate change project, 30
Murray–Darling Basin Commission, 30, 59
Murrindindi Shire, 125
My Environment, 192
Myall Lake, 89
NNAIDOC week, 230
nankeen night heron, 60
Narrogin, 26
National Action Plan for Addressing Dioxins, 157
National Action Plan for Environmental
Education, 194
National Action Plan for Salinity and Water
Quality, 66, 67, 68–9
National Market Based Instruments Pilot
Programme, 207
National Alert List for Environmental Weeds, 49
National Atlas of Acid Sulfate Soils, 87
National Capital Plan, 213
National Carbon Accounting System, 31, 32, 53
National Centre for Tropical Wetland Research, 43
National Climate Change Adaptation Programme, 30
National Cultural Heritage Account, 123, 129, 131
National Dioxins Programme, 157
National Electricity Market Management
Company, 26
National Environment Protection Council, 143, 167
air quality standards review, 144–5
National Pollutant Inventory review, 139–40
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 362
Indexes
National Environment Protection Council Act
1994, 143, 144, 203
National Environment Protection Council Service
Corporation, 143, 203
National Environment Protection Measures,
139–40, 144–5, 147–8, 154, 163
National Environmental Education Council, 194
National Environmental Education Statement for
Schools, 194
National Framework for Chemicals Environmental
Management, 159
National Framework for Energy Effi ciency, 25
National Framework for the Management and
Monitoring of Australia’s native Vegetation, 51–2
National Greenhouse Gas Inventory, 30–1, 38
National Halon Bank, 150, 165
National Heritage Investment Initiative, 124, 130, 131
National Heritage List, 114, 115–17, 119, 124, 127
Gifts to the Nation programme, 125
places associated with early European
maritime exploration, 122–3
National In-service Emissions Study, 149
National Industrial Chemicals Notifi cation and
Assessment Scheme, 161
National Inventory by Economic Sector 2004, 31
National Inventory Report, 31
National Land and Water Resources Audit, 54, 64
National Large Whale Disentanglement
Workshop, 96
National Market Based Instruments Pilot
Programme, 207
National Oceans Offi ce, 12
National Packaging Covenant, 153–4, 164, 166
national parks and reserves, see protected areas
National Pollutant Inventory, 138–40
National Reserves Systems Programme, 71–2
National Sea Change Conference, 86
National Strategy for the Management of
Scheduled Waste, 157
National System for the Prevention and
Management of Introduced Marine Pest
Incursions, 96
National Travel Behaviour Change Project, 29
National Trust of Australia (Victoria), 125
National Trust Partnership Programme, 124–5, 128
National Vegetation Information System, 52, 54
National Water Initiative, 59, 60
National Weeds Strategy, 48
National Whale Watching Guidelines, 96
native vegetation, 51–5, 71, 74
river red gums, 60
threat abatement plans, 47
native wildlife, see wildlife protection
natural, indigenous and historic heritage, 131
Natural Heritage Trust, 66–8, 77, 79, 80
Coastal Catchments Initiative, 88
Coastcare Programme, 67–8, 91, 106, 109
conservation incentives, 58
environmental assessment project work, 141
environmental education research, 195
Indigenous Protected Areas Programme, 73
National Reserve Systems Programme, 71–2
pest and disease threats, 47, 48; marine, 97
product stewardship programmes, 153, 155
rangelands conservation, 57
threatened species, 45, 46; whale protection, 96
tropical rivers research, 75
water, 60
Wetlands Programme, 90–1
wildlife trade regulation, 50
natural heritage values, 116
Natural Resource Management Ministerial
Council, 48, 52
genetics and biochemical resources
agreement, 73
high conservation value aquatic ecosystems
taskforce, 60
natural resource management plans, 68, 107
Natural Resource Management Programmes
Division, 42, 84, 200
natural resource management regions, 68, 77
coastal, 107
Natural Resource Management Standing
Committee, 61
Naturaliste, 103
NChEM, 159
New South Wales, 54, 155
Australian Collaborative Rangelands
Information System pilot region, 57
coastal/estuarine water quality improvement
plans, 89
Indigenous heritage, 119, 120
national heritage places, 115, 117, 124
oil recycling centre, 152
urban air quality, 163
weed control, 49
world heritage listing, 114
New Zealand, 21, 150, 190
Newcastle, 28
non-English speaking backgrounds, people from,
211, 212
non-ongoing staff, 224
North Esk River, 68
North West Shelf, 101
Northern Australia, 75
Northern Marine Bioregional Plan, 93
northern Pacifi c seastar, 99
363
Ind
exes
Northern Territory, 54, 137, 155
Australian Collaborative Rangelands
Information System pilot region, 57
cane toads, 48
Daly River, 75
Darwin Harbour, 89
Gifts to the Nation programme, 125
Indigenous heritage, 119, 120
indigenous protected areas, 73
national heritage places listed, 115
Northern Territory Department of Primary
Industry, Fisheries and Mines, 162
Nubeena, 63
Ooccupational health and safety, 205–6, 232–5
Occupational Health and Safety Policy
Agreement, 234
occurrences or accidents reported to Comcare, 233
Ocean Biogeographic Information System
(OBIS), 104
oceans, 92–100
Oceans Portal, 104
offi ce accommodation, 218–20, 233
oil recycling, 151–2, 166
oil spills, Antarctica, 184
Ombudsman, 214
ongoing staff, 224
online learning, 229–30
organisation and structure, 10–13, 221–2
climate change output, 16
coasts and oceans output, 84
cross-cutting activities, 188
heritage output, 112
human settlements output, 134
land and inland waters output, 42
Organisation for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD), 189
OSCAR, 36
outboard motors, 140
outcomes and outputs, 12–195, 240–6
contribution to ecologically sustainable
development, 216–17
outside participation, arrangements for, 214–15
outsourced services, 251
overseas technical assistance, 65, 121
ozone, 163
ozone layer protection, 149–51, 164, 165
Ozone Protection and Synthetic Greenhouse Gas
Account, 167
PPacifi c region, 21, 121, 190
Pacifi c seastar, 99
packaging waste, 153–5, 164, 166
paints, 99
paper use, 219, 220
Papua New Guinea, 121, 190
paraquat, 161
parks and reserves, see protected areas
Parks Australia Division, 42
environmental impacts of operations, 219–20
occupational health and safety, 233, 235
staff, 224
parliamentary and ministerial services, 208–9
parliamentary committees, 213
parrots, 47
part-time employees, 224
passenger transport, 29
pasture management, 91
pay and remuneration, 226–8
Pearson, Dr Michael, 122
Peel Inlet, 89
peer reviewed publications, 180
Penola, 152
People Assistance and Advisory Group, 221
people management, see staff
People Management Branch, 221–2
people strategy, 230
People’s Republic of China, see China
perch, 60
performance indicators
Antarctica, 182–4
climate change, 34–8
coasts and oceans, 105–7
Commonwealth Disability Strategy, 237–9
heritage, 127–30
human settlements, 163–6
land and inland waters, 76–9
ministerial and parliamentary services, 209
performance management, 229
performance pay, 228
persistent organic pollutants, 157–8, 190
Persistent Organic Pollutants Review Committee,
158
personnel, see staff
Perth, 119, 124, 145
Perth Canyon, 101
pesticides, 158
pests, 47–9, 56, 70, 74, 76
Antarctica, 184
marine, 98–9
petrels, 173, 177
petroleum and petroleum products, 101, 146–9,
163, 166
Alternative Fuels Conversion Programme, 24, 39
oil spills, Antarctica, 184
Supervising Scientist fuel usage, 220
waste oil, 151–2, 166
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 364
Indexes
Philippines, 121
Photovoltaic Rebate Programme, 27, 39
Phytophthora cinnamomi, 47
pigs, feral, 47
plants, see native vegetation
plastic bags, 136, 154–5
Point Nepean Community Trust grant, 124
Policy Coordination Division, 10, 134, 188
Policy Division, 10
pollution prevention strategies, 135, 142–61, 166,
167
Antarctica, 175, 181
National Pollutant Inventory, 138–40
performance indicators, 163–44, 165, 166
persistent organic pollutants, 157–8, 190
polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon levels in diesel, 146
population and planning, 86
Port Arthur Historic Site, 115
Port McLeay, 120
Port Phillip Bay, 89
Port Pirie, 163
Porter Hill, 71
portfolio, 10
Portfolio Budget Statements 2005–06, 12
Portfolio Indigenous Affairs Coordination Group,
202
Preservation and Protection of Indigenous
Heritage programme, 119
Primary Industries Ministerial Council, 48
primary production, see agriculture
private landholders, 51, 55, 58
procurement, see purchasing and procurement
Procurement Review Board, 249–50
product stewardship, 151–5
Product Stewardship for Oil Programme, 151–2, 166
Productivity Commission, 117, 207
protected areas, 42, 43, 69–73, 76, 80
marine, 94–5, 106, 177
Ramsar-listed wetlands, 59, 64
Protecting Australia’s Biodiversity Hotspots, 51,
77, 80
Daintree Conservation Initiative, 129, 131
public affairs, 194
Public Service Act 1999 staff, 224
publications, 192–3
air quality, 144
Australian Antarctic Programme, 180
climate change and emissions, 30–1, 32–3, 37,
38, 86
coasts and oceans, 87, 90
distributed in response to requests, 209
hazardous substances, 157, 159
land and inland waters, 52, 57–8, 61, 65
maritime heritage, 122
purchasing and procurement, 238, 249–52
purchaser-provider arrangements, 67, 68
QQueensland, 137, 155
Australian Collaborative Rangelands
Information System pilot region, 57
coastal/estuarine water quality improvement
plans, 88, 89
Flinders River, 75
Indigenous heritage, 119, 120
national heritage places listed, 115
oil recycling centre, 152
St John’s Cathedral, 124
urban air quality, 163
Queensland Wetlands Programme, 90–1
Rrabbits, 47
rainforest conservation, 129
Raising National Water Standards Programme, 61
Ramsar-listed wetlands, 59, 64
rangelands conservation, 57–8, 65
Ranger uranium mine, 162, 165
rats, exotic, 47
Raukkan community, 120
Recherche Bay, 125
recovery plans, 45–6, 76
marine species, 95, 105
recruitment of staff, 198–9, 229, 239
recycling, 151–4, 166
department, 219, 220
water, 61
red fox, 47
Reef Water Quality Protection Plan, 89–90
reefs, 121
see also Great Barrier Reef
refrigerators, 25
Regional Forest Agreements, 54–7
regional marine planning, 92–3, 105
Regional Natural Heritage Programme, 121, 129, 131
Register of Environmental Organisations, 191
Register of the National Estate, 116
regulation of wildlife industry, 50
Reid, Sir George, 126
remote Australia, 152
renewable energy generation, 26, 36
remuneration of staff, 226–8
renewable energy, 25–8, 189
at Mawson station, 174
Renewable Energy and Energy Effi ciency
Partnership, 20
Renewable Energy Commercialisation
Programme, 26, 39
Renewable Energy Development Initiative, 26
Renewable Energy (Electricity) Act 2000, 28
365
Ind
exes
Renewable Energy Equity Fund, 27, 39
Renewable Remote Power Generation
Programme, 26, 36, 39
reporting arrangements, 249, 250
greenhouse gas emissions, 24, 31, 33, 36
rangelands conservation, 57
Representative Areas Programme Structural
Adjustment Package, 94, 100–1, 106, 109
Republic of Korea, 19–20, 100
research and development, 134, 137–40
air quality, 145–6, 148–9
Antarctic Research Division, 175, 176
Antarctic science, 178–81, 184, 185
biodiversity conservation, 51
biotechnology, 160
climate change and emissions management,
29–30, 39
into environmental education, 195
native vegetation indicators, 54
persistent organic chemicals, 158
Tasmanian devil facial tumour, 55
taxonomic, 74, 77
threat abatement, 47, 48
Torres Strait, 93
tropical wetlands, 42, 43, 75, 80
using genetic resources or biochemical
compounds, 73
research facilities, 137–8, 165–6, 167
residential building standards, 25
residues, industrial, 159
resources, see fi nance; staff
retail industry, 154–5
retention of staff, 222
retirements, 199–200
return-to-work plans, 235
Review of the Corporate Governance of Statutory
Authorities and Offi ce Holders, 203
rewards and recognition, 231–2
rice growers, 23
Rio Tinto Group, 142
Rippon Lea, 125
Risk Assessment Panel, 204, 205
risk assessments, environmental, 159–61
risk management, 205–6
climate change programmes, 36
using to address climate change impacts, 30
River Catchment Water Quality Initiative, 57
river red gums, 60
Rivercare, 67–8
rivers and river catchments, 88–91
Lake Eyre, 64–5
Living Murray Initiative, 59–60
Queensland, 89–91, 105
Tasmania, 57, 68, 78
tropical, 75, 137
rivers assessment project, 65
Robe River Mining Co Pty Ltd, 142
Rockhampton, 120
Roma, 120
root-rot fungus, 47
Rotterdam Convention on the Prior Informed
Consent Procedure for Certain Hazardous
Chemicals and Pesticides in International Trade,
158
Rottnest Island, 103
Royal Australian Navy, 104
rural and regional Australia
greenhouse emissions management research
projects, 29, 39
RV Naturaliste, 103
RV Southern Surveyor, 101
Ssafety, 205–6, 232–5
salaries and remuneration, 226–8
salinity, 26, 68–9, 213
Southern Ocean, 179
satellite telemetry buoy, 96
Save the Ridge Inc v Commonwealth, 213
school environmental education, 194
screen-based equipment, staff using, 234
sea dumping and sea installations, 142
sea levels, 86
sea lions, 95
seabirds, 95, 97, 99–100, 105
Antarctica and Southern Ocean, 173, 176–7, 183
seals, 95, 137
secretary, 198, 200
review by, 2–6
Secretary’s Awards, 231–2
sector, greenhouse gas emissions by, 32, 34
Securing Australia’s Energy Future white paper,
25, 27, 37, 148
Securing Our Fishing Future package, 94
seizures of wildlife, 50
Senate Environment, Communications,
Information Technology and the Arts
Committee, 213
Senate Order on Government Agency contracts, 250
senior executive service (SES) employees, 223,
225, 226–8
senior executives and responsibilities, 198–200
separations from department, 199–200, 222
service charter, 210
services to community, 209–10
sewage recycling, 61
sewerage schemes, 91, 107, 109
sex of staff, 223–4
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 366
Indexes
Sharing Australia’s Stories, 125, 128
Shark Bay World Heritage Area, 71
sharks, 95, 99
shipping, 101, 103, 179
outboard motors, 140
paints, 99
shipwrecks, historic, 121–2, 125, 130
shorebirds, migratory, 97, 99
silver perch, 60
single-phase air conditions, 25
Sisters Beach, 91, 107, 109
Sloan Foundation, 104
small and medium enterprises, 250
small engines, 148–9
smoke pollution, 145
social justice and equity, 210–12, 230
soils, 87, 91
Solar Cities programme, 25, 36, 39
solar energy, 25, 26
photovoltaic system rebate, 27
solid fuel heaters, 145
South Africa, 22
South Australia, 155
Adelaide’s Port Waterways, 89
Australian Collaborative Rangelands
Information System pilot region, 57
biodiversity hotspots, 51
Living Murray Initiative, 59, 60
national heritage places listed, 115
National Reserve System Programme
acquisitions, 72
oil recycling centres, 152
urban air quality, 163
South Australian Murray–Darling Basin Natural
Resource Management Board, 51
South Australian Museum, 123
South-east Australian Climate Project, 30
South-east Marine Region, 94
South Korea, 19–20, 100
South Pacifi c region, 21, 121, 190
South-west Marine Bioregional Plan, 92–3
southern giant petrels, 173
Southern Ocean, 175–7, 179
southern right whales, 96
Southern Surveyor, 101
staff, 13, 221–39
senior executives, 198–200
staff learning and development, 229–32, 234, 235
staff turnover and retention rates, 199–200, 222
stakeholder relations, 208–12
Standing Committee on Antarctic Logistics and
Operations, 181
State and Territory Greenhouse Gas Inventories
2004, 31
State of the Air Report, 144
State of the Environment Report, 192
stationary energy sector, greenhouse gas
emissions by, 32, 34
statutory authorities and agencies, 10, 203
statutory offi cers, 69, 162, 203
statutory timeframes for decision-making, 78,
107, 130, 165, 166
environmental assessments and approval, 141, 166
Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic
Pollutants, 157–8
storm water recycling, 61
Strategic Approach to International Chemicals
Management, 159
Strengthening Tasmania – Low Head precinct,
126, 130
Strengthening Tasmania –Tamar River Pylons, 68, 78
structural adjustment package, 94, 105, 106, 109
Structural Adjustment Package – Business
Restructuring Assistance, 109
Structural Adjustment Package – Enhancement, 109
structure, see organisation and structure
submissions made, 209
to Productivity Commission, 117, 207
to UN Framework Convention on Climate
Change, 31
submissions received, 203
sulfate soils, 87
sulfur levels in diesel, 146
Supervising Scientist Division, 42, 162
environmental impacts of operations, 220
senior executives, 198, 199
supervision of uranium mining, 135, 162, 165, 167
support for environment and heritage
organisations, 191
sustainable fi sheries assessments, 97–8
Swan–Canning Estuary, 89
Sydney, 145, 163
Sydney Opera House, 114
synthetic greenhouse gases, 149–51, 164, 165
TTamala Pastoral Lease, 71
Tamar River Pylons, 68, 78
Tarkine Bushwalk Programme, 55
Tasmania
air link to Antarctica from, 181, 248
Derwent Estuary, 89
foxes, 47
Gifts to the Nation programme, 125
Indigenous heritage, 120
Launceston air quality, 145, 163, 165, 167
Low Head precinct, 126, 130
national heritage places, 115, 124
National Reserve System Programme
acquisitions, 71
St Mary’s Cathedral, 124
sewerage schemes, 91, 107, 109
367
Ind
exes
Tamar River, 68, 78
Tasmanian Community Forest Agreement, 54–7,
78, 80
Tasmanian Department of Primary Industries,
Water and Environment, 148
Tasmanian devils, 55, 56
Tasmanian Forest Tourism Development
Programme, 55
Tasmanian Private Forest Reserves Programme, 55
Tasmanian Shy Albatross, 176
tax concessions, 191
tax credits, fuel, 24, 148
tax incentives for conservation agreements, 58
taxonomic research, 74, 77
temperature, see climate change
tenders, see purchasing and procurement
terrestrial parks and reserves, 42, 43, 69–73, 76, 80
terrestrial wildlife, see wildlife protection
Territory of Heard Island and McDonald Islands, 175
Marine Reserve, 177
Thala Valley, 175
threat abatement planning and activities, 47–9,
70, 76, 176
marine, 105
threatened and vulnerable species, 45–7, 76
Antarctica and Southern Ocean, 176–7
Asia–Pacifi c region, 121
Booderee National Park, 70
marine, 95–7, 105
South Australia, 72
Tasmania, 55, 56, 71
Threatened Species Network, 46
Threatened Species Scientifi c Committee, 46, 96
three-phase electric motors, 25
timeframes, see statutory timeframes for decision-
making
Torres Strait, 93
Torres Strait CRC, 93
Torres Strait Islanders, see Indigenous Australians
total equity, 247–8
tourism, 55, 69, 119, 120
Antarctica, 173
Towamba River Valley, 49
Townsville catchment, 89
toxic dinofl agellates, 99
Tracking to the Kyoto Target 2005, 31
trade, see exports; imports
train stations, bicycle parking at, 145
tramp ants, 47
transport
air link to Antarctica, 181, 248
bicycle parks at city bus and train stations, 145
greenhouse gas emissions, 32, 34
National Travel Behaviour Change Project, 29
see also motor vehicles
Tropical Rivers and Coastal Knowledge research
hub, 137
Tropical Rivers Inventory and Assessment Project, 75
tropical wetlands research, 42, 43, 75, 80
Tully catchment, 89
turtles, 95, 99
2,4-D volatile esters, 161
UUhrig review, 203
Uluru–Kata Tjuta National Park, 69
Umuwu, 152
understanding climate change (sub-output 1.1.3),
16, 29–33, 37–8, 39
United Kingdom, 126
United Nations, 100
United Nations Climate Change Conference, 19
United Nations Commission on Sustainable
Development, 188–9
United Nations Convention on Biological
Diversity, 65
United Nations Convention on the Law of the
Sea, 92
United Nations Convention to Combat
Desertifi cation, 65
United Nations Decade of Education for
Sustainable Development, 194
United Nations Environment Programme, 159, 189
United Nations Framework Convention on
Climate Change, 18–19
Australia’s national communications to, 33
Australia’s offi cial submission to, 31
Kyoto Protocol target, 22–3, 31
United States, 19–20, 21, 104, 150
University of Queensland, 51, 167
University of Tasmania, 137
uranium mining, 135, 162, 165, 167
urban air pollution, 145, 163
urban water reform, 61–3
used products, see waste
Vvalues, 208
Vasse–Wonnerup Estuary, 89
vegetation, see native vegetation
vehicles, see motor vehicles
veterinary/agricultural chemicals, 154, 158, 160, 161
Victoria, 155
coastal/estuarine water quality improvement
plans, 89
Gifts to the Nation programme, 125
Indigenous heritage, 119
Living Murray Initiative, 59, 60
national heritage places, 115, 116, 124
Point Nepean, 120
St Mary Star of the Sea, 124
urban air quality, 163
world heritage list places, 115, 124
Department of the Environment and Heritage Annual Report 2005–06 368
Indexes
Victoria River District, 57
Victorian Department of Sustainability and the
Environment, 30
Vienna Convention for the Protection of the
Ozone Layer, 149, 150
Vietnam, 121
vulnerable species, see threatened and vulnerable
species
WWagga Wagga, 163
Wallis Lake, 89
Waratah–Wynyard Council, 91
waste, 219, 220
Antarctic clean-up operations, 175
greenhouse gas emissions from, 32, 34
hazardous, 156–7, 166
product stewardship, 151–5, 164
sea dumping, 142
water, 58–65
coasts and oceans, 86–109
departmental consumption, 219–20
departmental contamination incident, 233, 234
South-east Australian Climate Project, 30
see also rivers and river catchments
water accounting, 61
water effi ciency labelling, 136, 155, 167
water heaters, 25
water quality, 68–9
coastal and estuarine, 87–90
Magela Creek, 162, 165
national guidelines, 61
Tasmania’s river catchment, 57
water quality improvement plans, 88–9
water recycling, 61
Wave Hill Walk Off Historical Society, 120
weather, see climate change
websites, see internet
weed management, 48–9
Weeds of National Signifi cance, 49
Western Australia, 137, 155
Australian Collaborative Rangelands
Information System pilot region, 57
cane toads, 48
cathedrals and churches, 124
coastal/estuarine water quality improvement
plans, 89
Fitzroy River, 75
Gifts to the Nation programme, 125
Indigenous heritage, 119, 120
national heritage places, 115, 122–3, 124
National Reserve System Programme
acquisitions, 71
oil recycling centre, 152
urban air quality, 163
wood processing plant, Narrogin, 26
world heritage list nomination, 115
Western Port, 89
wetlands, 59–60, 64
Queensland, 90–1
tropical, 42, 43, 75, 80
Wetlands International, 100
whales, 96–7, 137, 171, 177–8
white-footed dunnart, 70
wildlife conservation plans, 97
Wildlife Hospital, 46
wildlife industry regulation, 50
wildlife protection, 42, 45–65, 78
Antarctica and Southern Ocean, 173, 175–8,
181, 182–4
fi nancial resources, 80
migratory shorebirds, 97
natural heritage values assessment, 116
objectives, 43
research hub, 137
see also biodiversity hotspots
wind energy, 26, 174
Wind Energy Forecasting Capability initiative, 26
women staff, 223–4
Wongi Waterholes, 119
wood processing plant, Narrogin, 26
woodsmoke pollution, 145
work–life balance, 232
work station assessments, 234
workers compensation claims, 235
workforce, see staff
Workforce Management Committee, 202, 221, 230
workplace agreements, 225–7
workplace diversity programme, 230
workplace health and safety, 205–6, 232–5
World Heritage List, 114–15, 117, 124, 127
Asia–Pacifi c assistance, 121
World Summit on Sustainable Development,
100, 159
World Wide Fund for Nature (WWF) Australia, 46
YYea Baragwanathia Flora Fossil Site, 125
Yumba site, 120